e 2 1 5 uS

Model number index

series page series page series page series page
▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼
A I S VS ......................................... 147
A ........................................... 192 IC .......................................... 188 SC........................................... 38 VSS....................................... 140
ACBS............................. 164-165 SCLD ................................. 30-31 VST ....................................... 140
ACCB ............................ 174-175 L SCLS ................................. 30-31
ACL ............................... 162-163 LCAL ................................. 56-57 SCRD ................................ 30-31 W
ACM .............................. 162-163 LCAS ................................. 56-57 SCRS................................. 30-31 WA ................................. 162-163
AD .......................................... 85 LUCD................................. 54-55 SCSD................................. 30-31 WAT ...................................... 163
AH ........................................ 192 LUCS ................................. 54-55 SCSS ................................. 30-31 WCA .............................. 174-175
AHB ............................... 104-105 SLDB .................................... 180 WED .............................. 110-113
AMP .............................. 176-177 M SLEB ............................. 180-183 WEJ ............................... 110-113
AP .................................. 164-165 MB ........................................ 144 SLEM ............................ 180-183 WEM.............................. 110-113
AR ........................................ 192 MCH ....................... 166-167,169 SLLD ................................. 26-27 WER .............................. 110-113
ASC ........................................ 39 MCPS .................... 166-167, 169 SLLS.................................. 26-27 WES .............................. 110-113
AT ......................................... 175 MCR .............................. 166-170 SLR ............................... 180-183 WFC .......................45-47, 50-51
AW .................................. 87, 163 MCRA............................ 166-170 SLRD ................................. 26-27 WFL ............................. 46-47, 50
MCRC ........................... 166-170 SLRS ................................. 26-27 WFM ............................ 46-47, 50
B MCSB ............ 166-167, 169, 171 SLS ................................ 180-183 WFT ................................... 46-47
B .....................104-105, 172-173 MF .......................................... 87 SLSC ............................. 180-183 WM ....................................... 139
BFZ................................ 194-195 MHV ...................... 156, 164-165 SLSD ................................. 26-27 WMT .................................. 68-69
BK ........................................ 147 MRH .................................. 78-79 SLSS ................................. 26-27 WPA............................... 174-175
BKD ...................................... 145 MRS .................................. 80-81 SP ......................................... 132 WPFC ................................ 18-19
BS ........................................... 86 MRW ................................. 82-83 STLD ........................... 23, 28-29 WPFL ................................ 12-13
MV ........................................ 153 STLS............................ 23, 28-29 WPFR ................................ 12-13
C MVM ..................................... 153 STRD ........................... 23, 28-29 WPFS ................................ 16-17
CA .......................................... 14 MVPC ................................... 152 STRS ........................... 23, 28-29 WPTC ................................ 18-19
CAC ................................... 34-35 MVPM .................................. 152 STSD ........................... 23, 28-29 WPTL ................................ 12-13
CAL ................................... 32-33 STSS ........................... 23, 28-29 WPTR ................................ 12-13
CAPT ................................. 34-35 N SULD ........................... 23, 24-25 WPTS ................................ 16-17
CAS ................................... 32-33 NV......................................... 191 SULDL......................... 23, 24-25 WRT .................................. 68-69
CAU ................................... 36-37 SULS ................................. 24-25 WSC ............................ 48-49, 51
CDB ................................... 72-75 P SURD .......................... 23, 24-25 WSL ................................... 48-50
CDF ...................................... 175 P ........................................... 132 SURL ........................... 23, 24-25 WSM.................................. 48-50
CDM ..................................... 175 PA ......................................... 103 SURS........................... 23, 24-25 WST ................................... 48-49
CDT ................................... 66-67 PACG............................... 98-101 SUSD................................. 24-25 WTR .................................. 40-42
CR ................................. 176-177 PAMG .............................. 98-101 SUSDL .............................. 24-25 WUD .............................. 108-109
CRV ............................... 176-177 PARG............................... 98-101 SUSS ................................. 24-25 WVP ............................. 152, 159
CSB ................................... 72-75 PASG ............................... 98-101
CSM .................................. 70-71 PATG ............................... 98-101 T Y
CST ................................... 66-67 PB................................. 139, 188 T ........................................... 192 Y ............................................. 86
CY...................................... 78-79 PID ................................ 178-179 TRCM ................................ 88-90
CYDA................................. 68-69 PLSD ........................... 59, 62-63 TRFM .......................... 88-89, 91 Z
PLSS ........................... 59, 62-63 TRFL ........................... 88-89, 92 ZAJ ....................................... 102
D PLV ................................ 156-157 TRRC ..................................... 93 ZHE ...................................... 119
DGR...................................... 189 PRV ............... 138, 141-142, 154 TRRE ...................................... 93 ZLS ....................................... 120
PSCK............................ 137, 188 TRAC ...................................... 93 ZPF ....................................... 118
E PTSD ........................... 59, 64-65 TRK ...................................... 139 ZPS ...................................... 120
ECH ................................... 76-77 PTSS ........................... 59, 64-65 ZPT....................................... 120
ECM .................................. 76-77 PUSD ................................ 59-61 V ZW ......................... 114-131, 174
PUSS ................................. 59-61 V.. 106-107, 145, 152-153, 156-157, 191
F Q VA .......................... 106-107, 158
FL ......................................... 193 QDH .................................. 78-79 VAS................ 106-107, 140, 158 1531R ................................... 190
FM ........................................ 191 QE ......................... 106-107, 158 VAT ....................................... 140 1533R ................................... 190
FN ........................................... 86 VC.................................. 148-151 1534R ................................... 190
FZ .................... 93, 175, 194-196 R VD.................................. 140-142 1535R ................................... 190
R ........................................... 195 VE .......................... 142, 146-147
G RA ................................. 172-173 VFC ............... 137, 141-142, 155
G ........................................... 190 RD ..................................... 84-85 VM ................................. 148-151
GA ........................................ 191 REB ........................................ 82 VMMD .................................. 143
GS ........................................ 191 REP ........................................ 82 VMTD ................................... 143
RFL ........................ 106-107, 158 VP ......................................... 136
H RW..................................... 82-83 VP03 ..................................... 141
H ........................................... 192 RWH .................................. 78-79 VR ................................. 107, 158
HCS ................................... 78-79
HF ......................................... 193
HLS ...................................... 192
HP .......................................... 79
Yellow Pages
HV.......................... 106-107, 156
Refer to the “Yellow Pages” of this catalog for:
• Safety instructions
All information in this catalog can be changed due • Basic hydraulic information
to product improvements without prior notice. • Advanced hydraulic technology
© Copyright 2013, Actuant Corp. All rights reserved.
Any copying or other use of material in this catalog • FMS (Flexible Machining Systems) technology
(text, illustrations, drawings, photos) without express • Conversion charts and hydraulic symbols
written consent is prohibited.
197 ▶
2 ®
Product index Section index
product description series page product description series page
▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ Collet Lok®
Collet Lok® clamps 8-19 Manual, D03/CETOP3.......................... VMMD/VMTD ..........143 Products

Collet-Lok®
Products
Collet Lok® Swing Clamp Arms..............................CA ............14 Manual, Pump Mount ............................................ VM .. 148-151 8-19
Collet Lok® Swing Clamps..WPFL, WPFR, WPTL, WPTR .....12 Manual, Remote Mount ..........................................VC .. 148-151
Collet Lok® Push Cylinders ..................WPFC, WPTC ............18 Mounting Bolt Kit for D03/CETOP3 ....................BKD ..........145
Collete Lok® Work Supports................ WPFS, WPTS ............16 Mounting Bolt Kit for Solenoid Modular Poppet .. TRK ..........139
Swing clamps 20-42 Mounting Bolt Kit for Solenoid Modular ...............BK ..........147
Pivoting T-Arms .........................................CAC/CAPT ............34 Pilot Operated Check for Solenoid Modular .........VS ..........147
Swing Clamps

Swing Clamps
Swing Clamp Arms ......................................CAS/CAL ............32 Pilot Operated Check, Dual, for D03/CETOP3... VD2P ..........142
Pilot Operated Check, Inline, Manifold ............. MV, V ..........153
20-42
Swing Clamps .........................................................SC ............38
Swing Clamps ......................................................ASC ............39 Pressure Reducing for D03/CETOP3.................. PRV ..141, 142
Swing Clamps, Cartridge Body..............................SC ............30 Pressure Reducing for Solenoid Modular Poppet....PRV ..........138
Swing Clamps, Lower Flange................................. SL ............26 Pressure Reducing, Inline, Cartridge................... PRV ..........154
Swing Clamps, Threaded Body ............................. ST ............28 Pressure Switch for Solenoid Modular Poppet ....PSCK ..........137
Swing Clamps, Upper Flange ................................SU ............23 Relief Valve for Solenoid Modular .........................VS ..........147
Work Supports

Work Supports
Three-Position Swing Clamp .............................. WTR ............40 Sequence, Inline, Manifold, Cartridge ...MVP, WVP, V ..........152
Solenoid/ Air Operated 2-Position Poppet, D03/CETOP3 43-51
Upreach Arms ......................................................CAU ............36
........................................................................... VA, VS ..........140
Work supports 43-51
Solenoid Modular .................................................... VE ..........146
Work Supports, Fluid Advance .............................WF ............46
Solenoid Modular Poppet .......................................VP ..........136
Work Supports, Spring Advance...........................WS ............48
Solenoid Poppet, D03/CETOP3 .........................VP03 ..........141
Linear cylinders 52-93 Solenoid Spool, D03/CETOP3 ........... VET/VEX/VEW ..........142
Cylinder Accessories, Contact Bolts .....................BS ............86 Linear

Linear Cylinders
Valve, Accessory ................................V/HV/MHV/PLV ..156, 157
Cylinder Accessories, Jam Nuts ............................FN ............86 Valve, Air Valve and Accessories ...RFL/QE/V/VA/VAS/VR ..........158 Cylinders
Cylinder Accessories, Mounting Flanges ......AW/MF ............87 52-93
Palletized fixture components 160-185
Cylinder Accessories, Yoke ...................................... Y ............86
Accumulators .......................................ACM/ACL/WA ..........162
Cylinders, Block ..........................................CSB/CDB ............72
Autocoupler ....................................ACCB/WCA/WPA ..........174
Cylinders, Hollow Plunger..CY/HCS/MRH/QDH/RWH ............78
Coupler Packages ..............................ACBS/AP/MHV ..........164
Cylinders, Manifold Mount.................................. CSM ............70
Intensifiers...............................................................PID ..........178
Cylinders, Positive Clamping .............................. MRS ............80
Manual Couplers ....................................................MC ..........166 Power

Power Sources
Cylinders, Pull Down .................................. ECH/ECM ............76
Rotary Unions.......................................AMP/CR/CRV ..........176
Sources
Cylinders, Threaded Body ...........................CST/CDT ............66 94-133
Safe Link Wireless Monitoring ................................ SL ..........180
Cylinders, Threaded Body .............CYDA/WMT/WRT ............68
Wand and Booster ..............................................B/RA ..........172
Cylinders, Tie Rod ...................................................TR ............88
System components 186-196
Cylinders, Tie Rod, Accessories..TRRC/TRRE/TRAC ............93
Coupler ............................................................. AH/AR ..........192
Cylinders, Universal Single Acting .............MRW/RW ............82
Filter, High Pressure, Inline.......................................FL ..........193 Valves
Cylinders, Universal, Double Acting ...................... RD ............84
Fittings ......................................................... BFZ/FZ/R ..........194
Link Clamp Arms......................................LCAS/LCAL ............56 134-159

Valves
Gauge, Digital .......................................................DGR ..........189
Link Clamps, Upper Flange ................... LUCD/LUCS ............54
Gauge ........................................................................G ..........190
Pull Cylinders, Lower Flange .................................. PL ............62
Gauge Accessories ......................... FM/GA/GS/NV/V ..........191
Pull Cylinders, Threaded Body ............................... PT ............64
Hose.................................................................. H/HLS ..........192
Pull Cylinders, Upper Flange ..................................PU ............60
Manifold, Multiport .................................................... A ..........192
Power sources 94-133
Oil, Hydraulic ...........................................................HF ..........193

Pallet Components
Air Hydraulic Boosters.............................................AHB/B............105
Pressure Switch.............................................IC/PSCK ..........188 Pallet
Air Hydraulic Pump......................................................... PA............103 Components
Pressure Switch Mounting Block ...........................PB ..........188
Air Powered Pump, Heavy-Duty.................................ZAJ............102 160-185
Tubing .........................................................................T ..........192
Air Powered Pump, Turbo........PAC/PAM/PAR/PAS/PAT..............98
Yellow pages 197-228
Air Valves and Accessories....HV/RFL/QE/V/VA/VAS/VR............106
Basic Hydraulics.............................................................. 200-201
Electric Pumps, Economy .........................................WUD............108
Basic System Set-up ...................................................... 202-205
Electric Pumps, Submerged ........................................WE............110

System Components
Best Practices..........................................................................214 System
Hand Pump .................................................................P, SP............132
ZW Electric Driven Pumps............................................ZW... 114, 128
Clamping Technology ..................................................... 206-209 Components
Conversion Factors ................................................................213 186-196
ZW Pump Filter Kit........................................................ZPF............118
Cutting Tool Technology ................................................. 210-212
ZW Pump Heat Exchanger ........................................ ZHE............119
FMS..........................................................................................224
ZW Pump Level/Temperature Switch ........................ZLS............120
Hydraulic Symbols ..................................................................215
ZW Pump Mounted Manifolds ....................................ZW............121
Mechanical Clamping .............................................................226
ZW Pump Pressure Switch/Transducer............ZPS/ZPT............120 Yellow Pages
Safety Instructions .......................................................... 198-199
ZW Pump, Continuous Connection............................ZW............124 197-228
Yellow Pages

Valving Technology..................................................................220
ZW Pump, Pallet Coupling ...........................................ZW............122
ZW Pump, Single Station .............................................ZW............126
Valves 134-159
Flow Control for Solenoid Modular Poppet .........VFC ..........137
Flow Control, Dual, for D03/CETOP3...................VFC ...141,142
Flow Control, Inline................................................VFC ..........155
Inlet Check Valve, D03/CETOP3 ....................... VD1P ..........140
Manifold, Porting, for Solenoid Modular Poppet ...PB ..........139
Manifold, Remote, for D03/CETOP3.....................MB ..........144
Manifold, Remote, for Solenoid Modular Poppet...WM ..........139

www.enerpacwh.com ® 3
The World Class Brand
A complete range of quality Workholding products for all production applications, with
local availability and after sale service anywhere in the world….this is what makes
Enerpac a global leader in hydraulic Workholding.

Across every continent, Enerpac’s Always at the leading edge of technology,

network of authorized distributors Enerpac continues to develop its range of
and service centers provide sales and time and cost saving products, utilizing
support of products designed to enhance modern engineered materials to improve
productivity and performance, while productivity and minimize operator
making the work place safer. fatigue.

With over 150 sales specialists and a Enerpac’s commitment to the continued
network of service and engineering development of quality hydraulic
support in 17 countries across the Workholding products ensures that the
globe, Enerpac is a valuable partner products you purchase are the best in
for customers involved in production the industry. We will continue to lead
manufacturing using hydraulic clamping the way in the development of quality
components and those who support them hydraulic Workholding products for
with custom tooling. industrial production applications.

4 ®
Enerpac Total Quality
Our products are tested to the

Workholding most exacting standards. These

high standards guarantee the

Value Proposition
quality, price and performance
requirements of the markets we
serve around the globe.

• Expert Design
• Highly Reliable
• Service Excellence Global Network
Enerpac has an extensive network of authorized distributors and
• Worldwide Experience service centers located in more than 90 countries worldwide. You can
rely on Enerpac for the products and technical support you need to

• Application Support get your job done, anywhere in the world.

Logistics Excellence
• Availability Enerpac’s mission is to
maintain service excellence
• Quality in the ever-changing world
of modern distribution.
• Value Providing our extensive range
of products to our thousands

• Innovative Products of distributors worldwide

demands a logistic expertise
only a market leader
• Systems Solutions can provide.

A Tradition of Innovation
Enerpac has a long history of finding new solutions to better meet the
challenges of the industries we serve. We were the first to develop a
swing clamp with an internal rotation system. Our Collet-Lok® clamping
products have provided our customers with both automation and
security by combining hydraulic clamping actuation with an internal
lock to mechanically retain the clamping force. The ZW-Class series
of electric pumps are designed to run cool, be more energy efficient
and easy to configure to your application. Our Auto-coupler connection
system provides an automated connection to the fixture, perfect for
robotic loaded applications. To support our production machining
customers, Enerpac continues to identify new solutions for your most
challenging applications.

ISO 9001
REGISTERED

www.enerpacwh.com 5
 ®

A Guide to Your New

Enerpac Workholding Catalog

The New Enerpac Workholding catalog;

... helps you design more efficient workholding fixtures,
... is a global resource of workholding solutions.

This catalog is set-up

in two main sections:

1 Imperial hydraulic product data section

All Enerpac hydraulic workholding products shown with
imperial based specifications and dimensions.

2 Yellow Pages section

Your guide to safety, basic hydraulics and
application suggestions.

Selecting the right product

for your application:
1. Select your main product category from the main index on
page 3. This index shows page numbers of product offerings
in the catalog.
2. From here you go to the selected product range overview.
For an example see pages 20 and 21 for the swing cylinders
and work supports overview. On this page you will find the
main groups with regard to functional and mounting style
options.
3. Proceed to pages 22 and 23 to narrow down your selection
with regard to function, mounting style and clamping
capacity. These application & selection pages offer a brief
overview of an entire range of products within one group.
Note that these pages have yellow columns on both sides of
the spread.
4. Once you have made your product selection you can proceed
to the product data pages, 24 and onwards, of the specific
product series of your choice. These pages have gray
columns on both sides of the spread.

6 ®
 Range overview
®

Swing Clamps
▼ series ▼ page

Swing cylinder range overview 22 - 23

Upper flange swing clamps SU 10

24 - 25
11
Swing Clamps
Enerpac’s complete line of swing clamps provides Lower flange swing clamps SL 26 - 27
maximum clamping force in the smallest possible
package. With several mounting and operation
Threaded body swing clamps ST 28 - 29
styles available, Enerpac can fit any clamping
need you can think of. Our unique patented clamp
arm design is an industry exclusive, and makes Cartridge model swing clamps SC 30 - 31
Enerpac’s swing cylinder line more versatile than
ever before. Made to the highest quality standards,
Enerpac swing clamps will provide maximum Clamp arms CA 32 - 33
performance and trouble free operation.
CAC
Pivoting T-arms 34 - 35
CAPT

Upreach clamp arms CAU 36 - 37

Swing clamps SC 38

Swing clamps ASC 39

Three-position swing clamps WTR 40 - 41

Technical support
Refer to the “Yellow Pages”
of this catalog for:

• Safety instructions
• Basic hydraulic information
• Advanced hydraulic technology
• FMS (Flexible Machining Systems)
technology
• Conversion charts and hydraulic symbols
197 }

20 ® © 2013 Enerpac, All Rights Reserved www.enerpacwh.com ® 21

1 2 4

Swing clamps Swing clamps

Application & selection pages
Application & selection
Shown: SCRD-122, STLD-21, SLRS-201
Compact and full featured design Select your mounting method: Force: 475 - 7600 lbs
Low pressure
product line

• Compact design allows for efficient fixture layout SU series, Upper flange mounting 24 } Stroke: .65 - 1.91 inch

• Variety of mounting styles to meet design needs • Flexible design allows for manifold or Pressure: 500 - 5000 psi
threaded oil port connection

1 Product or range photo

• Double and single-acting cylinders to suit a variety
of hydraulic requirements • Fixture hole does not require tight tolerances E Cilindros giratorios
• Choice of porting styles to meet system and • Easy installation with only 3 or 4 mounting bolts F Vérins de bridage pivotants
product line
Collet-Lok®

design requirements

including basic description

D Schwenkspannzylinder
• All cylinders are available as left and right turning models SL series, Lower flange mounting 26 }

6
• Large ball and cam design on 21, 51 and 121 models allows • Flexible design allows for manifold
swing rotation to be changed easily or threaded port connection

of the products function.

• Overload clutch mechanism on 92, 201, and 351 models • No fixture hole required

Swing clamps
Swing clamps

prevents damage to cylinder from high flow rates • Easy installation with only 3 or 4 mounting bolts
98-037

or misapplication
Enerpac swing clamps allow unobstructed ST series, Threaded body mounting 28 } Options
part fixturing and placement. The plunger rod and
• Body thread for precise cylinder height positioning
the attached clamp arm rotate 90 degrees in either a Available as Left Right

2 Listing of main product

Select your swing cylinder type: • Threaded oil port connection both left and 90°
clockwise or counter-clockwise direction, then travel

Work supports
• Can be threaded directly into the fixture and secured right turning
down an additional distance to clamp against the Single acting in position by means of standard flange nuts
fixtured part. Upon release of clamping pressure, • The obvious choice when there
Clamp arms

features and benefits.

the clamp arm rotates back 90 degrees in the are few system restrictions, and
opposite direction to allow for part removal there are not many units retracting SC series, Cartridge mounting 30 } 32 }
and new part placement. simultaneously
• Minimal space required on fixture

Linear cylinders
• Fewer valving requirements which
Roller in groove results in a less complex circuit • External plumbing not required Work supports

• Double index provides low height • Innovative clamp arm design allows • Allows close positioning of adjoining units

3 Selection criteria from

design to minimize fixture height quick and secure arm positioning • Cylinder can be completely recessed in fixture 43 }
• Overload clutch allows clamp to
Accessories
disengage if needed to prevent

Power sources
damage due to improper

a functional standpoint.
part loading 86 }
Double acting
Important
Ball in groove • Used when greater control is required Product selection
• Rotation direction can be changed during the unclamp cycle Actual clamping may only
Clamping Stroke Upper flange Lower flange Threaded body Cartridge
• When timing sequences are critical: take place when the cylinder
on-site to reduce spare inventory force1)
has completed its 90° swing.
by 2/3 (67%) less sensitive to system back

4 Selection criteria from

Valves
in
• Ball and cam rotation ensures pressures, resulting from long tube
smooth accurate operation lengths or numerous components lbs clamping total
being retracted at the same time ▼ Single acting Model number2)

Total stroke
475 .32 .65 SURS-21 SLRS-21 STRS-21 SCRS-22

a mounting standpoint.
• Innovative clamp arm design allows

Pallet components
quick and secure arm positioning 1100 .39 .89 SURS-51 SLRS-51 STRS-51 SCRS-52
❚ Swing clamps used in conjunction with work supports

Clamping
and other Enerpac components to positively hold the 1800 .47 .90 SURS-92 SLRS-92 STRS-92 –
workpieces during machining operations. 2400 .50 1.10 SURS-121 SLRS-121 STRS-121 SCRS-122
3900 .55 1.16 SURS-201 SLRS-201 STRS-201 –
7450 .63 1.28 SURS-351 SLRS-351 STRS-351 –
▼ Double acting Model number2)

5 Main selection chart, showing

System components
500 .32 .65 SURD-21 SLRD-21 STRD-21 SCRD-22
1250 .39 .89 SURD-51 SLRD-51 STRD-51 SCRD-52
2025 .47 .90 SURD-92 SLRD-92 STRD-92 –
All swing clamps have swing
2025 1.26 1.69 SURDL-92* – – –
angle repeatability

product function, mounting

2600 .50 1.10 SURD-121 SLRD-121 STRD-121 SCRD-122 of ± 1°.
2600 1.25 1.85 SURDL-121 – – –
4200 .55 1.16 SURD-201 SLRD-201 STRD-201 –
Other swing angles available

Yellow pages
7600 .63 1.28 SURD-351 SLRD-351 STRD-351 –
upon request.
For Collet-Lok® positive locking

option and capacity.

7600 1.25 1.91 SURDL-351* – – –
swing clamps, see 12 ▶ Contact Enerpac for info.
98-001

1)
With standard clamp arm. Clamp arms are sold separately ( 32). Clamping forces for single-acting models are
reduced in order to overcome return spring force. 2) For left turning swing clamps replace the R in the model number
for an L. Note: Call Enerpac to order models with metric thread and BSPP port connections.
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.
22 ® www.enerpacwh.com ® 23

6 Product related options

and accessories. 3 5

1 5 4

Swing clamps - Upper flange model SU series

Product data pages Shown: SURS-51, SURS-201
Minimal mounting height Installation dimensions in inches Manifold
Dimensions & options

Force: 475 - 7600 lbs

…when space is at a premium
Low pressure

O-ring
product line

Clamping Fixture Mounting Min. Manifold O-ring2) Stroke: .65 - 1.91 inch
force1) hole thread depth ARP number or
• Flexible design allows for manifold or threaded port connection lbs Ø D3 J UNF J2 inside Ø x thickness
Pressure: 500 - 5000 psi
• Low profile mounting style allows body to be below mounting surface

1 Application schematic including

500 1.110 #10-32 .65 568-010 .004
63
• Simple mounting preparation and easy installation – 3 or 4 mounting bolts 1250 1.380 .250-28 .65 568-011
2025 1.895 M6 .59 .17 x .139 E Cilindros giratorios
• Double oil connection – threaded port or manifold mount
2600 1.880 .312-24 .80 568-011 F Vérins de bridage pivotants
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Symmetrical rectangular flange design enables clamping

real life application example.

4200 2.475 .312-24 .67 .17 x .139
at three sides of the cylinder D Schwenkspannzylinder
7600 3.035 .375-24 .74 .17 x .139
• 30, 45, and 60 degree swing angles available on request 1)
With standard clamp arm. Note: Mounting bolts and
2)
Polyurethane, 92 Durometer O-rings included. ø .19

Product selection
Swing clamps
Swing clamps

Clamping Stroke Left Right Cylinder Oil Max. Standard -21, 51, 121 120˚ -92, 201, 351 D1
98-038

force1) turning turning effective area capacity oil clamp arm (3x) D1

2 Product selection.
90° 90° flow 1)
N V
V N Options
in in2 in3 Sold
SU series Un- Un- separately B
Clamp arms
The Enerpac upper flange lbs Clamp Total Clamp clamp Clamp clamp in3/min 58 ▶ Y B
D2 R
swing clamps are designed for ▼ Single acting Model number 2) D2 U Z A
P 32 }
integrated manifold mounting 475 .32 .65 SULS-21 SURS-21 .12 – .08 – 12 CAS-21 A
T
P T
Work supports

solutions. Hydraulic connections 1100 .39 .89 SULS-51 SURS-51 .28 – .25 – 25 CAS-51 G
Q Work supports

3 Detailed dimensional data.

are made through SAE or BSPP 1800 .47 .90 SULS-92 SURS-92 .49 – .42 – 60 CAS-92 G Q
oil connection or the standard 2400 .50 1.10 SULS-121 SURS-121 .63 – .70 – 100 CAS-121
integrated O-ring ports. M
3900 .55 1.16 SULS-201 SURS-201 1.10 – 1.22 – 140 CAS-201 K
43 }
7450 .63 1.28 SULS-351 SURS-351 1.92 – 2.27 – 240 CAS-351 K
Collet-Lok®
▼ Double acting Model number 2) B swing cylinders
B
Linear cylinders

500 .32 .65 SULD-21 SURD-21 .12 .24 .08 .16 12 CAS-21
C1 C
1.00

A 12 }

4 Product dimensional drawings.

H F C1 C
1.00

1250 .39 .89 SULD-51 SURD-51 .28 .59 .25 .53 25 CAS-51
A
2025 .47 .90 SULD-92 SURD-92 .49 1.25 .42 1.08 60 CAS-92 F
H Accessories
2025 1.26 1.69 SULDL-92* SURDL-92* .49 1.25 .81 1.86 60 CAS-92 W
SAE oil connection D
2600 .50 1.10 SULD-121 SURD-121 .63 1.23 .70 1.40 100 CAS-121 W D
2600 1.25 1.85 SULDL-121 SURDL-121 .63 1.23 .97 2.30 100 CAS-121 86 }
4200 .55 1.16 SULD-201 SURD-201 1.10 2.35 1.22 2.60 140 CAS-201
Power sources

7600 .63 1.28 SULD-351 SURD-351 1.92 3.68 2.27 4.35 240 CAS-351 Important

5 Installation specifications.
A
7600 1.25 1.91 SULDL-351* SURDL-351* 1.92 3.68 3.53 6.77 240 CAS-351
1)
With standard clamp arm. Clamp arms are sold separately ( 32). Clamping forces Note: Call Enerpac to order S 30, 45, and 60 degree rotations
A
for single-acting models are reduced in order to overcome return spring force. models with BSPP port are available upon request.
2)
For models with straight plunger movement, replace L or R with S. connections. B Add -30, -45 or -60 to end of
S U
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information A = Clamping standard model number to
before specifying in your design. X order directly
B = Unclamping
B

(venting) U from Enerpac. To order rotation

Valves

X limiter separately, see page 58.

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Integrated O-ring port Left A B C C1 D D1 D2 F G H K M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Right
turning turning
models Ø Ø UN ø lbs models
▼ Single acting Single acting ▼ Custom cylinders including
Pallet components

SULS-21 4.41 2.32 1.05 1.69 1.10 1.86 1.77 0.39 SAE #2 0.43 0.63 – 0.61 0.97 .250-20 UNC - 0.825 1.22 ø1.58 0.225 2.09 0.714 30° 60° 1.0 SURS-21 longer stroke lengths are
SULS-51 5.33 2.73 1.08 1.97 1.37 2.13 2.25 0.63 SAE #4 0.38 0.76 – 0.75 1.58 .312-18 UNC - 1.614 1.89 ø1.97 0.268 2.6 0.565 30° 60° 2.5 SURS-51 available on request.
❚ Enerpac upper flange swing
SULS-92 5.68 3.00 1.11 2.02 1.88 2.76 2.13 0.98 G1/4" 0.51 0.99 0.59 1.04 1.78 M10 X 1,5 1.02 0.934 2.21 1.65 0.256 2.67 1.128 – – 4.4 SURS-92
clamps integrated into a fully
SULS-121 6.75 3.37 1.08 2.18 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 SAE #4 0.39 1.20 – 0.99 2.00 .375-16 UNC - 2.048 2.44 ø2.50 0.347 3.38 0.717 30° 60° 3.5 SURS-121
automated machining system.
SULS-201 6.57 3.47 1.12 2.28 2.46 3.35 2.76 1.26 SAE #4 0.51 1.19 0.91 1.35 2.18 .500-13 UNC 1.02 1.145 2.77 2.17 0.335 3.11 1.382 – – 7.7 SURS-201 In case there is a risk of
machining coolants and debris
SULS-351 7.45 3.96 1.11 2.39 3.02 3.94 3.50 1.50 SAE #4 0.51 1.58 1.08 1.71 2.68 .625-11 UNC 1.02 1.356 3.27 2.76 0.425 3.49 1.637 – – 12.1 SURS-351
System components

being inhaled via the breather

▼ Double acting Double acting ▼ vent, it is recommended to pipe
SULD-21 4.41 2.32 1.05 1.69 1.10 1.86 1.77 0.39 SAE #2 0.43 0.63 – 0.61 0.97 .250-20 UNC - 0.825 1.22 ø1.58 0.225 2.09 0.714 30° 60° 1.0 SURD-21 this port to an area outside the
SULD-51 5.33 2.73 1.08 1.97 1.37 2.13 2.25 0.63 SAE #4 0.38 0.76 – 0.75 1.58 .312-18 UNC - 1.614 1.89 ø1.97 0.268 2.6 0.565 30° 60° 2.5 SURD-51 fixture that is protected
from machining coolants
SULD-92 5.68 3.00 1.11 2.02 1.88 2.76 2.13 0.98 G1/4" 0.51 0.99 – 1.04 1.78 M10 X 1,5 1.02 0.934 2.21 1.65 0.256 2.67 1.128 – – 4.4 SURD-92
and debris.
SULDL-92* 7.25 3.79 1.11 2.80 1.88 2.76 2.13 0.98 G1/4" 0.51 0.99 – 1.04 1.78 M10 X 1,5 1.02 0.934 2.21 1.65 0.256 2.67 1.128 – – 5.7 SURDL-92*
SULD-121 6.75 3.37 1.08 2.18 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 SAE #4 0.39 1.20 – 0.99 2.00 .375-16 UNC - 2.048 2.44 ø2.50 0.347 3.38 0.717 30° 60° 3.5 SURD-121
SULDL-121 9.00 4.12 1.08 2.93 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 SAE #4 0.39 1.20 – 0.99 2.00 .375-16 UNC - 2.048 2.44 ø2.50 0.347 3.38 0.717 30° 60° 4.0 SURDL-121
Yellow pages

SULD-201 6.57 3.47 1.12 2.28 2.46 3.35 2.76 1.26 SAE #4 0.51 1.19 – 1.35 2.18 .500-13 UNC 1.02 1.145 2.77 2.17 0.335 3.11 1.382 – – 7.7 SURD-201 Do not exceed
SULD-351 7.45 3.96 1.11 2.39 3.02 3.94 3.50 1.50 SAE #4 0.51 1.58 – 1.71 2.68 .625-11 UNC 1.02 1.356 3.27 2.76 0.425 3.49 1.637 – – 12.1 SURD-351 maximum flow rates.
98-003

SULDL-351* 8.70 4.59 1.11 3.01 3.02 3.94 3.50 1.50 SAE #4 0.51 1.58 – 1.71 2.68 .625-11 UNC 1.02 1.356 3.27 2.76 0.425 3.49 1.637 – – 15.1 SURDL-351*
NOTE: dimensions shown with standard clamp arm.
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.
24 ® www.enerpacwh.com ® 25

2 3

www.enerpacwh.com ® 7
 ®

Collet-Lok®
Swing Clamps
Enerpac Collet-Lok® Swing Clamps
combine the rotational actuation
and clamping force of a hydraulic
Enerpac Collet-Lok® products combine the Swing Clamp with an internal locking
mechanism that maintains the applied
automation of hydraulic actuation with the
clamping force without holding hydraulic
security of an internal locking mechanism. After pressure in the clamp. Ideal for use in
large-scale fixtures, they are available in 1000-, 2000-, and
actuation and locking, these products maintain
8500 lb. models. Standard models are available in either
their clamping or supporting capacity without Threaded Body or Lower Flange configurations. Available
modifications include flange top manifold porting, longer
maintaining hydraulic pressure in the circuit.
strokes, non-rotational versions and special design
Available in Swing, Push, and Work Supports bodies. Viton seals are standard.
models, Enerpac Collet-Lok® products are also

available in numerous special configurations

and modifications. Work Supports

Enerpac Collet-Lok® Work Supports use
internal spring force to lift the support
rod into contact with the work piece
and then maintain the support with an
internal locking system. Cataloged in
2000-, 4500-, and 10,000 lb. capacities,
these products are available in Threaded
Body (2000 and 4,000 lb. only) and Lower Flange models
(2000, 4,000, and 10,000). Available modifications include
longer strokes, flange top manifold porting, and special
design bodies. Viton seals are standard.

Push Cylinders
Enerpac Collet-Lok® Push Cylinders
are designed for either clamping or
supporting applications. The clamping
or supporting force is maintained once
Technical support the internal lock is engaged. Available in
Refer to the “Yellow Pages” either 2500 or 5000 lb. capacities, these
of this catalog for: cylinders are available in both Threaded
Body or Lower Flange models. Available modifications
• Safety instructions include flange top manifold porting, longer strokes, and
• Basic hydraulic information special design bodies. Viton seals are standard.
• Advanced hydraulic technology
• FMS (Flexible Machining Systems)
technology
• Conversion charts and hydraulic symbols
197

8 ®
Products
t series t page

Collet-Lok® swing cylinder range overview 10-11

Collet-Lok® Swing clamps WPFL,

10 - 11
12-15
WPTL

Collet-Lok® Work supports WPFS, 16-17

WPTS

Collet-Lok® Push cylinders WPFC, 18-19

WPTC

www.enerpacwh.com ® 9
 Collet-Lok® Application & selection
Shown: WPTR-100V and WPFR-100V
Hydraulic actuation with mechanical lock
Collet-Lok®
products

• C
ollet-Lok® technology combines hydraulic actuation for
clamping or supporting with an internal locking collet
• Clamp bodies are available in either threaded mount or
flange mount
• Flange mount units feature both tubing ports and bottom
manifold ports
• Flange top manifold ports available as a special
• VITON seals are standard
98-037

Enerpac Collet-Lok® cylinders are designed to

mechanically hold the workpiece after hydraulic
pressure is removed. Clamping capacities range Collet-Lok® Designs:
from 1000 lbs. to 8500 lbs.
Collet-Lok® Swing Clamps
• Available in 1000-, 2000-, and
8500 lb. models
• Available in Right Hand or Left Hand
Swing and Straight (guided) models

Collet-Lok® Work Supports

• Available in 2,000-, 4,000- and
10,000 lb. models
• Spring advance design to maintain
contact with the work piece

z MPTL-100 and MPTR-

100 Collet-Lok® Swing
Clamps are used to
securely clamp these
exhaust manifolds.

Collet-Lok® Push Cylinders

• Available in 2,500- and
5,000 lb. models
• Designed for Push only
• Can be used as a heavy-duty
Work Support

10 ®
 Collet-Lok®
Why use Collet-Lok®? Force: 1000 - 8500 lbs

Collet-Lok®
Products
Stroke: .94 - 1.65 inch
ollet-Lok® technology from Enerpac combines hydraulic actuation with mechanical
C
locking to provide the automation and control of hydraulics and the long term Pressure: 1400 - 5000 psi
security of a mechanical lock. Available in Swing Clamps, Push Cylinders and Work
Supports, Collet-Lok® is a unique solution that is well suited to today's demanding
manufacturing environment.

Swing Clamps
Collet-Lok® Sequence:
Collet-Lok® Clamping and Unclamping Cycle
Step 1

Clamping Locking Clamped Unlocking Unclamping
2-passage Auto coupler connects
and Locked
external power source with pallet
receiver and the Collet-Lok®

Work Supports
cylinder is activated for hydraulic
clamping.

Step 2
After reaching maximum clamping
pressure the sequence valve is
opened and actuates the internal

Linear Cylinders
wedge hydraulically.

Step 3
The wedge system secures the
plunger position mechanically and
the hydraulic pressure is taken off,
then the auto coupler retracts. The

Power Sources
work piece on the pallet is now
securely clamped, without being
connected to a power source.

Step 4
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 After being in the machine the
pallet returns to the loading and
WPTR-100 Collet-Lok® swing cylinder WCA-62, WPA-62 Auto coupler unloading position and the auto

Valves
1 = 90˚ Rotation + Clamp A = Pressure line from pump to coupler is connected again to
2 = Lock swing cylinder release the wedge.
3 = Unlock B = Pressure line from pump to
4 = Unclamp + 90˚ Rotation swing cylinder Step 5
C = Auto coupler advance The hydraulic plunger is now

Pallet Components
D = Auto coupler retract retracted and the pallet is free
for unloading and loading.

How Does Collet-Lok® Work?

System Components
The ports on Collet products are conveniently labeled in the order that they are used
during a clamping or unclamping cycle.
Options
The typical Collet-Lok® circuit pairs the Clamp circuits with the Lock circuits by using
a sequence valve to delay the Lock function until the clamping pressure is almost Collet-Lok®
reached. When unclamping, the Unlock and Unclamp circuits are also paired with swing clamps
a sequence valve so the Lock is released before the clamp extends to Unclamp. An
8
Yellow Pages

alternate approach to controlling these circuits is to use a PLC to operate individual

valves for the Clamp/Unclamp and Lock/Unlock functions. Collet-Lok®
Because Collet-Lok provides a mechanical lock to hold the clamping force onto the
® work supports
work piece, support components used in standard hydraulic clamping circuits such as 16 
pilot operated check valves and accumulators are not needed. In typical applications,
the hydraulic circuit in a fixture with Collet-Lok® clamps is de-pressurized after the Collet-Lok®
clamping cycle is completed. This allows for complete security during the machining push clamps
cycle, or if the work pieces are pre-clamped and staged in a pallet pool for extended
periods of time.
18 

www.enerpacwh.com ® 11
 Swing cylinders - Collet-Lok® design
Shown: WPTR-100V, WPFR-100V
Ideal when live hydraulics are not available
Collet-Lok®
products

• Double acting Collet-Lok® action allows fully automated operation

• Additional level of safety since live hydraulics are not required to maintain
clamping force
• Collet-Lok® swing cylinders can be mounted by the flange or threaded into the
fixture. Flanged models have manifold ports and tubing ports.
• Viton seals are standard

Selection chart
Clamping Stroke Left Right Cylinder Oil Max. Standard
force1) turning turning effective area capacity oil clamp arm
98-042

flow 1)
in in2 in3 Sold
90°
Un- Un- separately
WP series lbs Clamp Total Clamp clamp Clamp clamp in3/min
Enerpac Collet-Lok® cylinders are t Lower flange Model number
designed to mechanically hold the 1000 .32 .95 WPFL-50V WPFR-50V .25 .71 .24 .67 122 CA-540
workpiece after hydraulic pressure
2000 .47 1.11 WPFL-100V WPFR-100V .50 1.11 .55 1.22 305 CA-1050
is removed. Clamping capacities
range from 1000 lbs. to 8500 lbs. 8500 .39 1.65 WPFL-300V* WPFR-300V* 2.05 3.45 3.40 5.70 600 CA-3070
t Threaded body Model number
2000 .47 1.11 WPTL-100V WPTR-100V .50 1.11 .55 1.22 305 CA-1050
8500 .39 1.65 WPTL-300V* WPTR-300V* 2.05 3.45 3.40 5.70 600 CA-3070
1)
Using standard clamp Note: - Call Enerpac for models with metric thread and BSPP port connections.
SAE oil connection arm. Clamp arms are sold - Minimum working pressure for Collet-Lok® system is 1400 psi.
separately ( 14). * This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information
before specifying in your design.

Collet-Lok® sequence
4 4 4 4 4
Collet
3 3 3 3 3
Wedge
2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1

Flange nut

Hydraulic pressure pushes the Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

collet up a wedge, locking the Pressurize port Keep port #1 Depressurize Pressurize Keep port #3
plunger in the clamping position. #1. pressurized. port #1 and #2. port #3. pressurized.
Plunger turns 90° Pressurize port Uncouple cylinder Plunger will be Pressurize
and clamps part. #2. from hydraulic unlocked and port #4.
Plunger will be power source. the clamp force Plunger will extend
locked in clamped Part will be held in released. and turn to its
position. place. original position.
z Lower flange Collet-Lok® swing
cylinder mounted on a pallet.

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Left A B C C1 D D1 F H1 H2 H3
turning
models* ø ø ø
t Lower flange
WPFL-50V 7.92 6.97 6.74 0.98 2.28 3.35 0.75 0.39 0.49 –
WPFL-100V 8.77 7.67 6.48 0.98 2.68 3.94 0.88 0.39 0.49 –
WPFL-300V 12.67 11.02 10.82 0.98 3.53 5.19 1.38 0.43 0.49 –
t Threaded body
WPTL-100V 8.39 7.28 4.78 3.56 1.875-16 un 2.76 0.88 1.24 2.64 2.97
98-004

WPTL-300V 12.22 10.57 6.46 4.53 3.125-16 un 3.66 1.38 1.5 3.62 3.96
Note: Dimensions shown with standard clamp arm.
* For nonrotational model replace "L" with "N". Example: WPFN-100V
12 ®
 WP series
Installation dimensions Force: 1000 - 8500 lbs
in inches

Collet-Lok®
Products
Stroke: .94 - 1.65 inch
Clamping Fixture Mounting Minimum
force1) hole thread depth 3 Pressure: 1400 - 5000 psi
lbs Ø D3 J mm J2 øD3
t Lower flange J 2
1000 2.301 ±.012 M6 x 1,00 .68 E Cilindros giratorios
4 1
2000 2.701 ±.012 M8 x 1,25 .72 F Vérins de bridage pivotants

Swing Clamps
8500 3.565 ±.012 M10 x 1,50 .72
J2 D Schwenkspannzylinder
Clamping Fixture Mounting Mounting
force1) hole flange nut øD3
Sold Sold Flange Nut
separately separately 3

lbs Ø D3 87 ▸ 86 ▸ 2
1
t Threaded body Oil port functions 4

Work Supports
2000 1.875-16 un MF-481 FN-481 1 90° Rotation and clamp
8500 3.125-16 un MF-801 FN-801
2 Locks system
1)
With standard clamp arm.
3 Unlocks system
Custom Options Available
4 Unclamp and 90° rotation Intermediate Different flange
capacities locations

Linear Cylinders
WPF models WPT models
øJ
J1
K
øF
T

Power Sources
P

C
H1 3 Q
A
H3 H2
2 C1
B

Valves
4 1

L W Flexible Machining Systems

See Yellow Pages ( 224)

øD Options

Pallet Components
X X Clamp arms
SAE #2
SAE #4
14 
Collet-Lok®
work supports

System Components
4
3 øD1
2
1 16 
X = 45° WPT-100 models
Sequence
X = 30° WPT-300 models valves

152 
Accessories
Yellow Pages

J J1 K L P Q T U V W X Right
turning
ø ø ø ø ø lbs models
86 
Lower flange t
.625-18 unf 0.31 1.18 – 1.57 .313-24 unf 2.13 2.76 0.35 ø 0.55 1.89 5.1 WPFR-50V * Important
.750-16 unf 0.35 1.18 – 1.97 .375-24 unf 2.52 3.31 0.35 ø 0.55 2.13 7.7 WPFR-100V*
1.250-12 unf 0.39 1.85 – 2.76 .625-18 unf 3.66 4.41 0.43 ø 0.67 3.78 26.5 WPFR-300V*
Minimum unlock pressure
must be at least 1500 psi
Threaded body t
above lock pressure.
.750-16 unf 0.35 1.18 1.63 1.97 .375-24 unf 2.52 – – 2.44 – 6.6 WPTR-100V*
1.250-12 unf 0.39 1.85 3.35 2.76 .625-18 unf 3.66 – – 3.92 – 24.2
WPTR-300V*

www.enerpacwh.com ® 13
16.54

23.39
 Swing cylinders, CA Series Dimensions & options

Force: 1000 - 8500 lbs Important

Collet-Lok®
products

Stroke: 500 - 5000 psi

Do not exceed maximum oil flow.

E Brazos de amarre If flow rates are exceeded, swing cylinder indexing mechanism may be
permanently damaged.
F Bras de bridage
D Spannarme

Index
mechanism

Options
Gauges
When designing custom clamp arms, the flow rates must be further reduced. This rating
should be in proportion to the mass and the center of gravity of the clamp arm.
190
Example:
Flow control If the mass of the arm is twice that of the long arm, flow rates must be reduced by 50%.
valves
155 
Sequence
valves
152 

CA models Standard clamp arms for Collet-Lok® swing clamps

ø.003" [0,08 mm] A

A
D2 C P

E
K1 K2
G J Q
øD1
A

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Clamp. Model A C D1 D2 E G J K1 K2 P Q
force number
lbs ø unf unf unf lbs
t Standard clamp arms for Collet-Lok® swing clamps
1000 CA-540 2.94 .71 .749-.750 .625-18 1.18 1.26 .313-24 .75 .39 1.57 .313-24 1.2
2000 CA-1050 3.27 .75 .878-.879 .75-16 1.18 1.38 .313-24 .71 .39 1.97 .375-24 1.2
8500 CA-3070 5.04 1.38 1.377-1.378 1.25-12 1.85 2.32 .313-24 1.26 .67 2.76 .625-18 5.0

14 ®
 Special Collet-Lok® Examples
Special configurations are available
Special features for

Collet-Lok®
Products
Swing Cylinders*
Model: MPFL100PE001-S Enerpac can design Collet-Lok®
cylinders with special features
to meet the needs of your
Body style: Upper flange production fixtures:
• Special mounting

Swing Clamps
Clamp capacity: 2000 lbs (9 kN)
• Special manifold port location
Clamping stroke: .71 in. (18 mm)
• Longer stroke
Special feature: Position sensing • Special rotation
• Internal clutch to protect
rotation mechanism

Work Supports
• Viton seals
• Special rod end
• Position sensing

*Special features also available for

Collet-Lok® Push Cylinders and

Linear Cylinders
Work Supports.

Model: MPFN300VE002

Power Sources
Body style: Lower flange

Clamp capacity: 8800 lbs (39 kN)

Clamping stroke (straight):

2.25 in. (57,4 mm)

Special feature: Viton seals

Long stroke

Valves

Pallet Components
System Components
Model: MPFL200VE100

Body style: Mid-body flange

Clamp capacity: 3900 lbs (20 kN)

Clamping stroke (left hand):

2.50 in. (63,5 mm)
Yellow Pages

Special feature: Viton seals

Long stroke
Mid-flange body

www.enerpacwh.com ®
15
 Work supports - Collet-Lok® design
Shown: WPFS-100, WPTS-100
Hydraulically locked, mechanically maintained work support
Collet-Lok®
products

• Collet-Lok® design allows the work support to maintain

support position after the hydraulic pressure is removed
•C
 ollet-Lok® maintains a higher level of safety, as it is not
dependent on hydraulic supply pressure
• Low deflection: lowest deflection of any work support available
• Threaded or flanged body increases mounting flexibility
• Capacities up to 10,000 lbs available

Collet-Lok® sequence
WP series
Enerpac work supports provide
either additional non-fixed location
points to the clamps, or support
to larger or thin section workpiece
components, always in order to
minimize workpiece deflection
during machining. The Collet-Lok®
design does not require hydraulic
system pressure to maintain
support position. 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Install the workpiece Pressurize oil port Depressurize oil Pressurize oil port
on the support #1. The plunger will port #1. Cylinder #3. The plunger will
cylinder. The plunger be locked in the can be uncoupled be unlocked. When
position will adjust supporting position. from hydraulics the workpiece is
to the contour of the and still support removed, plunger
workpiece. the workpiece. will extend into its
original position.

Mounting style
WPT series, WPF series,
Threaded mount Flange models
Threaded body can be Mounts directly to fixture
used with a threaded hole plate. Offers the flexibility
in fixture plate or a jam of side ports or manifold
nut with a bored hole. ports on the underside of
Ports are located in top the flange.
collar block.

z While pallet No. 1 is in the

machine, a new work piece is
loaded on to pallet No. 2.
Product selection
Max. Support Flange Threaded Operating Locking Plunger Max.
support plunger models models pressure system contact oil
force stroke displacement spring flow
force
psi in3min
lbs in min. max. lock unlock lbs in3min
2000 0.39 WPFS-100V – 1450 5000 0.24 0.24 4.50 30
4000 0.39 WPFS-200V – 1450 5000 0.37 0.37 7.90 60
10,000 0.77 WPFS-450V – 1450 5000 1.10 1.10 67.50 240
2000 0.39 – WPTS-100V 1450 5000 0.24 0.24 3.37 30
4000 0.39 – WPTS-200V 1450 5000 0.37 0.37 6.74 60

16 ®
 Dimensions & options WP series
Support force vs pressure Elastic deflection vs load Deflection Force: 2000 - 4000 lbs
chart:

Collet-Lok®
10,000 .0020

Products
WP-450V Elastic deformation Stroke: 0.39 - .77 inch
WP-200V of the work support
8000 .0016 resulting from the Pressure: 1450 - 5000 psi

Elastic deflection (inch)

WP-100V
application of load.
Support force (lbs)

6000 .0012
E Cilindros de soporte
4000 .0008
F Vérin anti-vibreur

Swing Clamps
deformation
WP-450V
2000 .0004
WP-200V D Abstützzylinder

Elastic
WP-100V
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000
Pressure (psi) Applied load (lbs)

Options

Work Supports

99_066
Collet-Lok®
swing cylinders

12 
WPFS-100V, -200V WPFS-450V WPTS-100V, -200V
Auto couplers

Linear Cylinders
D
K
K 174 
L
L Positive
E1 clamping
E1 S P
S P cylinders
E SAE #2 80 

Power Sources
A Sequence
A E valves
D B
B C SAE#4 152 
C
C1
Important
SAE #4 H C1 H Warning!

Valves
V
Support force and
60˚
(6x) .79 clamping force must be
60˚
(6x) matched. Support force
VV 30˚ 3 should be at least 150% of
30˚ 3 U D1
UU D1
D1 clamping force.

Pallet Components
1 1
30˚ 30˚

2.17

System Components
For proper application, clamp
force, pressures and timing,
consult Enerpac for support.

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Model A B C C1 D D1 E E1 F H K L M P S U V W X
Yellow Pages

number
Ø Ø Ø unf Ø Ø Ø lbs
t Flange models
WPFS-100V 4.88 4.49 4.17 0.98 Ø 2.99 4.33 0.62 0.55 – 0.49 .313-24 0.59 – 0.2 Ø.11* 3.7 0.35 – 3.21 8.8
WPFS-200V 4.96 4.56 4.17 0.98 Ø 3.62 5.12 0.98 0.91 – 0.49 .500-20 0.79 – 0.2 Ø.11* 4.41 0.35 – 3.82 13.2
WPFS-450V 7.61 6.84 6.34 0.98 Ø 5.12 6.49 1.97 1.89 – 0.49 .750-16 1.18 – 0.39 1.18** 5.79 0.43 – 4.92 35.2
t Threaded models
WPTS-100V 4.84 4.45 4.13 1.50 2.375-12 2.94 0.62 0.55 2.17 0.61 .313-24 0.59 0.79 0.20 Ø.11* – – 2.64 6.6
WPTS-200V 4.92 4.53 4.13 1.50 3.125-16 3.73 0.98 0.91 2.76 0.61 .500-20 0.79 0.79 0.26 Ø.11* – – 2.64 8.8
* Spanner holes (x 2)
** Wrench Flats
www.enerpacwh.com ® 17
 Push cylinders - Collet-Lok® design
Shown: WPTC-110, WPFC-210
Ideal when live hydraulics are not available
…clamping is sustained mechanically so live hydraulics
Collet-Lok®
products

are not required during the machining cycle

• Double-acting Collet-Lok® action allows fully automated operation

• Additional level of safety since live hydraulics are not required
• Collet-Lok® push cylinders can either be mounted by the flange,
or threaded into the fixture
• The Collet-Lok® design is an industry exclusive
• Capacities up to 8800 lbs. available on request

WP series
Collet-Lok® positive locking
Collet-Lok® sequence
push cylinders are designed
to mechanically hold the
workpiece after hydraulic
pressure is removed.
Push capacities range from
2500 lbs. to 5000 lbs.

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Pressurize port #1. Keep port #1 Depressurize port Pressurize port
Plunger extends and pressurized. #1 and #2. Cylinder #3. Plunger will
clamps workpiece. Pressurize port should now be be unlocked and
#2. Plunger will uncoupled from the plunger will be
Wedge be locked in hydraulic power released to its original
Collet clamped position. source and will position.
maintain the
clamped position.
SAE oil
connections

Product selection
Max. Hydr. Lower Threaded Operating Hydraulic Oil Max.
push plunger flange body pressure effective capacity oil
force stroke area flow
Hydraulic pressure pushes the
collet up a wedge, locking the psi in2
lbs in min. max. adv. adv. unlock retr. in3/min
plunger in the clamping position.
Model number
2500 .60 WPFC-110V WPTC-110V 725 5000 .50 .30 .37 .24 600
5000 .60 WPFC-210V WPTC-210V 725 5000 .99 .61 .61 .37 600
Maximum cycle rate: 8 cycles/min.
Note: Call Enerpac to order models with metric thread and BSPP port connections.
z Lower flange Collet-Lok® push Capacities up to 8800 lbs. available on request.
cylinder used for positioning a
motorcycle frame.

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Model
A B C C1 D D1 D2 E E1 F
number
Ø Ø Ø Ø

t Lower flange
WPFC-110V 6.09 5.49 5.16 - Ø 2.76 3.94 – 0.62 0.59 –
WPFC-210V 6.80 6.20 5.87 - Ø 3.07 4.33 – 0.87 0.79 –
t Threaded body
WPTC-110V 6.05 5.45 5.12 0.74 2.375-12 un 2.52 1.500-12 unf 0.62 0.59 1.81
WPTC-210V 6.76 6.16 5.83 0.71 2.750-16 un 2.91 1.875-16 un 0.87 0.79 2.17

18 ®
 Dimensions & options WP series
Installation dimensions in inches Push force: 2500-5000 lbs

Collet-Lok®
Push Fixture Mounting Minimum

Products
force hole thread depth Stroke: .60 inch
lbs øD3 J J2
ø D3 Pressure: 725-5000 psi
t Lower flange J
2

2500 2.79 M6 .68 3

5000 3.10 M8 .72 E Cilindros de empuje

1
t Threaded body F Vérins pousseurs

Swing Clamps
2500 2.375-12 un – –
5000 2.750-16 un – –
J2 D Gesicherter Druckzylinder
ø D2
Flange nut 3

2
1
Elastic deflection vs load Deflection chart:
Elastic deformation of the plunger

Work Supports
.0020
resulting from the application of load.
.0016
Elastic deflection (inch)

Custom Options Available

.0012 Intermediate Different flange
capacities locations
.0008 Elastic deformation

Linear Cylinders
.0004
WP-210V
WP-110V
0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000
Applied load (lbs)

WPFC WPTC

Power Sources
D1
D D2
E1

S S
P
E
F
K

Valves
L E1
Options
A P
E Auto couplers
B K

Pallet Components
C 76 A▸
174
L
SAE #4
C1 Sequence
.98 A H2
2 H3
valves
1 2 3 H1
B H1
Oil port functions C 3 54 A▸
152
60˚ 60˚

System Components
1 Clamp 1
Accessories
30˚ 2 2 Lock W
SAE #2
1 3
X U D1 3 Unlock/Retract
V D 10 ▸A
86
60˚
(6x)
Collet-Lok®
swing cylinders
Yellow Pages

12 

H1 H2 H3 K L P S* U V W X Model
number

Ø Ø Ø lbs
Lower flange t
Important
0.49 – – .313-24 unf 0.59 0.24 Ø .11* 3.31 0.28 – 2.21 8.8 WPFC-110V
0.49 – – .375-24 unf 0.79 0.2 Ø .11* 3.7 0.35 – 2.76 11.0 WPFC-210V For proper application, clamp
Threaded body t force, pressures and timing,
consult Enerpac for support.
3.78 1.30 2.56 .313-24 unf 0.59 0.24
Ø .11* – – 0.75 – 6.6 WPTC-110V
4.37 1.26 2.83 .375-24 unf 0.79 0.20
Ø .11* - - 0.79 - 7.5 WPTC-210V
* Spanner holes (x 2)

www.enerpacwh.com ® 19
16.54

23.39

25.40
 ®

Swing Clamps

Swing Clamps
Enerpac’s complete line of swing clamps provides
maximum clamping force in the smallest possible
package. With several mounting and operation
styles available, Enerpac can fit any clamping
need you can think of. Our unique patented clamp
arm design is an industry exclusive, and makes
Enerpac’s swing cylinder line more versatile than
ever before. Made to the highest quality standards,
Enerpac swing clamps will provide maximum
performance and trouble free operation.

Technical support
Refer to the “Yellow Pages”
of this catalog for:

• Safety instructions
• Basic hydraulic information
• Advanced hydraulic technology
• FMS (Flexible Machining Systems)
technology
• Conversion charts and hydraulic symbols
197 

20 ® © 2013 Enerpac, All Rights Reserved

 t series t page

Swing cylinder range overview 22 - 23

Upper flange swing clamps SU 10

24 - 25
11

Lower flange swing clamps SL 26 - 27

Threaded body swing clamps ST 28 - 29

Cartridge model swing clamps SC 30 - 31

Clamp arms CA 32 - 33

CAC
Pivoting T-arms 34 - 35
CAPT

Upreach clamp arms CAU 36 - 37

Swing clamps SC 38

Swing clamps ASC 39

Three-position swing clamps WTR 40 - 41

www.enerpacwh.com ® 21
 Swing clamps Application & selection
Shown: SCRD-122, STLD-21, SLRS-201
Compact and full featured design
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Compact design allows for efficient fixture layout

• Variety of mounting styles to meet design needs
• Double and single-acting cylinders to suit a variety
of hydraulic requirements
• Choice of porting styles to meet system and
Swing clamps

design requirements
• All cylinders are available as left and right turning models
• Large ball and cam design on 21, 51 and 121 models allows
swing rotation to be changed easily
• Overload clutch mechanism on 92, 201, and 351 models
prevents damage to cylinder from high flow rates
98-037

or misapplication
Enerpac swing clamps allow unobstructed
part fixturing and placement. The plunger rod and
the attached clamp arm rotate 90 degrees in either a
clockwise or counter-clockwise direction, then travel Select your swing cylinder type:
down an additional distance to clamp against the Single acting
fixtured part. Upon release of clamping pressure, • The obvious choice when there
the clamp arm rotates back 90 degrees in the are few system restrictions, and
opposite direction to allow for part removal there are not many units retracting
and new part placement. simultaneously
• Fewer valving requirements which
Roller in groove results in a less complex circuit
• Double index provides low height • Innovative clamp arm design allows
design to minimize fixture height quick and secure arm positioning
• Overload clutch allows clamp to
disengage if needed to prevent
damage due to improper
part loading
Double acting
Ball in groove • Used when greater control is required
• Rotation direction can be changed during the unclamp cycle
on-site to reduce spare inventory • When timing sequences are critical:
by 2/3 (67%) less sensitive to system back
• Ball and cam rotation ensures pressures, resulting from long tube
smooth accurate operation lengths or numerous components
being retracted at the same time
• Innovative clamp arm design allows
z Swing clamps used in conjunction with work supports quick and secure arm positioning
and other Enerpac components to positively hold the
workpieces during machining operations.

For Collet-Lok® positive locking

swing clamps, see 12 ▶
98-001

22 ®
 Swing clamps
Select your mounting method: Force: 475 - 7600 lbs

SU series, Upper flange mounting 24  Stroke: .65 - 1.91 inch

• Flexible design allows for manifold or Pressure: 500 - 5000 psi
threaded oil port connection
• Fixture hole does not require tight tolerances E Cilindros giratorios
• Easy installation with only 3 or 4 mounting bolts F Vérins de bridage pivotants

Swing clamps
D Schwenkspannzylinder
SL series, Lower flange mounting 26 
• Flexible design allows for manifold
or threaded port connection
• No fixture hole required

Work supports
• Easy installation with only 3 or 4 mounting bolts

ST series, Threaded body mounting 28  Options

• Body thread for precise cylinder height positioning
Available as Left Right
• Threaded oil port connection both left and 90°

Linear cylinders
• Can be threaded directly into the fixture and secured right turning
in position by means of standard flange nuts
Clamp arms

SC series, Cartridge mounting 30  32 

Power sources
• Minimal space required on fixture
• External plumbing not required Work supports
• Allows close positioning of adjoining units
• Cylinder can be completely recessed in fixture 43 

Accessories

Valves
86 

Important
Product selection
Actual clamping may only

Pallet components
Clamping Stroke Upper flange Lower flange Threaded body Cartridge
force1) take place when the cylinder
has completed its 90° swing.
in

lbs clamping total

t Single acting Model number2)

System components
Total stroke

475 .32 .65 SURS-21 SLRS-21 STRS-21 SCRS-22

1100 .39 .89 SURS-51 SLRS-51 STRS-51 SCRS-52
Clamping

1800 .47 .90 SURS-92 SLRS-92 STRS-92 –

2400 .50 1.10 SURS-121 SLRS-121 STRS-121 SCRS-122
3900 .55 1.16 SURS-201 SLRS-201 STRS-201 –
7450 .63 1.28 SURS-351 SLRS-351 STRS-351 –
t Double acting Model number2)
Yellow pages

500 .32 .65 SURD-21 SLRD-21 STRD-21 SCRD-22

1250 .39 .89 SURD-51 SLRD-51 STRD-51 SCRD-52
2025 .47 .90 SURD-92 SLRD-92 STRD-92 –
All swing clamps have swing
2025 1.26 1.69 SURDL-92* – – –
angle repeatability
2600 .50 1.10 SURD-121 SLRD-121 STRD-121 SCRD-122 of ± 1°.
2600 1.25 1.85 SURDL-121 – – –
4200 .55 1.16 SURD-201 SLRD-201 STRD-201 –
Other swing angles available
7600 .63 1.28 SURD-351 SLRD-351 STRD-351 –
upon request.
7600 1.25 1.91 SURDL-351* – – –
Contact Enerpac for info.
1)
With standard clamp arm. Clamp arms are sold separately ( 32). Clamping forces for single-acting models are
reduced in order to overcome return spring force. 2) For left turning swing clamps replace the R in the model number
for an L. Note: Call Enerpac to order models with metric thread and BSPP port connections.
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.
www.enerpacwh.com ® 23
 Swing clamps - Upper flange model
Shown: SURS-51, SURS-201
Minimal mounting height
…when space is at a premium
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Flexible design allows for manifold or threaded port connection

• Low profile mounting style allows body to be below mounting surface
• Simple mounting preparation and easy installation – 3 or 4 mounting bolts
• Double oil connection – threaded port or manifold mount
Swing clamps

• Symmetrical rectangular flange design enables clamping

at three sides of the cylinder
• 30, 45, and 60 degree swing angles available on request

Product selection
Clamping Stroke Left Right Cylinder Oil Max. Standard
98-038

force1) turning turning effective area capacity oil clamp arm

90° 90° flow 1)
in in2 in3
Sold
SU series Un- Un- separately
The Enerpac upper flange lbs Clamp Total Clamp clamp Clamp clamp in3/min 32 ▶

swing clamps are designed for t Single acting Model number 2)

integrated manifold mounting 475 .32 .65 SULS-21 SURS-21 .12 – .08 – 12 CAS-21
solutions. Hydraulic connections 1100 .39 .89 SULS-51 SURS-51 .28 – .25 – 25 CAS-51
are made through SAE or BSPP 1800 .47 .90 SULS-92 SURS-92 .49 – .42 – 60 CAS-92
oil connection or the standard 2400 .50 1.10 SULS-121 SURS-121 .63 – .70 – 100 CAS-121
integrated O-ring ports.
3900 .55 1.16 SULS-201 SURS-201 1.10 – 1.22 – 140 CAS-201
7450 .63 1.28 SULS-351 SURS-351 1.92 – 2.27 – 240 CAS-351
t Double acting Model number 2)
500 .32 .65 SULD-21 SURD-21 .12 .24 .08 .16 12 CAS-21
1250 .39 .89 SULD-51 SURD-51 .28 .59 .25 .53 25 CAS-51
2025 .47 .90 SULD-92 SURD-92 .49 1.25 .42 1.08 60 CAS-92
2025 1.26 1.69 SULDL-92* SURDL-92* .49 1.25 .81 1.86 60 CAS-92
SAE oil connection
2600 .50 1.10 SULD-121 SURD-121 .63 1.23 .70 1.40 100 CAS-121
2600 1.25 1.85 SULDL-121 SURDL-121 .63 1.23 .97 2.30 100 CAS-121
4200 .55 1.16 SULD-201 SURD-201 1.10 2.35 1.22 2.60 140 CAS-201
7600 .63 1.28 SULD-351 SURD-351 1.92 3.68 2.27 4.35 240 CAS-351
7600 1.25 1.91 SULDL-351* SURDL-351* 1.92 3.68 3.53 6.77 240 CAS-351
1)
With standard clamp arm. Clamp arms are sold separately ( 32). Clamping forces Note: Call Enerpac to order
for single-acting models are reduced in order to overcome return spring force. models with BSPP port
2)
For models with straight plunger movement, replace L or R with S. connections.
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information
before specifying in your design.

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Integrated O-ring port Left A B C C1 D D1 D2 F G H K M
turning
models ø ø
t Single acting
SULS-21 4.41 2.32 1.05 1.69 1.10 1.86 1.77 0.39 SAE #2 0.43 0.63 –
SULS-51 5.33 2.73 1.08 1.97 1.37 2.13 2.25 0.63 SAE #4 0.38 0.76 –
z Enerpac upper flange swing
SULS-92 5.68 3.00 1.11 2.02 1.88 2.76 2.13 0.98 G1/4" 0.51 0.99 0.59
clamps integrated into a fully
SULS-121 6.75 3.37 1.08 2.18 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 SAE #4 0.39 1.20 –
automated machining system.
SULS-201 6.57 3.47 1.12 2.28 2.46 3.35 2.76 1.26 SAE #4 0.51 1.19 0.91
SULS-351 7.45 3.96 1.11 2.39 3.02 3.94 3.50 1.50 SAE #4 0.51 1.58 1.08
t Double acting
SULD-21 4.41 2.32 1.05 1.69 1.10 1.86 1.77 0.39 SAE #2 0.43 0.63 –
SULD-51 5.33 2.73 1.08 1.97 1.37 2.13 2.25 0.63 SAE #4 0.38 0.76 –
SULD-92 5.68 3.00 1.11 2.02 1.88 2.76 2.13 0.98 G1/4" 0.51 0.99 –
SULDL-92* 7.25 3.79 1.11 2.80 1.88 2.76 2.13 0.98 G1/4" 0.51 0.99 –
SULD-121 6.75 3.37 1.08 2.18 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 SAE #4 0.39 1.20 –
SULDL-121 9.00 4.12 1.08 2.93 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 SAE #4 0.39 1.20 –
SULD-201 6.57 3.47 1.12 2.28 2.46 3.35 2.76 1.26 SAE #4 0.51 1.19 –
SULD-351 7.45 3.96 1.11 2.39 3.02 3.94 3.50 1.50 SAE #4 0.51 1.58 –
98-003

SULDL-351* 8.70 4.59 1.11 3.01 3.02 3.94 3.50 1.50 SAE #4 0.51 1.58 –
NOTE: dimensions shown with standard clamp arm.
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.
24 ®
 Dimensions & options SU series
Installation dimensions in inches Manifold Force: 475 - 7600 lbs
O-ring
Clamping Fixture Mounting Min. Manifold O-ring2) Stroke: .65 - 1.91 inch
force1) hole thread depth ARP number or
lbs ø D3 J unf J2 inside ø x thickness
Pressure: 500 - 5000 psi
500 1.110 #10-32 .65 568-010 .004
63
1250 1.380 .250-28 .65 568-011
2025 1.895 M6 .59 .17 x .139 E Cilindros giratorios
2600 1.880 .312-24 .80 568-011 F Vérins de bridage pivotants

Swing clamps
4200 2.475 .312-24 .67 .17 x .139
D Schwenkspannzylinder
7600 3.035 .375-24 .74 .17 x .139
1)
With standard clamp arm. Note: Mounting bolts and
2)
Polyurethane, 92 Durometer O-rings included. ø .19

Work supports
-21, 51, 121 120˚ -92, 201, 351
(3x) D1 D1
N V
V N Options
B
Clamp arms
Y B
D2 R
D2 U Z A
A P 32 

Linear cylinders
P T T
G Work supports
Q
G Q
M
K
43 
K
Collet-Lok®
B swing cylinders
B

Power sources
C1 C
1.00

A 12 
H F C1 C
1.00

A
F
H Accessories
W
D D
W
86 

Important

Valves
A

S 30, 45, and 60 degree rotations

A
are available upon request.
B Add -30, -45 or -60 to end of
S U
A = Clamping standard model number to
X

Pallet components
B = Unclamping
B order directly
(venting) U from Enerpac. To order rotation
X limiter separately, see page 58.

N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Right
turning
un ø lbs models

System components
Single acting t Custom cylinders including
0.61 0.97 .250-20 unc - 0.825 1.22 ø1.58 0.225 2.09 0.714 30° 60° 1.0 SURS-21 longer stroke lengths are
0.75 1.58 .312-18 unc - 1.614 1.89 ø1.97 0.268 2.6 0.565 30° 60° 2.5 SURS-51 available on request.
1.04 1.78 M10 X 1,5 1.02 0.934 2.21 1.65 0.256 2.67 1.128 – – 4.4 SURS-92
0.99 2.00 .375-16 unc - 2.048 2.44 ø2.50 0.347 3.38 0.717 30° 60° 3.5 SURS-121
1.35 2.18 .500-13 unc 1.02 1.145 2.77 2.17 0.335 3.11 1.382 – – 7.7 SURS-201 In case there is a risk of
machining coolants and debris
1.71 2.68 .625-11 unc 1.02 1.356 3.27 2.76 0.425 3.49 1.637 – – 12.1 SURS-351
being inhaled via the breather
Double acting t
Yellow pages

vent, it is recommended to pipe

0.61 0.97 .250-20 unc - 0.825 1.22 ø1.58 0.225 2.09 0.714 30° 60° 1.0 SURD-21 this port to an area outside the
0.75 1.58 .312-18 unc - 1.614 1.89 ø1.97 0.268 2.6 0.565 30° 60° 2.5 SURD-51 fixture that is protected
from machining coolants
1.04 1.78 M10 X 1,5 1.02 0.934 2.21 1.65 0.256 2.67 1.128 – – 4.4 SURD-92
and debris.
1.04 1.78 M10 X 1,5 1.02 0.934 2.21 1.65 0.256 2.67 1.128 – – 5.7 SURDL-92*
0.99 2.00 .375-16 unc - 2.048 2.44 ø2.50 0.347 3.38 0.717 30° 60° 3.5 SURD-121
0.99 2.00 .375-16 unc - 2.048 2.44 ø2.50 0.347 3.38 0.717 30° 60° 4.0 SURDL-121
1.35 2.18 .500-13 unc 1.02 1.145 2.77 2.17 0.335 3.11 1.382 – – 7.7 SURD-201 Do not exceed
1.71 2.68 .625-11 unc 1.02 1.356 3.27 2.76 0.425 3.49 1.637 – – 12.1 SURD-351 maximum flow rates.
1.71 2.68 .625-11 unc 1.02 1.356 3.27 2.76 0.425 3.49 1.637 – – 15.1 SURDL-351*

www.enerpacwh.com ® 25
 Swing clamps - Lower flange models
Shown: SLRD-51, SLRS-201
No fixture hole required
product line
Collet-Lok®

…cylinder can be bolted directly to fixture

• Flexible design allows for manifold or threaded port connection

• No fixture hole preparation required
• Easiest mounting preparation in the swing cylinder line
Swing clamps

• Symmetrical rectangular flange design enables clamping at

three sides of the cylinder
• Allows extra large parts to be clamped
• 30, 45 and 60 degree swing angles available on request
98-039

SL series Product selection

Enerpac lower flange series swing Clamping Stroke Left Right Cylinder Oil Max. Standard
clamps can be bolted to the fixture, force1) turning turning effective area capacity oil clamp arm
90° flow 1)
allowing easy installation of the unit 90°
in in2 in3
Sold
and does not require machined Un- Un- separately
fixture holes. Hydraulic connections lbs Clamp Total Clamp clamp Clamp clamp in /min
3
32 ▶
are made through SAE or BSPP t Single acting Model number 2)
oil connection or the standard
475 .32 .65 SLLS-21 SLRS-21 .12 – .08 – 12 CAS-21
integrated O-ring ports.
1100 .39 .89 SLLS-51 SLRS-51 .28 – .25 – 25 CAS-51
1800 .47 .90 SLLS-92 SLRS-92 .49 – .42 – 60 CAS-92
2400 .50 1.10 SLLS-121 SLRS-121 .63 – .70 – 100 CAS-121
3900 .55 1.16 SLLS-201 SLRS-201 1.10 – 1.22 – 140 CAS-201
7450 .63 1.28 SLLS-351 SLRS-351 1.92 – 2.27 – 240 CAS-351
t Double acting Model number 2)
SAE oil connection 500 .32 .65 SLLD-21 SLRD-21 .12 .24 .08 .15 12 CAS-21
1250 .39 .89 SLLD-51 SLRD-51 .28 .59 .25 .52 25 CAS-51
2025 .47 .90 SLLD-92 SLRD-92 .49 1.25 .42 1.08 60 CAS-92
2600 .50 1.10 SLLD-121 SLRD-121 .63 1.23 .70 1.40 100 CAS-121
4200 .55 1.16 SLLD-201 SLRD-201 1.10 2.35 1.22 2.60 140 CAS-201
7600 .63 1.28 SLLD-351 SLRD-351 1.92 3.68 2.27 4.35 240 CAS-351
1)
With standard clamp arm. Clamp arms are sold separately (page 32). Clamping forces Note: Call Enerpac to order
for single-acting models are reduced in order to overcome return spring force.» models with BSPP
2)
For models with straight plunger movement, replace L or R with S. port connections.

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Integrated O-ring port Left A C C1 D D1 D2 F G H K M
turning
models ø ø

t Single acting
z Lower flange swing clamps SLLS-21 4.41 3.13 3.78 1.10 1.86 1.77 0.39 SAE #2 0.54 0.63 –
mounted to the face of the fixture.
SLLS-51 5.33 3.68 4.57 1.37 2.13 2.25 0.63 SAE #4 0.55 0.76 –
SLLS-92 5.99 4.10 5.01 1.88 2.76 2.13 0.98 G1/4" 0.49 0.99 0.59
SLLS-121 6.75 4.46 5.56 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 SAE #4 0.61 1.2 –

SLLS-201 6.89 4.54 5.70 2.51 3.35 2.76 1.26 SAE #4 0.49 1.19 0.91
SLLS-351 7.77 4.91 6.19 3.14 3.94 3.50 1.50 SAE #4 0.49 1.58 1.08
t Double acting
SLLD-21 4.41 3.13 3.78 1.10 1.86 1.77 0.39 SAE #2 0.54 0.63 –
SLLD-51 5.33 3.68 4.57 1.37 2.13 2.25 0.63 SAE #4 0.55 0.76 –
SLLD-92 5.99 4.10 5.01 1.88 2.76 2.13 0.98 G1/4" 0.49 0.99 –
SLLD-121 6.75 4.46 5.56 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 SAE #4 0.61 1.2 –
SLLD-201 6.89 4.54 5.70 2.51 3.35 2.76 1.26 SAE #4 0.49 1.19 –
SLLD-351 7.77 4.91 6.19 3.14 3.94 3.50 1.50 SAE #4 0.49 1.58 –
NOTE: dimensions shown with standard clamp arm.

26 ®
 Dimensions & options SL series
Installation dimensions in inches Force: 475 - 7600 lbs
Clamping Mounting Minimum Manifold O-ring 2)
force1) thread thread depth ARP number or Manifold Stroke: .65 - 1.28 inch
lbs J J2 inside ø x thickness O-ring
500 #10-32 .65 568-010 Pressure: 500 - 5000 psi
1250 .250-28 .65 568-011
2025 M6 .59 .17 x .139 E Cilindros giratorios
.004
2600 .312-24 .80 568-011 63
F Vérins de bridage pivotants

Swing clamps
4200 .312-24 .67 .17 x .139
7600 .375-24 .74 .17 x .139 D Schwenkspannzylinder
1)
With standard clamp arm. Note: Mounting bolts and
O-rings included. ø .19
2)
Polyurethane, 92 Durometer

Work supports
-21, 51, 121 -92, 201, 351
120˚ D1
(3x) D1
N V
V N Options
B
Clamp arms
Y B
D2 R
D2 U Z A
P 32 

Linear cylinders
A
P T T
G
G Q Work supports
Q
M
K 43 
K
Collet-Lok®

Power sources
swing cylinders
F A F 12 
A
D D
C C1
C C1 Accessories
.98

H 86 
.98

Valves
Important
30, 45, and 60 degree
A
A rotations are available upon
A = Clamping S request. Add -30, -45 or -60
S U

Pallet components
to end of standard model
B = Unclamping B number to order directly
(venting) B
X
from Enerpac. To order
U
rotation limiter separately, see
X
page 32.

Custom cylinders including

System components
N P Q R S T U V X Y Z Right longer stroke lengths are
turning available on request.
un ø lbs models
Single acting t
0.61 0.97 .250-20 unc - 0.825 1.22 1.58 0.23 0.714 30° 60° 1.0 SLRS-21
0.75 1.58 .312-18 unc - 1.614 1.89 1.97 0.27 0.565 30° 60° 2.5 SLRS-51 In case there is a risk of
1.04 1.78 M10 x 1,5 1.02 0.934 2.21 1.65 0.26 1.128 – – 4.4 SLRS-92 machining coolants and
0.99 2.03 .375-16 unc - 2.048 2.44 2.5 0.35 0.717 30° 60° 3.5 SLRS-121 debris being inhaled via
Yellow pages

1.35 2.18 .500-13 unc 1.02 1.145 2.77 2.17 0.33 1.382 – – 7.7 SLRS-201
the breather vent, it is
recommended to pipe this
1.71 2.68 .625-11 unc 1.02 1.356 3.27 2.76 0.43 1.637 – – 12.1 SLRS-351 port to an area outside the
Double acting t fixture that is protected
0.61 0.97 .250-20 unc - 0.825 1.22 1.58 0.23 0.714 30° 60° 1.0 SLRD-21 from machining coolants
0.75 1.58 .312-18 unc - 1.614 1.89 1.97 0.27 0.565 30° 60° 2.5 SLRD-51
and debris.
1.04 1.78 M10 x 1,5 1.02 0.934 2.21 1.65 0.26 1.128 – – 4.4 SLRD-92
0.99 2.03 .375-16 unc - 2.048 2.44 2.5 0.35 0.717 30° 60° 3.5 SLRD-121
Do not exceed
1.35 2.18 .500-13 unc 1.02 1.145 2.77 2.17 0.33 1.382 – – 7.7 SLRD-201 maximum flow rates.
1.71 2.68 .625-11 unc 1.02 1.356 3.27 2.76 0.43 1.637 – – 12.1 SLRD-351

www.enerpacwh.com ® 27
 Swing clamps - Threaded body models
Shown: STRD-51, STRD-201
Cylinders can be threaded directly into fixture
product line
Collet-Lok®

…can be secured at any height

• Body thread for precise cylinder height positioning

• Threaded port connection
• Easy installation and removal
Swing clamps

• Greatest flexibility in fixture design

• 30, 45 and 60 degree swing angles available on request
98-040

ST series Product selection

Enerpac threaded body swing Clamping Stroke Left Right Cylinder Oil Max. Standard
clamps are threaded directly into force1) turning turning effective area capacity oil clamp arm
90° flow 1)
the fixture. 90°
in in2 in3
Sold
The cylinder height is adjusted to Un- Un- separately
lbs Clamp Total Clamp clamp Clamp clamp in /min
3
32 ▶
the appropriate height, and then
t Single acting Model number 2)
locked in place using a jam
nut ( 86). 475 .32 .65 STLS-21 STRS-21 .12 – .08 – 12 CAS-21
1100 .39 .89 STLS-51 STRS-51 .28 – .25 – 25 CAS-51
1800 .47 .90 STLS-92 STRS-92 .49 – .42 – 60 CAS-92
2400 .50 1.09 STLS-121 STRS-121 .63 – .70 – 100 CAS-121
3900 .55 1.16 STLS-201 STRS-201 1.10 – 1.22 – 140 CAS-201
SAE oil connection 7450 .63 1.28 STLS-351 STRS-351 1.92 – 2.27 – 240 CAS-351
t Double acting Model number 2)
Flange nut 500 .32 .65 STLD-21 STRD-21 .12 .24 .08 .15 12 CAS-21
1250 .39 .89 STLD-51 STRD-51 .28 .59 .25 .52 25 CAS-51
2025 .47 .90 STLD-92 STRD-92 .49 1.25 .42 1.08 60 CAS-92
2600 .50 1.09 STLD-121 STRD-121 .63 1.23 .70 1.40 100 CAS-121
4200 .55 1.16 STLD-201 STRD-201 1.10 2.35 1.22 2.60 140 CAS-201
7600 .63 1.28 STLD-351 STRD-351 1.92 3.68 2.27 4.35 240 CAS-351
1)
With standard clamp arm. Clamp arms are sold separately ( 32). Clamping forces Note: Call Enerpac to order
for single-acting models are reduced in order to overcome return spring force. models with BSPP
port connections.
2)
For models with straight plunger movement, replace L or R with S.

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Left A B C C1 C2 D D1 D2 F G H J1
z Threaded body swing clamps turning
allow the clamp to be buried models ø ø
in the fixture to minimize the t Single acting
required area, while the height STLS-21 4.41 2.32 1.04 1.69 0.98 1.125-16 un 1.54 1.29 0.39 SAE#2 0.39 2.09
remains adjustable.
STLS-51 5.33 2.73 1.08 1.97 0.98 1.375-18 unef 1.88 1.49 0.63 SAE#4 0.38 2.60
STLS-92 5.68 3.21 1.32 2.22 1.19 M48 X 1,5 2.47 1.90 0.98 G1/4" 0.51 1.70
STLS-121 6.75 3.37 1.09 2.18 1.00 1.875-16 un 2.38 2.00 0.87 SAE#4 0.38 3.38

STLS-201 6.57 3.74 1.40 2.56 1.26 2.500-16 un 2.99 2.56 1.26 SAE#4 0.52 2.06
STLS-351 7.45 4.24 1.38 2.66 1.26 3.125-16 un 3.48 3.15 1.50 SAE#4 0.51 2.45
t Double acting
STLD-21 4.41 2.32 1.04 1.69 0.98 1.125-16 un 1.54 1.29 0.39 SAE#2 0.39 2.09
STLD-51 5.33 2.73 1.08 1.97 0.98 1.375-18 unef 1.88 1.49 0.63 SAE#4 0.38 2.60
STLD-92 5.68 3.21 1.32 2.22 1.19 M48 X 1,5 2.47 1.90 0.98 G1/4" 0.51 1.70
STLD-121 6.75 3.37 1.09 2.18 1.00 1.875-16 un 2.38 2.00 0.87 SAE#4 0.38 3.38
STLD-201 6.57 3.74 1.40 2.56 1.26 2.500-16 un 2.99 2.56 1.26 SAE#4 0.52 2.06
98-014

STLD-351 7.45 4.24 1.38 2.66 1.26 3.125-16 un 3.48 3.15 1.50 SAE#4 0.51 2.45
NOTE: dimensions shown with standard clamp arm.

28 ®
 Dimensions & options ST-series
Accessory Chart Force: 475- 7600 lbs
Model Nos. Mounting Flange
Left Right flange nut Stroke: .65 - 1.28 inch
turning turning
Sold Sold Pressure: 500 - 5000 psi
90° Separately Separately
87 ▶ 86 ▶
t Single acting E Cilindros giratorios
STLS-21 STRS-21 — MF-281 FN-281 F Vérins de bridage pivotants

Swing clamps
STLS-51 STRS-51 AW-5 MF-351 FN-351
STLS-92 STRS-92 — MF-482 FN-482
D Schwenkspannzylinder
STLS-121 STRS-121 AW-89 MF-481 FN-481
STLS-201 STRS-201 AW-19 MF-651 FN-651
STLS-351 STRS-351 AW-90 MF-801 FN-801
t Double acting

Work supports
STLD-21 STRD-21 — MF-281 FN-281
STLD-51 STRD-51 AW-5 MF-351 FN-351
STLD-92 STRD-92 — MF-482 FN-482
Options
STLD-121 STRD-121 AW-89 MF-481 FN-481 Clamp arms
STLD-201 STRD-201 AW-19 MF-651 FN-651
STLD-351 STRD-351 AW-90 MF-801 FN-801
32 

Linear cylinders
-21, 51, 121 -92, 201, 351 Work supports
D1 D1
N N
B 43 
25˚ B 22,5˚
D2 50˚ D2 45˚ Collet-Lok®

Power sources
A
swing cylinders
P P
T A T
12 
G
G Q
Q Accessories

K M
86 
B K

Valves
Important
C2 C C1 B
A H
30, 45, and 60 degree
F
A C2 F C C1 rotations are available upon
J1 H request. Add -30, -45 or -60
to end of standard model

Pallet components
number to order directly
J1
W from Enerpac. To order
D
rotation limiter separately, see
A = Clamping page 32.
D
B = Unclamping (venting)
Custom cylinders including

System components
K M N P Q T W Y Z Right longer stroke lengths are
turning available on request.
lbs models
Single acting t
0.63 - 0.60 0.97 .250-20 unc 1.22 – 25° 50° 1.1 STRS-21
0.76 - 0.75 1.58 .312-18 unc 1.89 – 25° 50° 2.5 STRS-51 In case there is a risk of
0.99 0.59 0.95 1.78 M10 x 1,5 2.21 2.47 22.5° 45° 4.4 STRS-92 machining coolants and
1.20 - 1.00 2.03 .375-16 unc 2.44 - 25° 50° 3.5 STRS-121 debris being inhaled via
Yellow pages

the breather vent, it is

1.19 0.91 1.28 2.18 .500-13 unc 2.77 2.83 22.5° 45° 7.1 STRS-201 recommended to pipe this
1.58 1.08 1.57 2.68 .625-11 unc 3.27 3.22 22.5° 45° 12.1 STRS-351 port to an area outside the
Double acting t fixture that is protected
0.63 - 0.60 0.97 .250-20 unc 1.22 – 25° 50° 1.1 STRD-21
from machining coolants
and debris.
0.76 - 0.75 1.58 .312-18 unc 1.89 – 25° 50° 2.5 STRD-51
0.99 - 0.95 1.78 M10 x 1,5 2.21 2.47 22.5° 45° 4.4 STRD-92
1.20 - 1.00 2.03 .375-16 unc 2.44 – 25° 50° 3.5 STRD-121 Do not exceed
1.19 - 1.28 2.18 .500-13 unc 2.77 2.83 22.5° 45° 7.7 STRD-201 maximum flow rates.
1.58 – 1.57 2.68 .625-11 unc 3.27 3.21 22.5° 45° 12.1 STRD-351

www.enerpacwh.com ® 29
 Swing clamps - Cartridge models
Shown: SCRD-122, SCRD-52
Eliminates the need for tubing and fittings
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Minimal space required on fixture

• Can be completely recessed in fixture
• External plumbing not required
• Allows close positioning of adjoining units
• 30, 45 and 60 degree swing angles available on request
Swing clamps

Enerpac compact design cartridge model swing clamps used in conjunction

98-041

with a cartridge model work support in a typical clamping application.

SC series
Enerpac cartridge swing clamps are
designed for integrated manifold
mounting. This eliminates the need
for fittings and tubing on the fixture.

Cartridge swing clamps simplify

mounting and optimize clamping
effectiveness.

Product selection
Clamping Stroke Left Right Cylinder Oil Max. Standard
force1) turning turning effective area capacity oil clamp arm
flow 1)
in in2 in3 Sold
90°
Un- Un- separately
lbs Clamp Total Clamp clamp Clamp clamp in3/min 32 ▸
t Single acting Model number 2)
475 .32 .66 SCLS-22 SCRS-22 .12 - .08 - 12 CAS-21
1100 .39 .89 SCLS-52 SCRS-52 .28 - .25 - 25 CAS-51
2400 .50 1.09 SCLS-122 SCRS-122 .63 - .70 - 100 CAS-121
t Double acting Model number 2)
500 .32 .66 SCLD-22 SCRD-22 .12 .24 .08 .15 12 CAS-21
1250 .39 .89 SCLD-52 SCRD-52 .28 .59 .25 .52 25 CAS-51
2600 .50 1.09 SCLD-122 SCRD-122 .63 1.23 .70 1.40 100 CAS-121
z Hydraulic fixture with components
1)
With standard clamp arm. Clamp arms are sold separately ( 32). Clamping forces for single-acting models are
on two faces for more efficient reduced in order to overcome return spring force.
production. 2)
For models with straight plunger movement, replace L or R with S.

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Left A B C C1 C2 D1 D2 E F
turning
models ø ø hexagon
t Single acting
SCLS-22 4.41 2.26 0.98 1.63 0.94 1.51 1.00 1.37 0.39
SCLS-52 5.33 3.14 1.49 2.39 1.39 2.23 1.37 1.99 0.63
SCLS-122 6.75 3.8 1.52 2.61 1.43 2.99 2.25 2.74 0.87
t Double acting
SCLD-22 4.41 2.26 0.98 1.63 0.94 1.51 1.00 1.37 0.39
SCLD-52 5.33 3.14 1.49 2.39 1.39 2.23 1.37 1.99 0.63
30007-4

SCLD-122 6.75 3.80 1.52 2.61 1.43 2.99 2.25 2.74 0.87
NOTE: dimensions shown with standard clamp arm.

30 ®
 Dimensions & options SC series
Installation dimensions Force: 475 - 2600 lbs
in inches Stroke: .66 - 1.09 inch

Pressure: 500 - 5000 psi

-22 models

E Cilindros giratorios
ø1.51-1.53
F Vérins de bridage pivotants

.05-.07

Swing clamps
ø1.19-1.21
M28 x 1,5 63
ø.07-.09

D Schwenkspannzylinder
.62-.65

.68-.70
1.00 min.*
.12 max
1.07-1.43
1.88 min.**

30˚
20˚ .05-.07

Work supports
R and Blend
Options
63
.08-.10

ø1.000-1.002
ø1.06-1.08 Clamp arms

32 
-22, 52, 122 models -52 models
Work supports

Linear cylinders
ø2.26-2.28
E 43 

.05-.07
ø1.67-1.69
M42 x 1,5 63
ø.18-.20

D1 Collet-Lok®
.57-.59

swing cylinders

.70-.74
1.00 min.*
P T .12 max
1.19-1.62
2.00 min.**

12 

Power sources
30˚
Q
20˚ .08-.10 Accessories
R and Blend
63

K
.11-.13

ø1.375-1.377 86 
ø1.40-1.42
øF B Sequence
valves
C2 C C1
152 

Valves
-122 models
A
J1 Important
ø3.01-3.03
.05-.07

ø2.38-2.40 30, 45, and 60 degree

W
M60 x 1,5 63 rotations are available upon
ø.18-.20

Pallet components
request. Add -30, -45 or -60
.54-.56

.64-.68
1.00 min.*

.12 max to end of standard model

1.18-1.20
1.62 min.**

number to order directly

øD2 30˚ from Enerpac. To order
øJ rotation limiter separately, see
20˚ .08-.10
R and Blend page 32.
63
.15-.17

ø2.250-2.252

System components
ø2.30-2.32 Custom cylinders including
longer stroke lengths are
* Minimum plate height for single-acting models. available on request.
** Minimum plate height for double-acting models.

In case there is a risk of

J J1 K P Q T W Right machining coolants and
debris being inhaled via
Yellow pages

turning
lbs models the breather vent, it is
Single acting t recommended to pipe this
port to an area outside the
M28 x 1,5 0.5 0.63 0.97 .250-20 unc 1.22 2.15 1.0 SCRS-22
fixture that is protected
M42 x 1,5 0.54 0.76 1.58 .312-18 unc 1.89 2.19 2.0 SCRS-52 from machining coolants
M60 x 1,5 0.52 1.20 2.03 .375-16 unc 2.44 2.95 5.5 SCRS-122 and debris.
Double acting t
M28 x 1,5 0.50 0.63 0.97 .250-20 unc 1.22 2.15 1.0 SCRD-22
Do not exceed
M42 x 1,5 0.54 0.76 1.58 .312-18 unc 1.89 2.19 2.0 SCRD-52 maximum flow rates.
M60 x 1,5 0.52 1.20 2.03 .375-16 unc 2.44 2.95 5.5 SCRD-122

www.enerpacwh.com ® 31
 Clamp arms for swing clamps
Shown: CAS-121, CAL-122
Patented Design
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Easy and precise location of the clamp arm in any position

• Arm can be easily installed and fastened while the cylinder is

mounted in the fixture to allow exact arm positioning

• Vise not required for fastening arms

Swing clamps

Pressure vs clamping force

98000

The use of different length clamp arms requires reduction in applied pressure and
resulting clamp force. The charts below show this relationship.
Enerpac’s patented clamp
arm design attaches to the -21 models Max. allowable arm weight = .24 lbs -51 models Max. allowable arm weight = .55 lbs
hydraulic swing cylinder, t Pressure (psi) t Pressure (psi)
allowing parts to be clamped 5000 3575 2500 2000 1785 1570 1360 5000 3850 2700 2150 1775 1425

at various distances from 600

1250
the hydraulic cylinder. Clamp
Clamping force (lbs) u

Clamping force (lbs) u

500
arms are available in a variety 400 1000

of lengths, or you can use 300 750

custom machining dimensions
200
to create your own clamp arm 250
100
configuration.
0 0
.98 1.00 1.50 2.50 3.00 1.57 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00
CAS Arm length (in) u CAL CAS Arm length (in) u CAL
12 t Max. flow (in3/min) 6 24 t Max. flow (in3/min) 12

-92 models Max. allowable arm weight = 1.34 lbs -121 models Max. allowable arm weight = 1.54 lbs
Ordering rotation limiting spacers t Pressure (psi) t Pressure (psi)
5000 3785 2860 2285 1930 1640 1430 5000 3625 2900 2465 1960 1450
BUILD YOUR PART NUMBER: 3000
2250
2000 2500
SP - - 186
Clamping force (lbs) u

Clamping force (lbs) u

1750
Clamp force Angle 1500 2000

02 = 500 lbs 30 1250 1500

1000
05 = 1250 lbs 45 1000
750
09 = 2025 lbs 60 500
500
250
12 = 2600 lbs
0 0
1.77 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.30 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 6.36
20 = 4200 lbs
CAS Arm length (in) u CAL CAS Arm length (in) u CAL
35 = 7600 lbs 61 t Max. flow (in3/min) 36 98 t Max. flow (in3/min) 49

Example:
-201 models Max. allowable arm weight = 2.86 lbs -351 models Max. allowable arm weight = 4.85 lbs
SP-12 45-186 converts a t Pressure (psi) t Pressure (psi)
2600 lb. swing cylinder to 5000 3625 3100 2540 2175 1885 1740 5000 3845 3120 2685 2320 2100
4500
45 degree rotation. 4000
8000

3500
Clamping force (lbs) u
Clamping force (lbs) u

3000 6000
The addition of this spacer
2500
requires minor disassembly 4000
2000
of the clamp. If you are
1500
uncomfortable doing
1000 2000
this, please contact an
500
authorized Enerpac
0 0
Service Center. 2.17 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 2.68 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00
CAS Arm length (in) u CAL CAS Arm length (in) u CAL
152 t Max. flow (in3/min) 75 244 t Max. flow (in3/min) 122

32 ®
 Dimensions & options CA-series
CAS models Standard clamp arms CAL models Long clamp arms Force: 500 - 7600 lbs

C L C L Pressure: 500 - 5000 psi

P J
J
E Brazos de amarre
GD H F Bras de bridage
GD Q H
D Spannarme

Swing clamps
E F
E F
A Options
A
Gauges and
accessories

Work supports
Custom design (for SU, SL, ST and SC models only) 190 
C J Flow control
Y valves
F
155 
G
Z Z
R

Linear cylinders
Y H øO
L øP Important
K1 115˚-125˚
D2 Do not exceed maximum
oil flow.
K2
E If flow rates are exceeded, swing
cylinder indexing mechanism
D1 may be permanently damaged.

Power sources
Index
mechanism
Dimensions in inches [ ]
Clamp. Model A C D E F G H J L P Q

Valves
force number
lbs Ø Ø unc lbs
t Standard clamp arms

500 CAS-21 1.60 0.38 .393-.395 0.63 0.4 0.76 0.5 .250-28 unf 1.22 0.97 .250-20 0.1
1250 CAS-51 2.39 0.50 .630-.631 0.76 0.45 1.00 0.62 .312-24 unf 1.89 1.58 .312-18 0.8

Pallet components
2025 CAS-92 2.99 0.79 .985-.986 0.99 0.62 1.58 0.86 M10 X 1,25 2.21 1.78 M10x1.5 0.7
2600 CAS-121 3.13 0.70 .876-.877 1.20 0.64 1.40 0.82 .375-24 unf 2.44 2.03 .375-16 1.0
When designing custom clamp
4200 CAS-201 3.72 0.95 1.260-1.262 1.19 0.83 1.90 1.18 .500-20 unf 2.77 2.18 .500-13 1.0 arms, the flow rates must be
7600 CAS-351 4.65 1.38 1.497-1.498 1.58 1.17 2.76 1.18 .625-18 unf 3.27 2.68 .625-11 3.0 further reduced. This rating
t Long clamp arms should be in proportion to the
mass and the center of gravity
500 CAL-22 3.63 0.38 .393-.395 0.63 0.42 0.76 0.45 M6x1.0 3.25 – – 0.2 of the clamp arm.

System components
1250 CAL-52 5.81 0.50 .630-.631 0.76 0.45 1.00 0.56 M8x1.0 5.31 – – 1.0
2025 CAL-92 7.09 0.79 .985-.986 0.99 0.63 1.58 0.71 M10x1,25 6.30 – – 1.2 Example:
2600 CAL-122 7.06 0.70 .876-.877 1.20 0.63 1.40 0.73 M10x1,5 6.36 – – 1.5 If the mass of the arm is twice
4200 CAL-202 7.95 0.95 1.260-1.262 1.19 0.83 1.90 1.00 M12x1,25 7.00 – – 1.5 that of the long arm, flow rates
7600 CAL-352 8.47 1.38 1.497-1.498 1.58 1.33 2.76 1.19 M16x1,50 7.09 – – 4.2 must be reduced by 50%.
Yellow pages

Clamp. C D11) D2 E F G H J K1 K2 L O P R
force
lbs ø ø ø ø
t Custom design clamp arms 2) (Recommended machining dimensions)
500 .61 .393-.394 .495-.497 .63 .06-.12 .79 .37 M5x0,8 .122-.138 .33 .98-1.10 .22 .49 .22
1250 .79 .623-.631 .727-.729 .75 .06-.12 1.18 .53 M6x1,0 .161-.177 .39 1.38-1.57 .26 .43 .26
2025 1.18 .984-.985 1.096-1.100 .98 .06-.12 1.57 .87 M8x1,25 .154-.165 .49 2.17-2.36 .35 .55 .35
2600 1.12 .8756-.8766 1.002-1.006 1.18 .06-.12 1.38 .70 .375-24 unf .272-.287 .50 2.05-2.25 .39 .63 .31
4200 1.38 1.260-1.261 1.398-1.402 1.18 .06-.12 2.36 .98 M10x1,5 .201-.217 .59 2.44-2.64 .43 .67 .43
7600 1.57 1.496-1.497 1.634-1.638 1.57 .06-.12 2.76 1.18 M10x1,5 .193-.209 .79 3.15-3.35 .43 .67 .43
1)
Surface roughness for D1 should be 63 micro inches.
Not for use with Collet-Lok swing clamps.
33
2)

www.enerpacwh.com ®
 Pivoting T-Arms for double-acting swing clamps
Shown: CAC-202, CAPT-202; CAC-352, CAPT-352
Clamping two workpieces with one cylinder
product line
Collet-Lok®

…quick and precise clamp arm positioning

• Easy and precise location of the clamp arm

in any position
• Arm can be easily installed and fastened while
the cylinder is mounted in the fixture to allow exact
Swing clamps

arm positioning
• Vise not required for fastening arms
or threaded into the fixture
• CAC-92, -202 and -352 are only to be used on
double-acting cylinders
01_001_1

Clamp arms are used to

transmit the force generated
by the swing cylinder to the
workpiece. The T-arm clamps
two workpieces simultaneously
with one swing cylinder.
Enerpac recommends using the
pivoting T-arms with double- Allowable flow vs arm length Important
acting swing clamps of the SU, The distribution of the clamp arm force
SL, ST and SC-series. is based upon the length of the T-arm as L
measured from the pivoting point. L1 L2

F1 F2

FT
L2
L = L1 + L2 F1 = FT x
L1 + L2
L1
FT = F1 + F2 F2 = FT x
L1 + L2

z Two workpieces are clamped

simultaneously with one double- -52,-92, -122 models Allowable Oil Flow -202, -352 models Allowable Oil Flow
acting swing cylinder by using the 125 250
Enerpac pivoting T-arm.
-122
100 -92 200
-52
Oil Flow (in3/min) u

Oil Flow (in3/min) u

75 150

50 100
-352
25 50 -202

0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
01_0002

T-Arm Length L (in) u T-Arm length L (in) u

34 ®
 Dimensions & options CAC, CAPT series
Shown: CAC-202
CA models Collars for T-arms Force: 1250 - 7600 lbs
E
Pressure: 500 - 5000 psi
D2
E Brazos de amarre
H G F Bras de bridage
F D Spannarme

Swing clamps
B 3/16" Silicon,
C 40 Durometer
Options
A Gauges and
accessories

Work supports
190 
01_003

D1
Flow control
valves
Collars - Dimensions in inches [ ]
Clamp. Model Max. tilt A B C D1 D2 E F G H
155 
force number angle
lbs mm lbs Download CAD

Linear cylinders
t Collars for T-arms files from
www.enerpacwh.com
1250 CAC-52 20° .65 .95 1.10 .63 .24 .63 M4x0,7 1.26 88 .20
2025 CAC-92 14° .87 1.36 1.54 .99 .32 .89 M5x0,8 1.70 115.72 .44
2600 CAC-122 14° .87 1.36 1.54 .88 .32 .89 M5x0,8 1.70 115.72 .44
30, 45, and 60 degree
rotations are available
4200 CAC-202 10° 1.07 1.84 2.15 1.26 .39 1.13 M6x1,0 2.02 138.60 1.03 upon request.
7600 CAC-352 10° 1.34 2.15 2.48 1.50 .55 1.39 M8x1,25 2.50 173.80 1.76

Power sources
Shown: CAPT-202
CAPT models T-arms (for SU, SL, ST and SC swing clamps) Important
L
L1 L2
C C
For high cycle applications
use double-acting cylinders.
A G
D1

Valves
D2 Do not exceed
maximum oil flow.
K H J
If flow rates are exceeded, swing
cylinder indexing mechanism may
01_004

be permanently damaged.

Pallet components
T-arms – Dimensions in inches [ ]
Clamp. Model A C D1* D2 G H J K L L1 L2
force number Index
lbs mm lbs mechanism
t Pivoting T-arms

System components
1250 CAPT-52 .61 1.00 M3x0,5 .237-.241 .50 .50 .39 .75 6.00 3.00 3.00 .59
2025 CAPT-92 .87 1.50 M4x0,7 .316-.320 .72 .72 .59 .87 8.01 4.00 4.00 1.45
2600 CAPT-122 .87 1.50 M4x0,7 .316-.320 .72 .72 .59 .87 8.01 4.00 4.00 1.45
4200 CAPT-202 1.12 1.25 M6x1,0 .395-.399 .87 .87 .64 1.13 8.01 4.00 4.00 2.11
7600 CAPT-352 1.37 .99 M6x1,0 .552-.556 1.18 1.18 .73 1.37 9.01 4.50 4.50 3.92
* Note: D1 equals set screw thread size. Set screw must be long enough to secure the pivot pin.

Installation dimensions in inches [ ] When designing custom clamp

Yellow pages

arms, the flow rates must be

Clamping T-arm SU- SU-L- SL- ST- SC- SU SL further reduced. This rating
force model series series series series series C should be in proportion to the
lbs C C C C C C
mass and the center of gravity
t T-arm installation dimensions - Fully unclamped position of the clamp arm.
1250 -52 2.90 – 5.50 2.90 3.19
2025 -92 3.13 3.91 6.13 3.32 – Example:
ST C
SC C
2600 -122 3.55 4.28 6.93 3.55 3.87 If the mass of the arm is twice that
of the long arm, flow rates must be
4200 -202 3.57 – 6.99 3.97 –
reduced by 50%.
7600 -352 4.04 4.69 7.84 4.31 –

www.enerpacwh.com ® 35
 Upreach clamp arms for swing clamps
Shown: CAU-352, CAU-122, CAU-22
Patented Design
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Upreach design allows more flexible part clamping

• Arm can be easily installed and fastened while the cylinder
is mounted in the fixture to allow exact arm positioning
• Vise not required for fastening arms
• Arm length can be cut to desired size
Swing clamps

• Angled arm with minimal deflection achieves maximum workpiece contact

Pressure vs clamping force

The use of different length clamp arms requires reduction in applied pressure and
Enerpac’s patented upreach resulting clamp force. The charts below show this relationship.
clamp arm design attaches to
-22 models -52 models
the hydraulic swing cylinder,
t Pressure (psi) t Pressure (psi)
allowing parts to be clamped 5000 3575 2500 2000 1785 1570 1360 5000 3850 2700 2150 1775 1425
at various distances from the
600
hydraulic cylinder. Clamp arms 1250
Clamping force (lbs) u

Clamping force (lbs) u

500
are available in an extended 1000
400
length which can be machined to
300 750
fit your unique requirements.
200
250
100

0 0
.98 1.00 1.50 2.50 3.00 1.57 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00
Arm length (in) u Arm length (in) u
Important 12 t Max. flow (in3/min) 6 24 t Max. flow (in3/min) 12

Do not exceed -92 models -122 models

maximum oil flow.
t Pressure (psi) t Pressure (psi)
If flow rates are exceeded, swing 5000 3785 2860 2285 1930 1640 1430 5000 3625 2900 2465 1960 1450
cylinder indexing mechanism may 2250
3000
be permanently damaged. 2000 2500
Clamping force (lbs) u

Clamping force (lbs) u

1750
2000
1500
1250 1500
1000
750 1000
Index
500
mechanism 500
250
0 0
1.77 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.30 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 6.36
Arm length (in) u Arm length (in) u
61 t Max. flow (in3/min) 36 98 t Max. flow (in3/min) 49

-202 models -352 models

t Pressure (psi) t Pressure (psi)
5000 3625 3100 2540 2175 1885 1740 5000 3845 3120 2685 2320 2100
4500
8000
4000
When designing custom clamp 3500
Clamping force (lbs) u

Clamping force (lbs) u

arms, the flow rates must be 6000

3000
further reduced. This rating
2500
should be in proportion to the
2000 4000
mass and the center of gravity
of the clamp arm. 1500
1000 2000
500
Example:
0 0
If the mass of the arm is twice 2.17 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 2.68 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00
that of the long arm, flow rates Arm length (in) u Arm length (in) u
must be reduced by 50%. 152 t Max. flow (in3/min) 75 244 t Max. flow (in3/min) 122

36 ®
 Dimensions & options CAU series
Angled arms use deflection to improve clamping Force: 100 - 7600 lbs

Angled arms 2 Pressure: 500 - 5000 psi

Tip engages part first and contact
increases as clamping force is applied. E Brazos de amarre
Eliminates “push” effect caused by F Bras de bridage
straight arms deflecting under load.
D Spannarme

Swing clamps
Straight Arms 1 2
Great for most applications,
but standard deflection can cause
part movement and lower the true Options

Work supports
clamping force. Sequence
valves

152 
L L L L Flow control
valves

Linear cylinders
SU C1 SL ST C1 SC C1
C1 155 
Download CAD
files from
www.enerpacwh.com
Installation dimensions in inches [ ]
Model Clamp SU-Series SL-Series ST-Series SC-Series

Power sources
number force L C1 C1 C1 C1
t Stock length dimensions
CAU-22 100 3.25 2.23 4.32 2.23 2.09
CAU-52 200 5.31 2.82 5.42 2.82 3.10
CAU-92 450 6.30 2.90 5.89 3.10 -
CAU-122 SU 500 6.36
SL 3.29 6.67 3.29 3.61
C1 C1
CAU-202 1000 6.99 3.47 6.90 3.75 -

Valves
CAU-352 1900 7.09 3.90 7.56 4.18 -
t Minimum length dimensions
CAU-22 500 0.98 2.35 4.44 2.35 2.21
CAU-52 ST 1250
C1 SC
1.57 3.02
C1 5.62 3.02 3.30
CAU-92 2025 1.77 3.14 6.13 3.34 -

Pallet components
CAU-122 2600 2.00 3.52 6.90 3.52 3.84
CAU-202 4200 2.17 3.72 7.15 4.00 -
CAU-352 7600 2.68 4.21 7.87 4.49 -

CAU models Upreach clamp arms

System components
C L A
J
M
E F
G D H K B
J

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Yellow pages

Model A B B C D E F F G H H J K L L M
number
Std. Min. Std. Min. Std. Min. mm Std. Min. lbs
CAU-22 3.88 0.54 0.66 0.63 .393-.394 1.17 0.32 0.54 0.79 0.33 0.82 M6 x 1,0 0.64 3.25 0.98 0.04 0.3
CAU-52 6.10 0.85 1.05 0.79 .630-631 1.65 0.26 0.57 1.18 0.47 1.25 M6 x 1,0 0.75 5.31 1.57 0.05 0.9
CAU-92 7.48 0.93 1.17 1.18 .985-.986 1.89 0.43 0.76 1.57 0.57 1.61 M8 x 1,25 0.98 6.30 1.77 0.09 1.7
CAU-122 7.48 1.11 1.34 1.12 .876-.877 2.25 0.50 1.15 1.50 0.65 1.56 M10 x 1,5 1.18 6.36 2.00 0.15 2.2
CAU-202 8.37 1.27 1.52 1.38 1.260-1.261 2.41 0.52 0.96 2.36 0.68 2.14 M10 x 1,5 1.18 6.99 2.17 0.11 3.7
CAU-352 8.66 1.62 1.93 1.57 1.497-1.498 3.14 0.74 1.35 2.60 0.62 2.13 M10 x 1,5 1.58 7.09 2.68 0.07 5.9
Refer to clamping force charts on page 36.
Never cut shorter than indicated minimum length.
www.enerpacwh.com ® 37
 Swing clamps SCs eries
Shown: SC-3, SC-1
Changeable swing function Force: 500 - 2164 lbs
product line
Collet-Lok®

…with 360° fully adjustable clamp arm Stroke: .78 - 1.49 inch

• Changeable swing function: clamp arm Pressure: 1500 - 3000 psi

movement can be adjusted to left or right
swing, or straight pull function E Cilindros giratorios
• 88-92° clamp arm swing arc F Vérins de bridage pivotants
Swing clamps

• Easy installation: built-in mountings D Schwenkspannzylinder

and brackets
• Compact design for use in limited
space applications
• Easy and precise locating of arm for
clamp positioning
Arm Max. Clamping
• Single or double-acting cylinders to suit length pressure force
SC series variety of hydraulic requirements in psi lbs
t SC-1
These swing clamps rotate 90˚ as
they begin their stroke, continuing – 3000 2640
without rotation for the final 2.002) 3000 2164
clamping stroke. Cylinders can
be changed to left swing, right
Selection chart 3.00 3000 1960
4.00 3000 1740
swing, or pull applications by Clamping Stroke Model Cylinder Oil
5.00 2400 1200
loosening the side plug and then force1) number effective capacity
area 6.00 2000 840
rotating the plunger to a desired in in2 in3 t SC-3
position.
lbs Clamp Total Pull Push Pull Push – 3000 700
The SC-1 and SC-3 include a
2164 .50 1.49 SC-1 .98 1.767 1.47 2.65 1.002) 3000 500
retract spring for single-acting
500 .25 .78 SC-3 .245 .442 .184 .331 2.00 2000 250
operation. Both cylinders can
With standard clamp arm (included with cylinder).
1)
be operated as double-acting Note: - Long clamps arms can be fabricated by the user.
2)
Standard clamp arm (included).
cylinders by connecting a retract - For long clamp arms, use VFC series flow control valves.
line to the vent port.

SC-1 SC-3

D1 D1
.40 U1 .20 U1

D2 U D2 U
P P
Q 90°
Q 90°
.312-24 UNF
.500-13 UNC

F
A
F B
A G H1
B C1 C
G H1
C1 C H
W
H .50
W
G G1
D
G1
D

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Model A B C C1 D D1 D2 F G G1 H H1 P Q U U1 W
number
ø npt npt unc lbs
SC-1 8.88 7.37 5.87 5.74 1.875-16un 2.90 1.88 1.00 .250-18 .125-27 3.31 .88 2.00 .375-16 1.28 2.06 2.87 6
SC-3 5.27 4.26 3.71 3.48 1.00-12unf 2.00 1.13 .50 .125-27 .125-27 2.15 .63 1.00 .250-20 .75 1.50 2.03 2

38 ®
Swing clamps ASC series
Shown: ASC-30
Force: 1375 - 4375 lbs Adjustable clamping stroke
Stroke: .25 - .43 inch …turns clockwise or counter-clockwise
Pressure: 1200 - 2500 psi • Adjustable bolt in clamp arm for clamping
stroke adjustment
E Cilindros giratorios • Low profile, ideal for limited space
F Vérins de bridage pivotants applications

Swing clamps
D Schwenkspannzylinder • Quick swing action allows clamp arm to swing
free of cutter and reclamp after it has passed
• 94-100° clamp arm swing arc

Work supports
ASC series
Clamping arm rotates 97°
clockwise or counter-clockwise
ASC-30, -100

Linear cylinders
(requires easily changed
C B H rotation spring) to position
V itself over the workpiece. Then,
a vertical plunger exerts an
K upward thrust on the back end
of the swing arm providing a

Power sources
U powerful downward pressure to
Clamping position
clamp the workpiece.
94-100˚

Rest position

Valves
N

F
E D

Pallet components
L Important
J G
For high cycle applications
use double-acting cylinders.

System components
Selection chart
Clamping Stroke Model Operating Cylinder Oil Max.
force number pressure effective capacity oil flow z View of a machining fixture with
area ASC-30 clamping cylinders.

lbs in psi in2 in3 in3/min lbs

Yellow pages

1375 .25 ASC-30 1200 - 2500 .55 .30 115 6

4375 .43 ASC-100 1200 - 2500 1.76 1.22 115 18

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Model A B C D E F G H J K L N U V
number
npt un ø
ASC-30 5.00 3.38 .50 .25 3.50 .75 .125-27 2.75 1.63 .500-13 2.75 2.50 2.50 .41
ASC-100 7.00 4.50 .53 .43 5.25 .73 .125-27 4.25 2.25 .500-13 4.00 3.50 3.50 .63

www.enerpacwh.com ® 39
 Three-position swing cylinder Application & selection
Shown: WTR-24
Unobstructed part loading
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Plunger rotates only when cylinder is fully extended,

to minimize obstructions
• Ideal for mounting beneath the fixture, as the clamp
does not rotate until the workpiece has been cleared
• Stainless steel body for additional corrosion resistance
Swing clamps

• Three port design for fewer hydraulic connections

• Fully threaded body for easy installation
• Standard two sided clamp arm included
• Clamp arm design makes mounting easy
98-043

WTR series
The three position swing cylinder
rotates 90° only after the plunger
has completely extended. This Operation sequence
feature allows the clamp to be
The three position swing cylinder is ideal for parts which have a through hole.
mounted beneath the workpiece,
where the clamp travels through The clamp allows completely unobstructed part loading.
the part for clamping.

B B B B B B

A C A C A C A C A C A C

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Pressurize Keep port A Keep port C Keep port C Keep port A Pressurize
port A. pressurized. pressurized. pressurized. pressurized. port B.
Plunger Pressurize Pressurize Pressurize Depressurize Plunger
extends port C. port B. port A. port C. retracts
through Plunger Plunger Plunger Plunger through
workpiece. makes 90° flat retracts: clamp extends: makes 90° flat workpiece.
rotation. force clamp force rotation.
is applied. is released.

Selection chart
Clamping Stroke Model Cylinder Oil capacity Max. Maximum
force 1) number 2) effective oil flow cycle rate
area

in2 in3 cycles

lbs in Clamp. Unclamp. Clamp. Unclamp. in3/min /min
5000 2.50 WTR-24* .98 1.77 2.5 4.4 116 4
1)
When using optional CA-28 clamp arm, max. operating pressure is 2000 psi.
2)
Standard clamp arm included.
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.
40 ®
 Dimensions & options WTR series
Force: 1960 - 5000 lb

Stroke: 2.50 inch

Pressure: 2000 - 5000 psi

WTR-24
E Cilindros giratorios
F Vérins de bridage pivotants

Swing clamps
D Schwenkspannzylinder

1.25
2.38 3

1.00 2

Work supports
ø 1.00

Options
High pressure
filters
11.31

193 

Linear cylinders
4.62
8.81

Fittings
7.75

194 
Valves

Power sources
23/4"-16UN
136 
SAE #4
A
B Important
It is highly recommended that
C system filtration be used to
ensure reliable operation.

Valves
A = Advance
B = Retract
C = Rotate 90°

Do not exceed maximum

pressure and flow rates.

Pallet components
For recommended valving
Optional CA-28 clamp arm schemes, please refer to
page 42.
The WTR-24 has a two-sided standard clamp arm included. The CA-28 clamp

System components
arm can be used to secure the workpiece on one side only, though the clamping
pressure must be reduced to 2000 psi maximum.
Clamp arm movement:
90° ± 3° flat rotation.

15/16"-20 UNEF
1.25

Yellow pages
Clamping
stroke

1.19 2.25
3.85

5/16"-20 UNF
1.00

.50

5/16"-24 UNF
98-044b

www.enerpacwh.com ® 41
 WTR-series schematics
Important Recommended valving system for WTR-24
product line
Collet-Lok®

• 4-way 3-position closed center valves are recommended

Circuit must include a
Pressure Reducing Valve • Valves can be manual or solenoid operated
(PRV-4) in the “A” port circuit
to reduce the pressure in • Valves must be cycled as shown for proper actuation of the WTR-24
Unclamp to prevent damage
to the cylinder.
Swing clamps

Home Position Extend 90° Flat Rotation

(Power Off)

Clamp Clamp Hold Unclamp

-90° Flat Rotation Home Position

42 ®
 ®

Work supports
t series t page

Work support range overview 44 - 45

Hydraulic advance work supports WF 46 - 47

Spring advance work supports WS 48 - 49

A
B

Work support mounting dimensions WF, WS 50 - 51

C
D

Work Supports

Enerpac’s line of work support cylinders gives you

maximum holding force in a compact package.
Incorporating innovative material combinations,
our work supports feature the lowest lock-up
pressures in the industry. Also, the use of corrosion
resistant materials enables Enerpac work supports
to stand up time and time again to even the most
abrasive applications.

Technical support
Refer to the “Yellow Pages”
of this catalog for:

• Safety instructions
• Basic hydraulic information
• Advanced hydraulic technology
• FMS (Flexible Machining Systems)
technology
• Conversion charts and hydraulic symbols
197 

www.enerpacwh.com ® 43
 Work supports
Shown: WFL-111, WFC-72, WFL-441
Wide range of sizes and types
to efficiently support workpiece
Product Line
Collet-Lok®

• Low pressure lock-up capability enables

the use of machine tool hydraulic systems
• High rated support capacities allow for
more compact fixture design
Swing Clamps

• Corrosion resistant materials, compatible

with most coolants and environments
• Threaded and manifold air vent ports allow fixturing that
prevents coolants from being drawn into the system
• Minimized deflection increases machining accuracy
Work Supports

• Multiple mounting configurations allow design flexibility

98-046

The Enerpac work support is a hydraulic

means of positively supporting the workpiece to
minimize deflections.

The work support automatically adjusts to the

contour of the workpiece, and then locks in position.
This support then adds rigidity to the fixtured
component to minimize machining variations.

Select your work support method:

WF series, Hydraulic advance
• Retracted plunger allows
unobstructed workpiece loading.
• Internal hydraulic plunger
advances allowing external
plunger to advance under
spring load. Bronze sleeve
z Lower flange work supports, placed close to the squeezes and holds plunger
machining area to minimize deflection of the workpiece. in fixed position.
46 

WS series, Spring advance

• Workpiece weight
compresses the spring
of the extended plunger.
• When pressurized, the internal
bronze sleeve squeezes and
holds the plunger in fixed
position.
• Can be operated as
air advance. 48 
99-044

44 ®
 Work supports
Select your mounting method: Force: 1650 - 10,000 lbs
Manifold mount
Stroke: .36 - .65 inch
• Does not require external plumbing
Pressure: 700 - 5000 psi
• Compact design, when space is at a premium
• Internal plunger thread for optional contacts
E Cilindros de soporte
F Vérin anti-vibreur

Threaded body D Abstützzylinder

• Ability to adjust height

• Plumbed from either side or bottom
• Internal plunger thread for optional contacts

Work Supports
Lower flange Options
• Plumbed directly or manifold mounted Swing
• No fixture hole required cylinders

Linear Cylinders
• Easy to assemble or disassemble 22 
• Internal plunger thread for optional contacts
Accessories

Cartridge style 86 
• Does not require external plumbing In-line filters

Power Sources
• Allows close clustering of work supports
• Compact design, when space is at a premium 193 
• Internal plunger thread for optional contacts
Sequence
valves
152 

Valves
Product selection
Important
Maximum Stroke Manifold Threaded Lower Cartridge
support mount body flange style
force WARnIng!

Pallet Components
Support force and clamping
force must be matched.
lbs in
Support force should be at
t Hydraulic advance Model number least 150% of clamping force.
1650 .39 WFM-71 – – –
1650 .40 – WFT-71 – –

System Components
2500 .40 – – WFL-111 –
F = Force
5000 .41 – – WFL-221 –
7500 .53 – – WFL-331 –
10,000 .65 – – WFL-441 –
1650 .39 – – – WFC-72
2500 .36 – – – WFC-112 Do not exceed
5000 .41 – – – WFC-222 maximum flow rates
t Spring advance Model number
to avoid premature lockup.
Yellow Pages

1650 .38 WSM-71 – – –

1650 .38 – WST-71 – –
Always center load
2500 .38 – – WSL-111 – over work support.
5000 .38 – – WSL-221 –
7500 .54 – – WSL-331 –
10,000 .66 – – WSL-441 –
✗ ✓
1650 .38 – – – WSC-72
2500 .38 – – – WSC-112
5000 .47 – – – WSC-222

www.enerpacwh.com ® 45
 Work supports - Hydraulic advance
Shown: WFM-71, WFL-111
For unobstructed part loading
Product Line
Collet-Lok®

• Plunger stays retracted until pressure is applied allowing unobstructed loading

• Low pressure lock-up capability enables the use of machine tool
hydraulic systems
• High rated support capacities allow for more compact fixture design
• Corrosion resistant materials – compatible with most coolants and environments
Swing Clamps

• Threaded and manifold air vent ports allow fixturing that prevents
coolants and debris from being ingested into the mechanism
• Minimized deflection increases machining accuracy
• Multiple mounting configurations for design flexibility
• Contact bolt included
Work Supports

98-047

Four mounting styles

WF series
WFM series, WFT series,
Enerpac work supports provide Manifold models Threaded models
either additional non-fixed location
points to the clamps, or support Eliminates the need Offers the flexibility of
to larger or thin section workpiece for fittings and tubing side or bottom porting.
components, always in order to on the fixture.
minimize workpiece deflection
during machining.
WFL series, WFC series,
Lower flange models Cartridge models
Plumbed directly – no Can be designed into
fixture hole required. narrow fixture plates
as thru-hole mounting
is fully functional.

Support force vs pressure Elastic deflection vs load Deflection

10,000 .0030
chart:
WF-441 Elastic deformation
WF-331 .0025 of the work support
Elastic deflection (inch) u

8000
WF-221 resulting from the
Support force (lbs) u

WF-111 .0020 application of load.

6000 WF-112
WF-441
WF-71 .0015
WF-72 WF-331
4000 WF-221
.0010
WF-111
deformation
2000 WF-112
.0005 WF-71
Elastic

WF-72
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000
Pressure (psi) u Applied load (lbs) u

z In order to load the workpiece Product selection

sideways over the work supports,
Max. Support Manifold Threaded Lower Cartridge Operating Plunger Oil Max.
hydraulic advanced models are support plunger mount body flange style pressure contact capacity oil
being used. force stroke spring flow
force
psi lbs in3/
lbs in min. max. ext. retr. in3 min
1650 .39 WFM-71 – – – 700 5000 2.0 5.8 .04 40
1650 .40 WFT-71 – – 700 5000 2.0 5.8 .04 40
2500 .40 – – WFL-111 – 700 5000 3.4 5.2 .06 60
5000 .41 – – WFL-221 – 700 5000 2.1 19.5 .19 190
7500 .53 – – WFL-331 – 700 5000 4.0 17.5 .24 240
10,000 .65 – – WFL-441* – 700 5000 3.3 22.0 .30 300
1650 .39 – – WFC-72 700 5000 2.0 5.8 .04 40
2500 .36 – – – WFC-112 700 5000 3.4 5.2 .06 60
99-045

5000 .41 – – – WFC-222 700 5000 2.1 19.5 .19 190

* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.

46 ®
 Dimensions & options WF series
WFM series WFT series Force: 1650 - 10,000 lbs

Stroke: .36 - .65 inch

M Pressure: 700 - 5000 psi

D1 M

E Cilindros de soporte

L F Vérin anti-vibreur
F L
D Abstützzylinder
F
E
E

N
N
A
SAE #2

Work Supports
A C1
B K K

.34
Options
1.65

C B
W
D
Accessories
D W

86 

Linear Cylinders
SAE #2
In-line filters

WFL series WFC series

D1 193 
D2 .28
M
U1
Important

Power Sources
WARnIng!
D1 U2
Support force and clamping
force must be matched.
.284 Support force should be at
least 150% of clamping force.
L F
L
F

Valves
E
E F = Force

N A
K

Pallet Components
A B Do not exceed
C Locking port
Air breather maximum flow rates to
B K Filter Vent
W
avoid premature lockup.
C H1 D 1/8"-27NPT Vent port

øD2
C1 Custom cylinders including
øD
H2

System Components
longer stroke lengths are
available on request.
Air port
SAE #4

Product dimensions in inches [ ] Mounting dimensions 50 

Model Capacity A B C C1 D D1 D2 E F H1 H2 K L M n** U1 U2 W
number
lbs Ø mm lbs
Yellow Pages

WFM-71 1650 3.02 2.63 2.20 – 1.250-16 un – – 0.591 0.51 – – M10x1,5 0.18 0.95 0.51 – – 2.00 .5
WFT-71 1650 3.53 3.13 – 1.03 1.375-18 unef 1.72 – 0.591 0.51 – – M10x1,5 0.18 1.34 0.51 – – 1.65 .5
WFL-111 2500 3.93 3.54 3.10 1.08 1.375-18 unef 1.50 2.38ø 0.629 0.49 .56 .70 M10x1,5 0.18 – 0.73 1.62 0.94 – 1.4
WFL-221 5000 4.13 3.72 3.07 1.04 2.625-20 un 2.75 3.25 1.496 1.00 .55 .52 M20x2,5 0.24 – 0.92 2.19 2.19 – 4.8
WFL-331 7500 4.42 3.89 3.46 1.07 2.88ø 3.00 3.50 1.771 1.18 .53 .43 M20x2,5 0.24 – 0.93 2.44 2.44 – 6.3
WFL-441* 10,000 5.09 4.44 4.06 1.19 3.37ø 3.50 4.00 2.165 1.44 .53 .43 M20x2,5 0.24 – 1.24 2.94 2.94 – 9.5
WFC-72 1650 3.22 2.83 2.46 – M33x1,5 1.66 1.18 0.591 0.51 – – M10x1,5 0.18 1.50 0.51 – – 1.98 .9
WFC-112 2500 4.03 3.67 3.23 – M42x1,5 2.25 1.50 0.629 0.49 – – M10x1,5 0.18 2.00 0.73 – – 2.37 2.0
WFC-222 5000 4.56 4.15 3.60 – M60x1,5 3.00 2.25 1.496 1.00 – – M20x2,5 0.24 2.75 0.92 – – 2.72 4.0
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.
** note: Dimension N is factory set. May change on types 221, 331 and 441 due to adjusted contact spring force.
note: For manifold mounting dimensions ( 50).
www.enerpacwh.com ® 47
 Work supports - Spring advance
Shown: WSL-111, WSM-71
Spring advance work support contacts
workpiece as it is loaded into fixture
Product Line
Collet-Lok®

• Low pressure lock-up capability enables the use of machine tool

hydraulic systems
• High rated support capacities allow for more compact fixture design
• Corrosion resistant materials, compatible with most coolants and environments
Swing Clamps

• Threaded and manifold air vent ports allow fixturing that prevents coolants from
being drawn into the system
• Minimized deflection increases machining accuracy
• Multiple mounting configurations allow design flexibility
• Can be operated as air advance by removing the spring and applying air pressure
on the vent port
Work Supports

98-048

WS series
Mounting style
Enerpac work supports provide WSM series, WST series,
either additional non-fixed location
Manifold mount Threaded body
points to the clamps, or support
to larger or thin section workpiece Eliminates the need for Offers the flexibility of
components, always in order to fittings and tubing on side or bottom porting.
minimize workpiece deflection the fixture.
during machining.

WSL series, WSC series,

Lower flange Cartridge mount style
Plumbed directly – no Can be designed into
fixture hole required. narrow fixture plates
as thru-hole mounting
is fully functional.

Support force vs pressure Elastic deflection vs load Deflection

chart:
10,000 .0030
WS-441 Elastic deformation
WS-331 .0025 of the work support
Elastic deflection (inch) u

8000
WS-221 resulting from the
Support force (lbs) u

WS-111 .0020 application of load.

6000 WS-112
WS-441
WS-71 .0015
WS-72 WS-331
4000 WS-221
.0010
WS-111 deformation
2000 WS-112
.0005 WS-71
Elastic

WS-72
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10,000
Pressure (psi) u Applied load (lbs) u

Product selection
z Spring advance work supports
Max. Support Manifold Threaded Lower Cartridge Operating Plunger Oil Max.
with extended plungers, waiting support plunger mount body flange style pressure contact capacity oil
for the next workpiece. force stroke spring flow
force
psi lbs in3/
lbs in min. max. ext. retr. in3 min
1650 .38 WSM-71 – – – 700 5000 2.0 5.8 .04 40
1650 .38 WST-71 – – 700 5000 2.0 5.8 .04 40
2500 .38 – – WSL-111 – 700 5000 3.4 5.2 .06 60
5000 .38 – – WSL-221 – 700 5000 2.1 19.5 .19 190
7500 .54 – – WSL-331 – 700 5000 4.0 17.5 .24 240
10,000 .66 – – WSL-441* – 700 5000 3.3 22.0 .30 300
1650 .38 – – WSC-72 700 5000 2.0 5.8 .04 40
2500 .38 – – – WSC-112 700 5000 3.4 5.2 .06 60
99-046

5000 .47 – – – WSC-222 700 5000 2.1 19.5 .19 190

48 ®
 Dimensions & options WS series
WSM series WST series Force: 1650 - 10,000 lbs

Stroke: .38 - .66 inch

M Pressure: 700 - 5000 psi

D1 M

E Cilindros de soporte

L F Vérin anti-vibreur
F L D Abstützzylinder
F
E
E

N
N
A
SAE #2

Work Supports
A C1
B K K

.34
Options
1.65

C B
W
D
Accessories
D W

86 

Linear Cylinders
SAE #2
In-line filters

WSL series WSC series

D1 193 
D2 .28
U1 M
Important

Power Sources
WARnIng!
D1 U2
Support force and clamping
force must be matched.
.284 Support force should be at
least 150% of clamping force.
L F L
F

Valves
E
E F = Force

N A

Pallet Components
A K
B Do not exceed
Air breather
C Locking port maximum flow rates to
B K Filter Vent W avoid premature lockup.
C H1 D 1/8"-27NPT
Vent port

C1 øD2 Custom cylinders including

H2 øD longer stroke lengths are

System Components
available on request.
Air port
SAE #4

Product dimensions in inches [ ] Mounting dimensions 50 

Model Capacity A B C C1 D D1 D2 EØ F H1 H2 K L M n** U1 U2 W
number
lbs mm lbs
Yellow Pages

WSM-71 1650 3.00 2.62 2.20 – 1.250-16 un – – .591 .51 – – M10x1,5 .18 .95 .51 – – 2.00 .5
WST-71 1650 3.51 3.13 – 1.03 1.375-18 unef 1.72 ø – .591 .51 – – M10x1,5 .18 1.34 .51 – – 1.65 .5
WSL-111 2500 3.36 2.98 2.54 .95 1.375-18 unef 1.50 2.38 .629 .49 .44 .39 M10x1,5 .18 – .73 1.62 .94 – 1.4
WSL-221 5000 3.91 3.53 2.95 .98 2.625-20 un 2.75 3.25 1.496 1.00 .48 .40 M20x2,5 .24 – .92 2.19 2.19 – 4.8
WSL-331 7500 4.29 3.75 3.37 1.07 2.88 ø 3.00 3.50 1.771 1.18 .51 .37 M20x2,5 .24 – .93 2.44 2.44 – 6.3
WSL-441* 10,000 4.99 4.33 4.04 1.19 3.37 ø 3.40 4.00 2.165 1.44 .53 .43 M20x2,5 .24 – 1.24 2.94 2.94 – 9.5
WSC-72 1650 3.20 2.82 2.46 – M33x1,5 1.67ø 1.18 .591 .51 – – M10x1,5 .18 1.50 .51 – – 1.98 0.9
WSC-112 2500 3.38 3.00 2.56 – M42x1,5 2.25 ø 1.50 .629 .49 – – M10x1,5 .18 2.00 .73 – – 1.70 2.0
WSC-222 5000 3.98 3.51 3.00 – M60x1,5 3.00 ø 2.25 1.496 1.00 – – M20x2,5 .24 2.75 .92 – – 2.12 4.0
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.
** note: Dimension N is factory set. May change on types 221, 331 and 441 due to adjusted contact spring force.
note: For manifold mounting dimensions ( 50).
www.enerpacwh.com ® 49
 Mounting dimensions for work supports
Shown: WFL-221 holding a casting in place.
Manifold work support mounting dimensions
Product Line
Collet-Lok®

Eliminates the need for fittings and tubing on WFM/WSM

the fixture. Use a flange nut to secure your
A
manifold work support.
B

C
D
Swing Clamps

63

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Work Supports

Foto B

Model A B C D R Manifold Flange

number O-ring 1) nut
Mounting work supports ø
Enerpac work supports are t For manifold mount work supports
offered in a wide variety of WFM-71 1.250-16 UN 2B .37-.39 .58-.60 .93-.95 .015 ARP-017 FN-301
mounting styles. Dimensions WSM-71 1.250-16 UN 2B .37-.39 .58-.60 .93-.95 .015 ARP-017 FN-301
for fixture holes and cavity 1)
Polyurethane 92 duro.
preparation are specified for
each mounting style separately.

Threaded work support mounting dimensions

Threaded body work supports can be mounted directly into a fixture. The thread size
(D) can be found in the dimension charts on 47 (WFT) and 49 (WST models).
Use a flange nut to secure your threaded work support in the required position.

Lower flange work support mounting dimensions

Lower flange work supports can be bolted WFL/WSL series
straight onto a fixture, or can be mounted U1
into a fixture. Flange nuts can be used to
secure the cylinders at the required height.
U2
z The combination of Enerpac note: It is critical to keep breather port
swing cylinders and work open to clean dry location. V
supports guarantee clamping
D
without deformation. Breather port

Hydraulic port

R R
S S
Q Q

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Model D Q R S U1 U2 V Manifold Flange
numbers O-ring 1) nut
ø ø
t For lower flange work supports
WFL-111 1.375-18UNEF .57 .23 .37 1.62 .94 .284 ARP-010 FN-351
WFL-221 2.625-20UN 1.08 .34 .56 2.18 2.18 .284 ARP-110 —
WFL-331 2.88 1.20 .34 .56 2.44 2.44 .284 ARP-110 —
WFL-441 3.38 1.44 .34 .56 2.94 2.94 .284 ARP-110 —
WSL-111 1.375-18UNEF .57 .23 .34 1.62 .94 .284 ARP-010 FN-351
WSL-221 2.625-20UN 1.08 .34 .56 2.18 2.18 .284 ARP-110 —
30007_5

WSL-331 2.88 1.20 .34 .56 2.44 2.44 .284 ARP-110 —

WSL-441 3.38 1.44 .34 .56 2.94 2.94 .284 ARP-110 —
1)
Polyurethane 92 duro.

50 ®
 Mounting dimensions WF/WS series
Cartridge work support mounting dimensions Force: 1650 - 10,000 lbs

Stroke: .36 - .66 inch

Can be designed onto narrow fixture plates as thru-hole mounting is fully functional.
Pressure: 700 - 5000 psi

E Cilindros de soporte
F Vérin anti-vibreur
D Abstützzylinder

Work Supports
Options
Accessories

86 

Linear Cylinders
In-line filters

193 

Fittings
WFC/WSC

Power Sources
194 
Oil Channel
øA Swing
øB cylinders
ø.08-.12

63
22 
1.61

58˚-62˚
.62

E
.05-.07
Minimum plate height

Valves
.13-.15

F
.06-.08

Important
R and blend

15˚-20˚
WARnIng!
P
63

Support force and clamping

Pallet Components
force must be matched.
Support force should be at
øC least 150% of clamping force.
øD

F = Force

System Components

Do not exceed
maximum flow rates
Dimensions in inches [ ] to avoid premature lockup.
Model A B C D E F Ventilation
Yellow Pages

numbers below force

mm min. required
Always center load
t Hydraulic advance over work support.
WFC-72 1.68-1.70 M33x1,5 1.182-1.184 1.31-1.33 .62-.68 2.08 No
WFC-112 2.26-2.28 M42x1,5 1.499-1.501 1.67-1.69 .69-.75 2.46 Yes
WFC-222 3.01-3.03 M60x1,5 2.249-2.251 2.38-2.40 .69-.72 2.80 Yes
t Spring advance ✗ ✓
WSC-72 1.68-1.70 M33x1,5 1.182-1.184 1.31-1.33 .62-.68 2.08 No
WSC-112 2.26-2.28 M42x1,5 1.499-1.501 1.67-1.69 .69-.75 1.80 Yes
WSC-222 3.01-3.03 M60x1,5 2.249-2.251 2.38-2.40 .69-.72 2.20 Yes
note: Ventilation required on WFC-112, 222 below 1.61 inch when mounted in blind cavity.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 51
 ®

Linear cylinders
Linear Cylinders

A wide variety of styles and features make Enerpac’s

linear cylinder line the most complete in the industry.
Ranging from compact short stroke spring return
cylinders to heavy-duty industrial grade double-acting
automation cylinders, Enerpac has the cylinder to
meet every application need. Whether you have to
push it, pull it, clamp it, punch it, stamp it, press it,
or hold it in place for days at a time, Enerpac has
the cylinder to meet your need.

Technical support
Refer to the “Yellow Pages”
of this catalog for:

• Safety instructions
• Basic hydraulic information
• Advanced hydraulic technology
• FMS (Flexible Machining
Systems) technology
• Conversion charts and
hydraulic symbols

197 

52 ®
 t series t page
LU 54 - 55
Link clamp / Link clamp arms LCA 56 - 57

Pull cylinder range overview 58 - 59

Upper flange pull cylinders PU 60 - 61

Lower flange pull cylinders PL 62 - 63

Threaded body pull cylinders PT 64 - 65

Linear cylinders 66 - 93

Threaded cylinders CST,

CDT 66 - 67

CYDA,
Additional threaded cylinders WMT, WRT 68 -69

Manifold cylinders CSM 70 - 71

CSB
Block cylinders 72 - 75
CDB

ECH,
Pull down clamps 76 - 77
ECM

CY, HCS,
Hollow plunger cylinders QDH, RWH 78 - 79

Positive clamping cylinders MRS 80 - 81

RW, MRW,
Single-acting universal cylinders REB, REP 82 - 83

RD,
Double-acting universal cylinders 84 - 85
AD

Cylinder accessories 86 - 87

Tie rod cylinder TR 88 - 92

Tie rod accessories TR 93

www.enerpacwh.com ® 53
 Link clamp Application & selection
Shown: LUCS-31
Quick and accurate clamping action
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Hydraulic cylinder pushes linkage, pivoting clamp

arm into position
• Design ensures repeatable clamping location
• Linkage can be re-positioned to clamp at 90, 180,
or 270 degrees from ports
Swing clamps

• Clamps can be mounted using supplied bolts or held

in place with flange nut
• Standard arm or long arm ordered separately
Work supports

Product selection
1207300018

Clamping Stroke Model Cylinder Oil Standard Long

force1) number effective capacity clamp clamp
Link clamp allows unobstructed part loading area arm arm
Linear clamps

(Sold separately)
and high clamping forces. The hydraulic cylinders lbs in in2 in3 57 
extend to provide clamping force, and retract to t Single acting
allow part removal. 675 0.73 LUCS-31 0.19 0.14 LCAS-32 LCAL-32
1750 0.92 LUCS-81 0.48 0.44 LCAS-82 LCAL-82
2650 1.17 LUCS-121 0.64 0.77 LCAS-122 LCAL-122
4200 1.36 LUCS-191 0.99 1.38 LCAS-192 LCAL-192
Arm completely retracts to allow part loading. 6100 1.76 LUCS-281* 1.49 2.76 LCAS-282 LCAL-282
t Double acting
700 0.73 LUCD-31 0.19 0.14 LCAS-32 LCAL-32
1800 0.92 LUCD-81 0.48 0.44 LCAS-82 LCAL-82
2700 1.17 LUCD-121 0.64 0.77 LCAS-122 LCAL-122
4300 1.36 LUCD-191 0.99 1.38 LCAS-192 LCAL-192
6300 1.76 LUCD-281* 1.49 2.76 LCAS-282 LCAL-282
Contact Enerpac for models with metric threads and BSPP ports.
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before
specifying in your design.

As cylinder extends, arm pivots to clamp part in place.

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Model Port C1 C2 C3 D D1 D2 E
number Size

Arm location is changed easily without the use of tools. t Single acting
LUCS-31 SAE#2 1.10 1.44 2.17 1.875-16UN 2.44 2.20 27.9°
LUCS-81 SAE#2 1.18 1.63 2.56 2.50-16UN 3.23 2.76 31.1°
Left Center Right LUCS-121 SAE#4 1.46 1.95 3.12 3.125-16 UN 4.02 3.46 28.5°
LUCS-191 SAE#4 1.57 2.30 3.66 3.50-16 UN 4.69 4.02 28.3°
LUCS-281* SAE#4 1.97 2.60 4.36 4.125-16 UN 5.31 4.72 24.8°
t Double acting
LUCD-31 SAE#2 1.10 1.44 2.17 1.875-16 UN 2.44 2.20 27.9°
LUCD-81 SAE#2 1.18 1.63 2.56 2.50-16 UN 3.23 2.76 31.1°
LUCD-121 SAE#4 1.46 1.95 3.12 3.125-16 UN 4.02 3.46 28.5°
LUCD-191 SAE#4 1.57 2.30 3.66 3.50-16 UN 4.69 4.02 28.3°
LUCD-281* SAE#4 1.97 2.60 4.36 4.125-16 UN 5.31 4.72 24.8°
Contact Enerpac for models with metric threads and BSPP ports.
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before
specifying in your design.
54 ®
 Dimensions & options LU series
Installation dimensions in inches Clamp force: 675-6300 lbs
Clamp 1)
Fixture Mounting Min. Manifold O-ring 2)
Manifold Stroke: 0.73-1.76 inch
force hole thread depth ARP No. or O-ring
lbs Ø D3 J unf J2 Inside Ø x thickness
Pressure: 500-5000 psi
700 1.885 .250-28 0.65 -010
1800 2.510 .312-24 0.75 -010 .004
2700 3.135 .312-24 0.75 -010 63 E Cilindros Amarre de enlace
4300 3.515 .375-24 0.88 -010 J2 F Bride basculante
6300 4.140 .500-20 0.94 -010
J D Gelenkspanner
1)
With standard clamp arm. Note: Mounting bolts and
2)
Polyurethane, 92 Durometer O-rings included.
D3
ø .19
D1
all models
Dimensions shown with standard clamp arm. R

Double acting:
B
Options
A = Clamp D2 K
Clamp arms
B = Unclamp A

Linear cylinders
57 
F
E Work supports
N

43 

Power sources
C3

C2 C1 H Important
Single-acting cylinders use
P a regenerative circuit; oil
J D is sent to both sides of the

Valves
piston at the same time.
This eliminates the breather
U1 port, reducing damage from
X V coolant and contamination.

Pallet components
S

U2

S
Clamp arm should be
Double acting only
Y parallel to cylinder
mounting surface within 3°

System components
to avoid damage to cylinder
and linkage. Use the
F H J K N P R S U1 U2 V X Y included set screw to adjust
Ø lbs clamp arm alignment.
Single acting t
0.04 0.43 1.85 - 0.93 0.33 1.10 0.411 2.05 1.81 0.26 1.128 1.14 2.7
0.02 0.43 2.48 - 1.25 0.35 1.38 0.552 2.68 2.20 0.32 1.517 1.57 5.5
Yellow pages

0.03 0.47 2.80 - 1.48 0.47 1.73 0.633 3.46 2.91 0.32 1.739 2.01 10.0
0.03 0.59 3.46 - 1.63 0.59 2.01 0.714 3.98 3.23 0.41 1.961 2.32 15.2
0.08 0.79 3.90 - 2.01 0.63 2.36 0.821 4.53 3.94 0.51 2.257 2.56 25.9
Double acting t
0.04 0.43 1.85 0.79 0.93 0.33 1.10 0.849 2.05 1.81 0.26 0.807 1.14 2.7
0.02 0.43 2.48 0.94 1.25 0.35 1.38 1.000 2.68 2.20 0.32 1.191 1.57 5.5
0.03 0.47 2.80 1.18 1.48 0.47 1.73 1.039 3.46 2.91 0.32 1.484 2.01 10.0
0.03 0.59 3.46 – 1.63 0.59 2.01 1.112 3.98 3.23 0.41 1.926 2.32 15.2
0.08 0.79 3.90 1.50 2.01 0.63 2.36 1.181 4.53 3.94 0.51 2.046 2.56 25.9

www.enerpacwh.com ® 55
 Clamp arms for link clamps
Shown: LCAS-31
Standard or custom built
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Available from Enerpac in standard or extended length

• Standard arm includes set screw and lock nut
• Long arm is machinable
• Make your own custom arm to suit specific applications
Swing clamps

Pressure vs clamping force

1207300029
Work supports

Different length clamp arms will determine the amount of clamping force
transferred to the workpiece. As the length increases, the clamping
Standard arms are readily force decreases.
available from Enerpac to
-32 models Clamping forces -122 models Clamping forces
meet most applications. In
Linear clamps

applications that require a

800 3000
custom designed arm, the Standard Arm (LCAS) Standard Arm (LCAS)
700 2 in. 2.75 in.
2500
machining information is 2.38 in. 3.13 in.
Clamping force (lbs) u

Clamping force (lbs) u

600
2.75 in. 3.50 in.
supplied on page 57. 500 Long Arm (LCAL)
2000
Long Arm (LCAL)
400 1500
300
1000
200
500
100

0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Important Pressure (psi) u Pressure (psi) u

Clamp point must be within -82 models Clamping forces -192 models Clamping forces
the boundaries of the anchor
links on the clamp. Clamping
outside of this area will cause 2000 4500
damage to the linkage, leading Standard Arm (LCAS) Standard Arm (LCAS)
4000
2.75 in. 3.50 in.
to premature failure. 1600
3.13 in. 3500 4.25 in.
Clamping force (lbs) u

Clamping force (lbs) u

3.50 in. 3000 5.13 in.

1200 Long Arm (LCAL) Long Arm (LCAL)
2500

800 2000
1500
400 1000
Allowable 500
clamping
0 0
area 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Pressure (psi) u Pressure (psi) u

-282 models Clamping forces

7000
Standard Arm (LCAS)
6000 4.75 in.
6.00 in.
Clamping force (lbs) u

5000 7.00 in.

Long Arm (LCAL)
4000

3000

2000

1000

0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Pressure (psi) u

56 ®
 Dimensions & options LCAS/LCAL series
LCAS models Standard Arm Force: 700-6300 lbs

P Pressure: 500-5000 psi

Q J1 J2
E Brazos de amarre
E F Bras de bridage
F C2 B
D Spannarme
C1
L1 L2
A
N

D G
Options
K Work
supports
Dimensions in inches [ ] 43 
Clamp Model A B C1 C2 D E F G
capacity number Accessories
lbs

Linear cylinders
t Standard clamp arms
86 
700 LCAS-32 2.13 0.51 0.24 0.37 0.24 0.63 0.31 0.47
1800 LCAS-82 2.93 0.69 0.31 0.61 0.39 0.98 0.51 0.74
2700 LCAS-122 3.44 0.87 0.39 0.77 0.43 1.26 0.63 0.86
4300 LCAS-192 4.04 1.02 0.43 0.94 0.51 1.50 0.87 0.98
6300 LCAS-282 4.92 1.20 0.51 1.14 0.63 1.77 1.06 1.25

Power sources
Clamp. Model J1 J2 K L1 L2 N P Q Important
capacity number
lbs mm
t Standard clamp arms Clamp arm should be parallel
700 LCAS-32 0.237-0.239 0.237-0.239 0.51 0.93 0.73 0.12 0.51 M6 x 1,0 to cylinder mounting surface
1800 LCAS-82 0.396-0.398 0.317-0.319 0.63 1.26 0.96 0.20 0.87 M10 x 1,5
within 3° to avoid damage to
cylinder and linkage. Use the
2700 LCAS-122 0.474-0.476 0.396-0.398 0.79 1.48 1.18 0.22 0.98 M12 x 1,75
included set screw to adjust

Valves
4300 LCAS-192 0.593-0.595 0.474-0.476 0.94 1.63 1.42 0.26 1.22 M16 x 2,0
clamp arm alignment.
6300 LCAS-282 0.711-0.713 0.593-0.595 1.10 2.01 1.73 0.31 1.50 M20 x 2,5

LCAL models Long Arm

Pallet components
J1 J2

E
C2 B +/- 3°

L2 C1
A

System components
Workpiece
N

D G

K
NOTE: Custom arms should be manufactured using this print. Make sure to follow all precautions listed.

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Yellow pages

Clamp. Model A B C1 C2 D E G J1 J2 K L2 N
capacity number
lbs
t Long clamp arms
800 LCAL-32 3.35 0.51 0.24 0.37 0.24 0.63 0.47 0.237-0.239 0.237-0.239 0.51 0.73 0.12
1800 LCAL-82 4.13 0.69 0.31 0.61 0.39 0.98 0.74 0.396-0.398 0.317-0.319 0.63 0.96 0.20
2700 LCAL-122 4.33 0.87 0.39 0.77 0.43 1.26 0.86 0.474-0.476 0.396-0.398 0.79 1.18 0.22
4300 LCAL-192 6.30 1.02 0.43 0.94 0.51 1.50 0.98 0.593-0.595 0.474-0.476 0.94 1.42 0.26
6300 LCAL-282 8.66 1.20 0.51 1.14 0.63 1.77 1.25 0.711-0.713 0.593-0.595 1.10 1.73 0.31

www.enerpacwh.com ® 57
 Pull cylinders Application & selection
Shown: PLSS-121, PUSD-121
Compact and full featured design
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Guided linear plunger movement

• Compact design allows for efficient fixture layout
• Variety of mounting styles to meet design needs
• Internal plunger thread and flats across plunger
Swing clamps

top allow easy mounting of attachments

• Choice of porting styles to meet system
and design requirements
• Single- and double-acting cylinders to
suit a variety of hydraulic requirements
Work supports

Hydraulic pull cylinders utilize hydraulic pressure

Linear clamps

to hold down parts in a fixture. The guided plunger

maintains orientation during the full clamping cycle,
eliminating the need for an external guide. Internally
threaded plunger ends accept various custom
attachments to assist in the clamping process.

Enerpac offers both single- and double-acting

pull cylinders, with capacities ranging from 1250
to 9600 lbs. for pulling and 2950 to 18,400 lbs. Select your pull cylinder type:
for pushing applications.
Single acting
• The obvious choice when there are
few system restrictions,
and there are not many units
retracting simultaneously
• Valving and plumbing is less complex

z Hydraulic fixture with pull and swing cylinders, manifold

and threaded cylinders for positioning and holding the
work piece during milling process of gun breeches.

Double acting
• When greater control is required
during the unclamp cycle
• When heavy attachments are
being used
• When timing sequences are critical:
less sensitive to system back
pressures resulting from long tube
lengths or numerous components
being retracted at the same time
99062-2

58 ®
 Pull cylinders
Select your mounting method: Pull force: 1250-9600 lbs
PU series, Upper flange mounting
Push force: 2950-18,400 lbs
• Flexible design allows for manifold or
threaded oil port connection Stroke: 0.87-1.20 inch

• Fixture hole does not require tight tolerances Pressure: 500-5000 psi
• Easy installation with only 3 or 4 mounting bolts
E Cilindros de tracción
F Verins traction
60  D Zugzylinder

PL series, Lower flange mounting

• Flexible design allows for manifold
or threaded port connection
• No fixture hole required
• Easy installation with only 3 or 4 mounting bolts

Linear cylinders
62 

PT series, Threaded body mounting

• Body thread for precise cylinder height positioning

Power sources
• Threaded oil port connection
• Can be threaded directly into the fixture and secured
in position by means of standard flange nuts

64 

Valves
Pallet components
Options
Accessories

86 

System components
Collet-Lok®
push cylinders

Product selection 18 
Cylinder Stroke Upper flange Lower flange Threaded body
capacity Work supports

lbs
Yellow pages

43 
Pull Push in
t Single acting Model number
Swing
1250 – .89 PUSS-51 PLSS-51 PTSS-51
cylinders
2950 – 1.10 PUSS-121 PLSS-121 PTSS-121
t Double acting Model number 22 
1400 2950 .89 PUSD-51 PLSD-51 PTSD-51
2475 6300 .87 PUSD-92 PLSD-92 PTSD-92 Sequence
valves
3150 6150 1.10 PUSD-121 PLSD-121 PTSD-121
9600 18,400 1.20 PUSD-351 PLSD-351 PTSD-351 152 
Note: - Call Enerpac to order models with metric thread and BSPP port connections.
- Pull forces for single-acting cylinders reduced due to spring force.
www.enerpacwh.com ® 59
 Pull cylinders - Upper flange models
Shown: PUSS-51, PUSD-121
Minimal mounting height
product line
Collet-Lok®

…when space is at a premium

• Guided linear plunger movement

• Flexible design allows for manifold or threaded port connection
• Low profile mounting style allows body to be below mounting surface
Swing clamps

• Internal plunger thread allows easy mounting of attachments

• Simple mounting preparation
• Easy to machine fixture hole: does not require tight tolerances
• Easy assembly: 3 or 4 mounting bolts
• Double oil connection: threaded port or manifold mount
Work supports

99_063

PU series
Upper flange pull cylinders are
designed for integrated manifold
mounting solutions.
Linear clamps

Hydraulic connections are

made through SAE or BSPP
oil connection or the standard
integrated O-ring ports.

Oil connection
Product selection
Cylinder Stroke Model Cylinder Oil
capacity number effective area capacity

lbs in in2 in3

Pull Push Pull Push Pull Push
t Single acting
1250 – .89 PUSS-51 .28 – .25 –
2950 – 1.10 PUSS-121 .63 – .70 –
t Double acting
1400 2950 .89 PUSD-51 .28 .59 .25 .53
2475 6300 .87 PUSD-92 .49 1.25 .42 1.08
Integrated O-ring port
3150 6150 1.10 PUSD-121 .63 1.23 .70 1.40
9600 18,400 1.20 PUSD-351 1.92 3.68 2.27 4.35
Note: - Call Enerpac to order models with BSPP oil connections.
- Pull forces for single-acting cylinders reduced due to spring force.
z Enerpac upper flange pull
cylinders in a fixture for gun
breech production.

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Model A B C1 D D1 D2 E E1 F H
number
Ø Ø Ø
t Single acting
PUSS-51 5.07 4.18 0.98 1.37 2.13 2.25 0.63 0.59 0.51 0.55
PUSS-121 6.31 5.21 1.00 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 0.82 0.68 0.61
t Double acting
PUSD-51 5.07 4.18 0.98 1.37 2.13 2.25 0.63 0.59 0.51 0.55
PUSD-92 5.43 4.57 0.98 1.88 2.76 2.13 0.98 0.93 0.70 0.49
PUSD-121 6.31 5.21 1.00 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 0.82 0.68 0.61
98_063-2

PUSD-351 8.04 6.83 0.98 3.14 3.94 3.50 1.50 1.42 1.13 0.49

60 ®
 Dimensions & options PU series
Installation dimensions in inches Manifold Pull force: 1250-9600 lbs
O-ring
Pull Fixture Mounting Min. Manifold O-ring 1)
force hole thread depth ARP numbers or Push force: 2950-18,400 lbs
lbs Ø D3 J unf J2 Inside Ø x thickness
Stroke: .87-1.20 inch
1400 1.39 .250-28 .65 568-011 .004
63
2475 1.93 M6 .59 .17 x .139 Pressure: 500-5000 psi
3150 1.89 .312-24 .80 568-011 J2
9600 3.06 .375-24 .74 .17 x .139 J E Cilindros de tracción
1)
O-ring material: polyurethane, 92 Durometer

ø .16
F Verins traction
D3
D Zugzylinder

-51, 121 -92, 351

F
D1 N
120˚ D1 V
(3x)
N
B
Options

Linear cylinders
90˚
R F D2 Accessories
30˚ B
A
U 60˚ D2 -92 G1/4" 86 
A -351 SAE #4
E1
V
P
Collet-Lok®
51, 121 SAE # 4 push cylinders
E1

Power sources
P E 18 
K
E Swing
K T cylinders
T A 22 
C1
H
C1 A Sequence

Valves
H B
valves
B
W 152 
W

Pallet components
D
D Important
X
Single-acting cylinders
A can be vented through the
A manifold port.
S U
S

System components
B B

The upper flange pull cylinder

X A = Pull U has a bolt pattern which
B = Push (venting) is identical to its lower
flange equivalent, enabling
interchangeability.

K N P R S T U V W X Model
Yellow pages

number
Ø lbs In case there is a risk of
Single acting t machining coolants and
debris being inhaled via
.312-24 unf 0.75 0.23 – 1.614 0.62 1.97 0.27 2.60 0.565 2.5 PUSS-51
the breather vent, it is
.500-20 unf 0.99 0.37 – 2.048 0.75 2.50 0.35 3.38 0.717 3.5 PUSS-121 recommended to pipe this
Double acting t port to an area outside the
fixture that is protected
.312-24 unf 0.75 0.23 – 1.614 0.62 1.97 0.27 2.60 0.565 2.5 PUSD-51
from machining coolants
M10 x 1.50 1.04 0.41 1.02 0.934 0.63 1.65 0.26 2.99 1.128 4.4 PUSD-92 and debris.
.500-20 unf 0.99 0.37 – 2.048 0.75 2.50 0.35 3.38 0.717 3.5 PUSD-121
M16 x 2.00 1.71 0.51 1.02 1.356 1.22 2.76 0.43 3.80 1.637 12.3 PUSD-351

www.enerpacwh.com ® 61
 Pull cylinders - Lower flange models
Shown: PLSS-51, PLSS-121
Minimal mounting height
product line
Collet-Lok®

…when space is at a premium

• Guided linear plunger movement

• Flexible design allows for manifold or threaded port connection
• Low profile mounting style allows body to be below mounting surface
Swing clamps

• Internal plunger thread allows easy mounting of attachments

• Easiest mounting preparation in the line
• Easy to machine fixture hole: does not require tight tolerances
• Easy assembly: 3 or 4 mounting bolts
• Double oil connection: threaded port or manifold mount
Work supports

99_064

PL series
The lower flange cylinders
are designed for integrated
manifold mounting solutions.
Linear clamps

Hydraulic connections are

made through SAE or BSPP
oil connection or the standard
integrated O-ring ports.

Product selection
Cylinder Stroke Model Cylinder Oil
capacity number effective area capacity
Oil connection
lbs in in2 in3
Pull Push Pull Push Pull Push
t Single acting
1250 – .89 PLSS-51 .28 – .25 –
2950 – 1.10 PLSS-121 .63 – .70 –
t Double acting
1400 2950 .89 PLSD-51 .28 .59 .25 .53
2475 6300 .87 PLSD-92 .49 1.25 .42 1.08
3150 6150 1.10 PLSD-121 .63 1.23 .70 1.40
9600 18,400 1.20 PLSD-351 1.92 3.68 2.27 4.35
Note: - Call Enerpac to order models with BSPP oil connections.
- Pull forces for single-acting cylinders reduced due to spring force.

Integrated O-ring port

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Model A B C1 D D1 D2 E E1 F H
number
Ø Ø Ø
t Single acting
PLSS-51 5.07 4.18 0.98 1.37 2.13 2.25 0.63 0.59 0.51 0.55
PLSS-121 6.31 5.21 1.00 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 0.82 0.68 0.61
t Double acting
PLSD-51 5.07 4.18 0.98 1.37 2.13 2.25 0.63 0.59 0.51 0.55
PLSD-92 5.43 4.57 0.98 1.88 2.76 2.13 0.98 0.93 0.7 0.49
PLSD-121 6.31 5.21 1 1.87 2.62 2.88 0.87 0.82 0.68 0.61
PLSD-351 8.04 6.83 0.98 3.14 3.94 3.5 1.5 1.42 1.13 0.49

62 ®
 Dimensions & options PL series
Installation dimensions in inches Pull force: 1250-9600 lbs
Pull Mounting Minimum Manifold O-ring 1) Manifold
force thread depth ARP numbers or
O-ring Push force: 2950-18,400 lbs
lbs J unf J2 inside Ø x thickness
Stroke: .86-1.20 inch
1400 .250-28 .65 568-011
2475 M6 .59 .17 x .139 .004 Pressure: 500-5000 psi
3150 .312-24 .80 568-011 63
9600 .375-24 .74 .17 x .139 J2 E Cilindros de tracción
1)
O-ring material: polyurethane, 92 Durometer
F Verins traction
ø .19 J
D Zugzylinder

-51, -121 -92, -351

F
D1
120˚
(3x) D1 V N

N 90˚ B

R F D2
Options
30˚ B

Linear cylinders
U 60˚ D2
A Accessories
A -92 G1/4"
-351 SAE #4
V
86 
E1
51, 121 SAE # 4
P Collet-Lok®
push cylinders
E1

Power sources
E 18 
P
K
E Swing
T
K cylinders
T A 22 

A
Sequence

Valves
W D B
W
valves
D B
152 

C1
C1 H

Pallet components
H
Important
X Single-acting cylinders
can be vented through the
A manifold port.
A

S S U

System components
B B
The lower flange pull cylinder
X has a bolt pattern which
A = Pull U
is identical to its upper
B = Push (venting) flange equivalent, enabling
interchangeability.

K N P R S T U V W X Model
Yellow pages

number
Ø lbs In case there is a risk of
Single acting t machining coolants and
debris being inhaled via
.312-24 unf 0.75 0.23 – 1.614 0.62 1.97 0.27 2.60 0.565 2.5 PLSS-51
the breather vent, it is
.500-20 unf 0.99 0.37 – 2.048 0.75 2.50 0.35 3.38 0.717 3.5 PLSS-121 recommended to pipe
Double acting t this port to an area outside
.312-24 unf 0.75 0.23 – 1.614 0.62 1.97 0.27 2.60 0.565 2.5 PLSD-51 the fixture that is protected
from machining coolants
M10 x 1.50 1.04 0.41 1.02 0.934 0.63 1.65 0.26 2.99 1.128 4.4 PLSD-92
and debris.
.500-20 unf 0.99 0.37 – 2.048 0.75 2.50 0.35 3.38 0.717 3.5 PLSD-121
M16 X 2.00 1.71 0.51 1.02 1.356 1.22 2.76 0.43 3.80 1.637 12.3 PLSD-351

www.enerpacwh.com ® 63
 Pull cylinders - Threaded body models
Shown: PTSS-51, PTSD-121
Threaded directly into the fixture
product line
Collet-Lok®

…can be secured at any height

• Guided linear plunger movement

• Threaded port connection
• Internal plunger thread allows easy
mounting of attachments
Swing clamps

• Simple mounting preparation

• Easy installation and removal
• Greatest flexibility in fixture design
Work supports

99_065

PT-series
The threaded body pull cylinders
can be bolted to the fixture.
This allows easy installation or
Linear clamps

removal of the unit and does not

require machined fixture holes.
The cylinder is adjusted to the
appropriate height, and then
locked in place using a flange
nut ( 86).

Product selection
Oil connection
Cylinder Stroke Model Cylinder Oil
capacity number effective area capacity
Flange nut
lbs in in2 in3

Pull Push Pull Push Pull Push
t Single acting
1250 – .89 PTSS-51 .28 – .25 –
2950 – 1.10 PTSS-121 .63 – .70 –
t Double acting
1400 2950 .89 PTSD-51 .28 .59 .25 .53
2475 6300 .87 PTSD-92 .49 1.25 .42 1.08
3150 6150 1.10 PTSD-121 .63 1.23 .70 1.40
9600 18,400 1.20 PTSD-351 1.92 3.68 2.27 4.35
Note: - Call Enerpac to order models with BSPP oil connections.
- Pull forces for single-acting cylinders reduced due to spring force.

z Threaded body pull cylinder with

modified clamp arm, mounted on
a frame-straightening fixture.
Dimensions in inches [ ]
Model
A B C1 D D1 D2 E
number
Thread
Ø
t Single acting
PTSS-51 5.07 4.18 0.98 1.375-18 unef 1.88 1.49 0.63
PTSS-121 6.31 5.22 1.00 1.875-16 un 2.38 2.00 0.87
t Double acting
PTSD-51 5.07 4.18 0.98 1.375-18 unef 1.88 1.49 0.63
PTSD-92 5.12 4.25 1.19 M48 x 1,5 2.47 1.90 0.98
PTSD-121 6.31 5.22 1.00 1.875-16 un 2.38 2.00 0.87
98_026

PTSD-351 7.72 6.52 1.26 3.125-16 un 3.48 3.15 1.50

64 ®
 Dimensions & options PT series
Installation dimensions in inches Pull force: 1250-9600 lbs
Pull Fixture hole Oil connection
force thread size Push force: 2950-18,400 lbs
lbs D3
Stroke: .87-1.20 inch
1400 1.375-18 unef
2475 M48 x 1.5 Flange nut Pressure: 500-5000 psi
3150 1.875-16 unf
9600 3.125-16 un E Cilindros de tracción
D3 F Verins traction
-51, 121 -92, -351
F
D Zugzylinder
D1 D1
N N
B
90˚
22,5˚
25˚ B
45˚ F D2
50˚ F D2
A
-92 G1/4" A

-351 SAE #4 E1
51, 121 SAE # 4 P

Linear cylinders
E1
E
P
K

E T
K
Options
T A

Power sources
C1 Accessories
H
A
C1 B
H
B
86 A
76 
W
W Collet-Lok®
swing cylinders
D
A = Pull 18 A
54 

Valves
D
B = Push (venting)
Swing
cylinders
Accessory chart
A
10 
22
Model Mounting Flange Yoke

Pallet components
number flange nut
Sold Sold Sold Sequence
separately separately separately valves
87  86 
t Single acting 152 A
120 
PTSS-51 MF-351 FN-351 Y3121
PTSS-121 MF-481 FN-811

System components
t Double acting Important
PTSD-51 MF-351 FN-351 Y3121
PTSD-92 MF-482 FN-482 Single-acting cylinders
can be vented through the
PTSD-121 MF-481 FN-481
manifold port.
PTSD-351 MF-801 FN-801

E1 F H K N P T W Model
Yellow pages

number In case there is a risk of

Ø lbs machining coolants and
Single acting t debris being inhaled via
the breather vent, it is
.59 .51 .38 .313-24 unf .75 .23 .62 2.60 2.5 PTSS-51
recommended to pipe
.82 .68 .38 .500-20 unf 1.00 .38 .75 3.38 3.5 PTSS-121 this port to an area
Double acting t outside the fixture that is
.59 .51 .38 .313-24 unf .75 .23 .62 2.60 2.5 PTSD-51 protected from machining
coolants and debris.
.93 .70 .51 M10 x 1.5 .95 .41 .63 2.47 4.4 PTSD-92
.82 .68 .38 .500-20 unf 1.00 .38 .75 3.38 3.5 PTSD-121
1.42 1.13 .51 M16 x 2.0 1.57 .51 1.22 3.22 10.4 PTSD-351

www.enerpacwh.com ® 65
 Threaded cylinders Application & selection
Shown: CST-9381, CST-571, CST-18251, CDT-18131, CDT-40251
High clamping forces in a compact body
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Minimum cylinder diameter combined with maximized

clamping forces
• Threaded body allows fine positioning and easy installation
• Internal plunger wipers allow maintenance-free,
high-cycle performance
Swing clamps

• Center-tapped plungers will hold workpiece contact buttons

• Single-acting models with spring return simplify hydraulic
tubing requirements
• Double-acting models are recommended for
99_100

high-cycle applications
Work supports

Threaded cylinders are designed for workpiece

positioning, holding and ejecting applications where
space is at a premium. Double-acting models are
also suited to manufacturing applications, such as
production punching. Product selection
Linear clamps

Cylinder Stroke Model Effective Oil

capacity number area capacity
at 5000 psi
lbs in2 in3
push pull in push pull push pull
t Single acting
380 – 0.24 CST-271 0.08 – 0.02 –
380 – 0.36 CST-2101 0.08 – 0.03 –
380 – 0.52 CST-2131 0.08 – 0.04 –
980 – 0.27 CST-471 0.20 – 0.05 –
980 – 0.50 CST-4131 0.20 – 0.10 –
Accessory chart 980 – 0.76 CST-4191 0.20 – 0.15 –
Body Mounting Flange Plunger Contact 980 – 0.98 CST-4251 0.20 – 0.19 –
thread flange nut thread bolt
D Sold Sold K Sold 980 – 1.49 CST-4381 0.20 – 0.29 –
Separately Separately Separately 1950 – 0.28 CST-971 0.39 – 0.11 –
87 ▶ 86 ▶ 86 ▶
1950 – 0.52 CST-9131 0.39 – 0.20 –
0.500-20 UN MF-121 FN-121 #6-32 UN BS-21
1950 – 0.76 CST-9191 0.39 – 0.29 –
0.750-16 UN MF-201 FN-201 #8-32 UN BS-41
1950 – 1.04 CST-9251 0.39 – 0.38 –
1.000-12 UN MF-251 FN-251 0.250-28 UN BS-61
1950 – 1.52 CST-9381 0.39 – 0.58 –
1.313-16 UN MF-331 FN-331 0.313-24 UN BS-81
3950 – 0.51 CST-18131 0.79 – 0.40 –
1.625-16 UN MF-421 FN-421 0.375-16 UN BS-91
3950 – 0.98 CST-18251 0.79 – 0.78 –
1.875-16 UN MF-481 FN-481 0.500-13 UN BS-101
3950 – 1.49 CST-18381 0.79 – 1.18 –
2.125-16 UN MF-551 FN-551
3950 – 1.97 CST-18501 0.79 – 1.56 –
2.500-16 UN MF-651 FN-651
6110 – 0.59 CST-27151 1.22 – 0.72 –
6110 – 0.98 CST-27251 1.22 – 1.20 –
6110 – 1.97 CST-27501 1.22 – 2.40 –
z Threaded cylinder, mounted with horizontal bracket to
position the workpiece against the stops. Enerpac swing 8800 – 0.58 CST-40131 1.76 – 0.90 –
cylinders are then activated to clamp the work piece 8800 – 1.05 CST-40251 1.76 – 1.73 –
before machining operations begin. 8800 – 1.56 CST-40381 1.76 – 2.63 –
8800 – 2.03 CST-40501 1.76 – 3.46 –
t Double acting
3900 2330 0.51 CDT-18131 0.77 0.46 0.40 0.24
3900 2330 0.98 CDT-18251 0.77 0.46 0.78 0.46
3900 2330 1.50 CDT-18381 0.77 0.46 1.18 0.70
3900 2330 1.97 CDT-18501 0.77 0.46 1.52 0.91
6110 4080 0.57 CDT-27151 1.22 0.82 0.72 0.48
6110 4080 0.97 CDT-27251 1.22 0.82 1.20 0.81
6110 4080 1.96 CDT-27501 1.22 0.82 2.40 1.61
8800 5870 0.51 CDT-40131 1.76 1.17 0.90 0.60
8800 5870 0.99 CDT-40251 1.76 1.17 1.73 1.15
8800 5870 1.50 CDT-40381 1.76 1.17 2.63 1.75
98_050A

8800 5870 1.97 CDT-40501 1.76 1.17 3.46 2.30

Note: - Seal material: Buna-N, Polyurethane.
- Minimum operating pressure for single-acting models (to overcome return
66 ®
spring force) is 580 psi.
 Dimensions & options CST, CDT series
CST-271, -2101, -2131 Other CST models CDT models Force: 380-8800 lbs
D E1 E1
E S Stroke: 0.24-2.03 inch
S
K P P
E Pressure: 580-5000 psi
E
T
K K
T T E Cilindros roscados

A A F Vérins corps filetés

A
C B B D Einschraubzylinder
B C
C
C1
C1
C1
D1
SAE #4 D1
D
D
SAE #4
SAE #4 A A
F
F
F Options
M L Accessories

Linear cylinders
86 ▸
Product dimensions in inches [ ]
Model A B C C1 D D1 E E1 F K L M P S T
number Ext. Retr. Retr. Ext.
height height ø ø ø ø thread lbs
t Single acting
CST-271 1.89 1.65 1.61 0.59 .500-20 unf – 0.19 – 0.63 #6-32 unc – – – – 0.20 0.2

Power sources
CST-2101 2.13 1.77 1.74 0.61 .500-20 unf – 0.19 – 0.63 #6-32 unc – – – – 0.20 0.3
CST-2131 2.55 2.03 2.03 0.61 .500-20 unf – 0.19 – 0.63 #6-32 unc – – – – 0.20 0.3
CST-471 2.14 1.87 1.71 0.37 .750-16 unf 0.69 0.27 – 0.62 #8-32 unc – – 0.16 0.25 0.28 0.4
CST-4131 2.71 2.21 2.05 0.37 .750-16 unf 0.69 0.27 – 0.62 #8-32 unc – – 0.16 0.25 0.28 0.3
CST-4191 3.38 2.62 2.46 0.37 .750-16 unf 0.69 0.27 – 0.62 #8-32 unc – – 0.16 0.25 0.28 0.4
CST-4251 3.95 2.97 2.81 0.37 .750-16 unf 0.69 0.27 – 0.62 #8-32 unc – – 0.16 0.25 0.28 0.5
CST-4381 5.76 4.27 4.11 0.37 .750-16 unf 0.69 0.27 – 0.62 #8-32 unc – – 0.16 0.25 0.28 0.7
CST-971 2.54 2.26 2.03 0.32 1.000-12 unf 0.88 0.39 – 0.79 .250-28 unf – – 0.15 0.32 0.39 0.6

Valves
CST-9131 3.02 2.50 2.28 0.32 1.000-12 unf 0.88 0.39 – 0.79 .250-28 unf – – 0.15 0.32 0.39 0.7
CST-9191 3.87 3.11 2.89 0.32 1.000-12 unf 0.88 0.39 – 0.79 .250-28 unf – – 0.15 0.32 0.39 0.8
CST-9251 4.46 3.42 3.21 0.32 1.000-12 unf 0.88 0.39 – 0.79 .250-28 unf – – 0.15 0.32 0.39 0.9
CST-9381 5.63 4.11 3.91 0.32 1.000-12 unf 0.88 0.39 – 0.79 .250-28 unf – – 0.15 0.32 0.39 1.0

Pallet components
CST-18131 3.26 2.75 2.50 0.49 1.313-16 un 1.22 0.63 0.59 1.06 .313-24 unf – – 0.26 0.50 0.47 1.2
CST-18251 4.50 3.52 3.27 0.49 1.313-16 un 1.22 0.63 0.59 1.06 .313-24 unf – – 0.26 0.50 0.47 1.3
CST-18381 5.76 4.27 4.02 0.49 1.313-16 un 1.22 0.63 0.59 1.06 .313-24 unf – – 0.26 0.50 0.47 1.5
CST-18501 6.87 4.90 4.65 0.49 1.313-16 un 1.22 0.63 0.59 1.06 .313-24 unf – – 0.26 0.50 0.47 1.7
CST-27151 3.46 2.87 2.62 0.54 1.625-16 un 1.52 0.71 0.67 1.38 .375-16 unc – – 0.26 0.57 0.47 1.4
CST-27251 4.66 3.68 3.43 0.54 1.625-16 un 1.52 0.71 0.67 1.38 .375-16 unc – – 0.26 0.57 0.47 2.0

System components
CST-27501 7.71 5.74 5.49 0.54 1.625-16 un 1.52 0.71 0.67 1.38 .375-16 unc – – 0.26 0.57 0.47 2.9
CST-40131 3.52 2.94 2.70 0.43 1.875-16 un 1.79 0.78 0.75 1.63 .500-13 unc – – 0.31 0.67 0.47 2.2
CST-40251 4.78 3.73 3.48 0.43 1.875-16 un 1.79 0.78 0.75 1.63 .500-13 unc – – 0.31 0.67 0.47 2.6
CST-40381 6.49 4.93 4.69 0.43 1.875-16 un 1.79 0.78 0.75 1.63 .500-13 unc – – 0.31 0.67 0.47 3.3
CST-40501 7.44 5.41 5.16 0.43 1.875-16 un 1.79 0.78 0.75 1.63 .500-13 unc – – 0.31 0.67 0.47 3.9
t Double acting
CDT-18131 3.19 2.68 2.42 0.63 1.875-16 un 1.73 0.63 0.59 1.61 .313-24 unf 0.53 0.39 0.26 0.50 0.47 2.4
Yellow pages

CDT-18251 4.21 3.23 2.97 0.63 1.875-16 un 1.73 0.63 0.59 1.61 .313-24 unf 0.53 0.39 0.26 0.50 0.47 2.9
CDT-18381 5.18 3.68 3.43 0.63 1.875-16 un 1.73 0.63 0.59 1.61 .313-24 unf 0.53 0.39 0.26 0.50 0.47 3.4
CDT-18501 6.12 4.15 3.90 0.63 1.875-16 un 1.73 0.63 0.59 1.61 .313-24 unf 0.53 0.39 0.26 0.50 0.47 3.9
CDT-27151 3.37 2.80 2.54 0.67 2.125-16 un 2.02 0.71 0.67 1.87 .375-16 unc 0.65 0.39 0.26 0.62 0.47 2.6
CDT-27251 4.20 3.23 2.97 0.67 2.125-16 un 2.02 0.71 0.67 1.87 .375-16 unc 0.65 0.39 0.26 0.62 0.47 3.1
CDT-27501 6.17 4.21 3.96 0.67 2.125-16 un 2.02 0.71 0.67 1.87 .375-16 unc 0.65 0.39 0.26 0.62 0.47 4.1
CDT-40131 3.60 3.09 2.78 0.70 2.500-16 un 2.38 0.86 0.83 2.25 .500-13 unc 0.80 0.39 0.31 0.67 0.59 4.0
CDT-40251 4.55 3.56 3.25 0.70 2.500-16 un 2.38 0.86 0.83 2.25 .500-13 unc 0.80 0.39 0.31 0.67 0.59 4.6
CDT-40381 5.57 4.07 3.76 0.70 2.500-16 un 2.38 0.86 0.83 2.25 .500-13 unc 0.80 0.39 0.31 0.67 0.59 5.6
CDT-40501 6.89 4.92 4.61 0.70 2.500-16 un 2.38 0.86 0.83 2.25 .500-13 unc 0.80 0.39 0.31 0.67 0.59 6.6

www.enerpacwh.com ® 67
 Threaded cylinders Application & selection
Shown: WRT-22, CYDA-15, WMT-39
Fine positioning and convenient installation
product line
Collet-Lok®

…can be fixtured into manual strap

or bridge clamp assemblies

• Maximum clamping force in a compact design

• Threaded body allows exact positioning and easy installation
• Center-tapped plungers allow a variety of attachments
Swing clamps

• Single-acting spring return models simplify hydraulic

tubing requirements
• Double-acting models are ideal for applications
requiring powered pulling or fast automated control
• Removable base allows CYDA-15 to be threaded
Work supports

into a custom manifold

99_100

Threaded cylinders for workpiece positioning,

Linear clamps

holding and ejecting applications where space is Single or Double acting

at a premium. The advance and retract mode of
double-acting models allow installation of clamping Single acting
accessories to the plunger for pull and push action. • The obvious choice when there are few system restrictions,
Cylinders can be mounted with horizontal bracket to and there are not many units retracting simultaneously
position the workpiece against the stops. Ideal for • Fewer valving requirements which results in a less
supporting or positioning a part. complex circuit

Double acting
• Used when greater control is required during the
unclamp cycle
• When timing sequences are critical
• Less sensitive to system back pressures, resulting from
long tube lengths or numerous components being retracted
at the same time

Product selection
Cylinder Stroke Model Effective Oil Operating
capacity number area capacity pressure
at maximum
pressure
lbs in2 in3
push pull in push pull push pull psi
t Single acting

3900 – .50 WRT-21 .79 – .39 – 150-5000

3900 – 1.00 WRT-22 .79 – .79 – 150-5000
t Double acting

1200 600 1.56 CYDA-15 .41 .20 .62 .31 150-3000

3900 2700 .47 WMT-39 .79 .54 .39 .27 150-5000
3900 2700 .98 WMT-40 .79 .54 .79 .54 150-5000
Note: - Seal material CYDA-15: Buna-N, Polyurethane
- Seal material WMT and WRT series: Buna-N, Polyurethane, Teflon.
68 ®
 Dimensions & options CYDA, WMT, WRT series
WRT WMT CYDA Force: 1200-3900 lbs
S S H1
G Stroke: .47-1.56 inch
E E
Pressure: 150-5000 psi
D D1
K K D1 S F
T T E Cilindros roscados
A A G F Vérins corps filetés
H D1
G
J B D Einschraubzylinder
B
C C E
J D
G K
H
N
G
G T
D1
D A

C B
F
F
J
C1
H

Linear cylinders
Advance Retract

Manifold dimensions using CYDA-15 without

base (Cylinder Capacity 1200 lbs)

1.02

Power sources
1.000-12 UNF
.775-.790
1.00

.12
1.19
1.94

Options

Valves
.259 .09
Ø.875-.877 Cylinder
accessories
Surface roughness must be 63 micro-inches
86 ▸

Pallet components
Important
Accessory chart
Body Mounting Flange Plunger Contact Apply Loctite 222 or
Thread Flange Nut Thread Bolt equivalent to threads and

D Sold Sold K Sold torque CYDA-15 in cavity
separately separately separately to 72-96 in-lbs.

System components
87 ▸ 86 ▸ 86 ▸
Cavity must be designed to
1.000-12 UN MF-251 FN-251 0.250-28 UN BS-61 withstand hydraulic forces.
1.375-18 UN MF-351 FN-351 0.313-24 UN BS-81

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Yellow pages

Model A B C C1 D D1 E F G H H1 J K N S T
number
un ø ø unf lbs

t Single acting
WRT-21 3.75 3.25 2.95 – 1.375-18 unef
1.23 .75 1.06 SAE #2 .62 – 2.0 .250-28 – .50 .32 1.2
WRT-22 4.75 3.75 3.45 – 1.375-18 unef
1.23 .75 1.06 SAE #2 .62 – 2.5 .250-28 – .50 .32 1.4
t Double acting
CYDA-15 5.98 4.42 3.15 1.75 1.000-12 unf 1.25 .50 .87 .125-27 npt .38 .20 1.00 .313-24 .31 .50 .41 1.2
WMT-39 3.74 3.27 2.99 – 1.375-18 unef 1.30 .56 1.06 .125-27 npt .73 – 2.05 .250-28 – .47 .39 1.0
WMT-40 4.76 3.78 3.50 – 1.375-18 unef 1.30 .56 1.06 .125-27 npt .73 – 2.56 .250-28 – .47 .39 1.2

www.enerpacwh.com ® 69
 Manifold cylinders Application & selection
Shown: CSM-10131, CSM-571, CSM-18251
Compact, fixture-integrated
positioning and holding
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Design eliminates the need for fittings and tubing,

minimizing space requirements and facilitating easy
removal of chips and dirt
• Minimal cylinder height enables extremely
Swing clamps

compact fixture designs

• High-strength bodies and internal plunger wipers allow
maintenance-free, high cycle performance
• Center-tapped plungers will hold workpiece contact buttons
• Standard SAE bodies make manifold cavity preparation easy
Work supports

98056b02

These compact, fixture-integrated cylinders are

designed for workpiece positioning, holding and
ejecting applications where space is at a premium.
No exposed tubing.
Linear clamps

Manifold mount
Manifold cylinders are designed
to be screwed directly into a
manifold or fixture. Enerpac’s
manifold cylinders feature
SAE dimensions, enabling the
use of standard SAE porting tools
for easy cavity preparation. An
SAE O-ring, included with each
Six CSM series manifold cylinders are used to clamp cylinder, provides an effective
piston blocks for machining. The hydraulic flow to the seal between the cylinder and
cylinders is side-ported in order to minimize the required manifold.
manifold thickness.

z Threaded cylinders are used here to position engine

manifolds for drilling, tapping and mill finish. Product selection
Cylinder Stroke Model Effective Oil
capacity number area capacity
at 5000 psi

lbs in in2 in3

380 0.28 CSM-271 0.08 0.02
380 0.51 CSM-2131 0.08 0.04
1190 0.28 CSM-571 0.24 0.07
1190 0.51 CSM-5131 0.24 0.12
2590 0.28 CSM-1071 0.50 0.14
2590 0.51 CSM-10131 0.50 0.26
2590 0.75 CSM-10191 0.50 0.38
3900 0.51 CSM-18131 0.79 0.40
3900 0.98 CSM-18251 0.79 0.77
6110 0.59 CSM-27151 1.22 0.72
6110 0.98 CSM-27251 1.22 1.20
Note: - Seal material: Buna-N, Polyurethane.

70 ®
 Dimensions & options CSM series
Force: 380-6110 lbs
Installation dimensions in inches [ ]
Model D D2 H J1 L Installation dimensions Stroke: .28-.98 inch
number Thread min. max. min. min.
SAE ø Pressure: 580-5000 psi
D2
CSM-271 SAE#6 (9/16"-18 un) 0.97 0.064 0.50 .96 D
H
CSM-2131 SAE#6 (9/16"-18 un) 0.97 0.064 0.50 1.45
E Cilindros para colector
CSM-571 SAE#10 (7/8"-14 un) 1.34 0.094 0.66 1.20 J1
CSM-5131 SAE#10 (7/8"-14 un) 1.34 0.094 0.66 1.53 L F Vérins pour bloc foré
CSM-1071 SAE#12 (1-1/16"-12 un) 1.63 0.094 0.75 1.20 D Einbauzylinder
CSM-10131 SAE#12 (1-1/16"-12 un) 1.63 0.094 075 1.44
CSM-10191 SAE#12 (1-1/16"-12 un) 1.63 0.094 0.75 2.05
CSM-18131 SAE#16 (1-5/16"-12 un) 1.91 0.125 0.75 1.57
CSM-18251 SAE#16 (1-5/16"-12 un) 1.91 0.125 0.75 2.34
CSM-27151 SAE#20 (1-5/8"-12 un) 2.27 0.125 0.80 1.66
CSM-27251 SAE#20 (1-5/8"-12 un) 2.27 0.125 0.80 2.38
Note: - O-rings included. For additional cavity machining information, refer to
SAE standards for straight internal thread, O-ring boss, or call
Enerpac’s Technical Service Department.
Accessory chart
Plunger Contact

Linear cylinders
Thread Bolt
K 86 ▸
#6-32 UN BS-21
#8-32 UN BS-41
CSM-271, -2131 other models
0.313-24 UN BS-81
0.375-16 UN BS-91

Power sources
F F1 Options
Accessories
E Contact bolts
K E1
T 86 ▸
P
E
K
Important

Valves
A T
J B Tighten manifold cylinders
C1 A according to specifications in
the instruction sheet.
B
D1 C

Pallet components
J
D C1

Return springs in single-

D1
acting cylinders should not
D
be used to pull back heavy
attachments.

Product dimensions in inches [ ] System components

Model A B C C1 D D1 E E1 F F1 J K P T
number Ext. Retr.
height height thread Ø Ø thread lbs
CSM-271 1.61 1.33 – 0.91 .563-18 un 0.47 0.19 – 0.75 – 0.48 #6-32 un – 0.19 0.2
CSM-2131 2.22 1.71 – 1.40 .563-18 un 0.47 0.19 – 0.75 – 0.47 #6-32 un – 0.19 0.3
Yellow pages

CSM-571 2.02 1.74 1.57 1.14 .875-14 un 0.69 0.31 0.27 1.06 0.25 0.55 #8-32 un 0.16 0.28 0.4
CSM-5131 2.58 2.07 1.91 1.48 .875-14 un 0.69 0.31 0.27 1.06 0.25 0.55 #8-32 un 0.16 0.28 0.6
CSM-1071 2.15 1.87 1.65 1.14 1.062-12 un 0.94 0.47 0.43 1.25 0.35 0.59 .312-24 un 0.22 0.32 1.1
CSM-10131 2.65 2.14 1.89 1.38 1.062-12 un 0.94 0.47 0.43 1.25 0.35 0.59 .312-24 un 0.22 0.31 1.3
CSM-10191 3.50 2.75 2.50 1.99 1.062-12 un 0.94 0.47 0.43 1.25 0.35 0.63 .312-24 un 0.22 0.31 1.4
CSM-18131 2.87 2.36 2.11 1.52 1.312-12 un 1.17 0.63 0.59 1.61 0.50 0.79 .312-24 un 0.26 0.47 1.1
CSM-18251 4.11 3.13 2.87 2.28 1.312-12 un 1.18 0.63 0.59 1.61 0.50 0.79 .312-24 un 0.26 0.47 1.3
CSM-27151 3.13 2.54 2.31 1.60 1.625-12 un 1.52 0.71 0.67 2.17 0.57 0.79 .375-16 un 0.26 0.47 1.50
CSM-27251 4.25 3.27 3.04 2.33 1.625-12 un 1.52 0.71 0.67 2.17 0.57 0.79 .375-16 un 0.26 0.47 2.00

www.enerpacwh.com ® 71
 Block cylinders Application & selection
Shown: CDB-10162, CDB-70502, CSB-18252
Versatile, all purpose cylinder
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Six clamping capacities enable you to

choose the right size for your application
• Variety of strokes, to meet design needs
• Double acting and Single acting (spring return),
allows selection of cylinder that best conforms
Swing clamps

to your hydraulic system

• Oil connection alternatives: cylinders incorporate
both manifold mount and plumbed options to
meet your fixturing needs
• Compact cylinder design does not require
Work supports

large amounts of space on your fixture

99_022

• Integral wiper ring, keeps contaminants

out of cylinder to extend life
Block cylinders are used for punching, pressing,
riveting and bending applications. In general, these
cylinders are used for moving, positioning, lifting,
Linear clamps

opening and closing.

Select your block cylinder type:

CSB series, Single acting
• Internal threaded plunger
• Manifold O-ring ports
• Black oxide base
• Hard chrome-plated plunger
• BSPP oil port
• Strong return spring
• Filtered vent plug
z The versatile Enerpac block cylinders, fixture mounted
for clamping applications.

CDB series, Double acting

• Internal threaded plunger
• Manifold O-ring ports
• Black oxide base
• Hard chrome-plated plunger
• BSPP oil port

72 ®
 Dimensions & options CDB, CSB series
Application example Force: 2400-60,850 lbs

Block cylinder positions workpiece against fixed point with Stroke: .59-2.20 inch
further clamping coming from an Enerpac swing cylinder.
Pressure: 580-5000 psi

E Cilindros tipo bloque

F Vérins cube
D Blockzylinder

Linear cylinders
Accessory chart
Plunger Contact
Thread Bolt
K 86 ▸
M6 X 1,0 BS-62
M8 X 1,25 BS-82
M16 X 2,0 BS-16

Power sources
M20 X 2,5 BS-20
M30 X 3,5 BS-30
M36 X 4,0 BS-36

Valves
Options
Contact bolts

Product selection

Pallet components
86 ▸
Piston Rod Clamping Stroke Model Cylinder Cylinder Minimum
Ø Ø force number effective oil spring
at 5000 psi area capacity return Fittings
force
lbs in2 in3
in in push pull in push pull push pull lbs lbs 194 ▸

System components
t Single acting
Valves
.78 .47 2400 – .71 CSB-10182 .48 – .35 – 24 2.6
.98 .63 3800 – .98 CSB-18252 .76 – .75 – 35 4.0
1.57 .98 9750 – .98 CSB-40252 1.95 – 1.92 – 85 5.9 156 ▸
1.97 1.26 15,200 – .98 CSB-70252 3.04 – 3.00 – 96 9.7
t Double acting Pressure
.78 .47 2400 1550 .59 CDB-10162 .48 .31 .31 .20 – 2.0 gauges
.78 .47 2400 1550 1.38 CDB-10362 .48 .31 .69 .44 – 2.6
Yellow pages

190 ▸
.98 .63 3800 2250 .79 CDB-18202 .76 .45 .60 .35 – 2.9
.98 .63 3800 2250 1.97 CDB-18502 .76 .45 1.50 .90 – 4.0
Pressure
1.57 .97 9750 4900 .98 CDB-40252 1.95 .98 1.92 .96 – 4.2 switches
1.57 .97 9750 4900 1.97 CDB-40502 1.95 .98 3.83 1.93 – 5.7
1.97 1.26 15,200 9000 .98 CDB-70252 3.04 1.80 3.00 1.77 – 7.1
188 ▸
1.97 1.26 15,200 9000 1.97 CDB-70502 3.04 1.80 5.99 3.54 – 9.5
3.15 1.97 38,900 23,700 .98 CDB-180252 7.80 4.74 7.66 4.67 – 20.5
High pressure
filters
3.15 1.97 38,900 23,700 1.97 CDB-180502* 7.80 4.74 15.33 9.34 – 25.4
3.93 2.48 60,850 36,650 2.20 CDB-280562* 12.17 7.33 26.83 16.18 – 40.1 193 ▸
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 73
 Block cylinders Application & selection
Shown: CDB-10162, -70502, CSB-18252
product line
Collet-Lok®
Swing clamps

CDB-10162, -18202, -40252, -70252, -180252 All other models

V K V K
N N
Work supports

99_022

SM P SM P
R R
CDB, CSB series
Z Y Z Y
These compact block cylinders
L L
are easily mounted in horizontal D D
Linear clamps

or vertical position for a range of

special tooling applications. F1 F1
T O T O
They can be used for positioning,
clamping, pushing, pressing
F F
or punching operations. The
plunger has an internal thread to Manifold port Manifold port

accommodate accessories such G B G B

as contact bolts. A A
V
B V B
Q X C Q X C
J
J
U
H A W H A W
L L

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Model A B C D F F1 G H J K L M
number
ø ø ø
t Single acting
CSB-10182 3.94 3.23 2.91 2.36 .47 .43 G1/8" .47 1.75 M6 x 1,0 1.77 .98
CSB-18252 4.92 3.94 3.62 2.56 .63 .59 G1/8" .47 2.24 M8 x 1,25 1.97 1.18
CSB-40252 5.13 4.15 3.66 3.15 .98 .94 G1/8" .39 2.26 M16 x 2,0 2.36 1.38
z Block cylinder used for CSB-70252 5.63 4.65 4.09 3.94 1.26 1.22 G1/4" .54 2.52 M20 x 2,5 3.15 1.77
punching applications.
t Double acting
CDB-10162 3.03 2.44 2.15 2.36 .47 .43 G1/8" .47 .96 M6 x 1,0 1.77 .98
CDB-10362 4.61 3.23 2.93 2.36 .47 .43 G1/8" .47 1.75 M6 x 1,0 1.77 .98
CDB-18202 3.54 2.76 2.44 2.56 .63 .59 G1/8" .47 1.06 M8 x 1,25 1.97 1.18
CDB-18502 5.91 3.94 3.62 2.56 .63 .59 G1/8" .47 2.24 M8 x 1,25 1.97 1.18
CDB-40252 4.13 3.15 2.68 3.15 .97 .94 G1/8" .37 1.26 M16 x 2,0 2.36 1.38
CDB-40502 6.11 4.15 3.67 3.15 .97 .94 G1/8" .39 2.26 M16 x 2,0 2.36 1.38
CDB-70252 4.53 3.54 2.99 3.94 1.26 1.22 G1/4" .53 1.42 M20 x 2,5 3.15 1.77
CDB-70502 6.61 4.65 4.09 3.94 1.26 1.22 G1/4" .54 2.52 M20 x 2,5 3.15 1.77
CDB-180252 5.16 4.17 3.50 5.51 1.97 1.93 G1/4" .59 1.63 M30 X 3,5 4.33 3.15
CDB-180502* 7.28 5.31 4.65 5.51 1.97 1.93 G1/4" .47 2.78 M30 x 3,5 4.33 3.15
CDB-280562* 8.19 5.98 5.22 6.69 2.48 2.44 G1/4" .70 3.05 M36 x 4,0 5.31 3.54
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.

74 ®
 Dimensions & options CDB, CSB series
Installation instructions Force: 2400-60,850 lbs
When operating above 2000 psi in applications as shown in the figure below, Stroke: .59-2.20 inch
provide cylinder back-up using a support to eliminate shear loads on the
mounting bolts. Pressure: 580-5000 psi

Manifold mounting Manifold O-ring .004" E Cilindros tipo bloque

When hydraulic connections are made 0,1mm
F Vérins cube
through the standard integrated O-ring
ports as shown in figure, the sealing D D Blockzylinder
surface must have a roughness of 63
micro-inches.
A C
Single-acting cylinders
If the risk of machining coolants or debris
being entering via the breather vent (port
B) exists, it is recommended that this
port be connected to a clean, remote
termination point.
Important

Linear cylinders
Linear cylinder support
is required at operating
pressures above 2000 psi.
Follow the instructions
on this page.

Power sources
Installation dimensions in inches [ ]
Clamping Oil Mounting Min. Torque Manifold O-ring 1)
capacity channel thread thread (bolt type
diameter length 12.9 DIN 912)

mm Inside Ø x
lbs A C D Ft.lbs thickness ARP No.
2400 .20 M6 .43 13 .31 x .06 568-011

Valves
3800 .20 M8 .51 30 .31 x .06 568-011 Options
9750 .20 M10 .63 63 .31 x .06 568-011
15,200 .20 M12 .75 107 .31 x .06 568-011 Contact bolts
38,900 .31 M16 .94 260 .38 x .09 568-110

Pallet components
60,850 .31 M20 1.10 498 .38 x .09 568-110 86 ▸
1)
Manifold O-rings included

Fittings
N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Model
number
mín. ø ø 194 ▸

System components
Single acting t
.30 .39 1.57 1.77 .79 .35 .22 .96 .27 .47 1.77 .44 .05 CSB-10182 Pressure
gauges
.30 .49 1.77 2.36 .89 .51 .24 1.06 .35 .47 2.36 .44 .05 CSB-18252
.39 .98 2.17 2.46 1.08 .87 .37 1.07 .42 .39 2.46 .44 .05 CSB-40252 190 ▸
.41 1.18 2.60 2.63 1.30 1.06 .43 1.15 .49 .60 2.57 .44 .05 CSB-70252
Double acting t High pressure
.30 .39 1.57 .98 .79 .35 .22 – .27 .47 .98 .44 .05 CDB-10162 filters
.30 .39 1.57 1.77 .79 .35 .22 .96 .27 .47 1.77 .44 .05 CDB-10362
Yellow pages

193 ▸
.30 .49 1.77 1.18 .89 .51 .24 – .35 .47 1.18 .44 .05 CDB-18202
.30 .49 1.77 2.36 .89 .51 .24 1.06 .35 .47 2.36 .44 .05 CDB-18502
.39 .98 2.17 1.48 1.08 .87 .37 – .42 .37 1.48 .44 .05 CDB-40252
.39 .98 2.17 2.46 1.08 .87 .37 1.07 .42 .39 2.46 .44 .05 CDB-40502
.41 1.18 2.60 1.54 1.30 1.06 .43 – .49 .49 1.57 .44 .05 CDB-70252
.41 1.18 2.60 2.63 1.30 1.06 .43 1.15 .49 .60 2.57 .44 .05 CDB-70502
.59 1.77 4.33 1.79 2.17 1.61 .57 – .67 .61 1.77 .56 .07 CDB-180252
.59 1.77 4.33 3.05 2.17 1.61 .57 1.20 .67 .77 2.76 .56 .07 CDB-180502*
.69 1.97 4.92 3.16 2.46 1.97 .67 1.48 .83 .71 3.15 .56 .07 CDB-280562*
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 75
 Pull down clamps Application & selection
Shown: ECM-20, ECH-202, ECM-5, ECH-52
Low profile clamp
product line
Collet-Lok®

……for unobstructed top face machining

• Independent horizontal and vertical movement

for a true pull down effect
• Compact size and low height allows more flexible and
economic mounting than comparable dedicated vise
Swing clamps

• Manifold and BSPP porting

• Investment high-alloy cast, heat-treated clamping
jaw and plunger
• Contamination resistant design for low
maintenance, removable guard for chip removal
Work supports

• Oil ports on both sides for mounting flexibility

99_106

• Optional mechanical counter hold provides

pull down on end stop for large parts
Enerpac pull down clamps are designed to
• Mounting bolts included for ease of installation
allow unobstructed top face machining. Independent
horizontal and vertical movement achieves high
Linear clamps

lateral and pull down forces to hold the workpiece

firmly down against the machine table or fixture.
The pull down forces are approximately 33% of the
Pull down clamp operation
clamping force.
1 2 3 4 5 6

100% 100%
33% 33%

The moveable jaw ① and the flexible connection design ②

allows lateral movement and eliminate any bending moment.
Roller finished cylinder bore ③ improves seal life. The removable
The pull down clamps can be permanently mounted guard ④ prevents the entry of chips and allows easy cleaning.
using the supplied mounting bolts. Optional T-nuts
Heat treated, centerless ground plunger ⑤ for extremely close
can be used for adapting to varying workpiece sizes.
tolerances and long life. The clamps feature both manifold
mount ⑥ and plumbed oil connection.

z Enerpac hydraulic pull down clamps and their Product selection

mechanical counter parts used to manufacture
tie-rod cylinder end caps. Lateral Pull Stroke Model Effective Oil Mounting
clamping down number area capacity bolts 1)
force force (included)
at at
5000 psi 5000 psi
lbs lbs in in2 in3 mm
t Hydraulic pull down clamps
870 290 .20 ECH-52 .18 .03 M8 x 45
3900 1300 .31 ECH-202 .78 .24 M12 x 80

Holding For pull down Model Mounting Replaceable

force down clamp number bolts ribbed jaws
model included 1) model
number number

lbs mm
t Mechanical counter holds
870 ECH-52 ECM-5 M8 x 35 ECJR-5
98_008

3900 ECH-202 ECM-20 M12 x 65 ECJR-20

1)
Torque M8 with 18 Ft.lbs, M12 with 63 Ft.lbs.
The use of T-nuts requires longer bolts.
76 ®
 Dimensions & options ECH, ECM series
Pull down force Force: 870-3900 lbs

Stroke: .20-.31 inch

33% 0% 33% 33% Pressure: 225-5000 psi

E Garras de empuje oblicuo

F Crampons plaqueurs
Fixed stop set-up Counter hold set-up
D Niederzugspanner
A very workable set-up for For workpieces larger than twice the
workpieces that are not larger or width of the edge clamp used, it is
wider than twice the width of the recommended to install a mechanical
edge clamp. The pull down force counter hold. The counter hold also
of the hydraulic actuated edge produces a pull down force equal to
clamp is sufficient to pull down 1/3 of the lateral force of the hydraulic
and hold the product during edge clamp applied. In this way the grip
actual machining. on the workpiece is very tight. Another
advantage of this set-up is the repeated
accuracy of machining results.
The mounting
Options

Linear cylinders
surface must
extend out Fittings
under the jaw.
194 ▸

ECH-52, -202 ECM-5, -20 Threaded

cylinders

Power sources
S
P 66 ▸
G P
Positive
clamping
F N U F N cylinders
80 ▸

Valves
0.19 T
O
O
A 0.02 Important
B 0.02
H1 Do not allow the clamping

Pallet components
H A jaw to extend below the lower
surface of the clamp body.
R R W

C C
Q Q
W

System components
R V R
O-ring port
O-ring (B1010.803)

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Yellow pages

Model A B C F G H H1 N O P Q R S T U V W
number
mm lbs
t Hydraulic pull down clamps
ECH-52 4.14 3.94 1.18 1.18 G1/8" .75 .74 .33 .46 2.09 .12 .08 2.32 – .87 M5 x 0,8 .24 1.5
ECH-202 5.62 5.31 1.97 1.97 G1/4" .98 .93 .49 .54 2.64 .55 .12 2.91 – 1.42 M8 x 1,25 .47 5.5
t Mechanical counter holds
ECM-5 3.11 – 1.18 1.18 – – – .33 1.65 1.02 .12 .08 – 1.61 – – .31 1.3
ECM-20 4.02 – 1.97 1.97 – – – .49 2.36 1.18 .55 .12 – 2.32 – – .51 4.1

www.enerpacwh.com ® 77
 Hollow plunger cylinders Application & selection
Shown: HCS-20, RWH-121, RWH-202
For high force push and pull applications
product line
Collet-Lok®

on and around the fixture

• Load can be attached to either end of the cylinder,
providing a choice of push or pull actions - both realizing
full cylinder capacity
• Very high cylinder capacities contained within
Swing clamps

small dimensions allow compact fixture designs

• Spring return operation allows for easy unloading of
the workpiece
• Threaded collars and base mounting holes allow mounting
flexibility, including table-top surfaces and T-slots
• Nickel-plated plungers, plunger wipers and internal venting
Work supports

99_043

prevent corrosion and support longer operation life on all

HCS models
These cylinders are regularly used for • The CY series hollow plunger cylinders can be manifold
upgrading mechanical clamping to faster mounted (except for CY-1254-25)
and easier hydraulic clamping. Other typical
Linear clamps

applications include production pressing,

punching and crimping operations.

Mechanical set-up

Hydraulic set-up

Product selection
Cylinder Stroke Center Model Effective Oil Operating
capacity 1) hole number area capacity pressure
diameter

Traditional mechanical elements in a clamping fixture
are replaced by a hollow plunger hydraulic cylinder. lbs in in in2 in3 psi
2610 0.25 0.39 CY1254-25 0.87 0.22 3000
4000 0.33 0.53 MRH-20 1.33 0.41 3000
4000 0.33 0.53 RWH-20 1.33 0.41 3000
z Two Enerpac RWH-121 hollow cylinders mounted 4000 0.33 0.53 RWH-20T 1.33 0.41 3000
at the back side of a fixture. 4830 0.40 0.42 HCS-20* 0.96 0.38 5000
7410 0.31 0.77 CY2129-251) 2.47 0.77 3000
7410 0.63 0.77 CY2129-51) 2.47 1.56 3000
12,660 0.48 0.51 HCS-50* 2.52 1.19 5000
13,320 0.63 0.89 CY2754-5 4.44 2.80 3000
13,800 0.32 0.77 MRH-120 2.76 0.86 5000
13,800 0.32 0.77 QDH-120 2.76 0.86 5000
13,800 0.32 0.77 RWH-120 2.76 0.86 5000
13,800 1.02 0.77 RWH-121 2.76 2.76 5000
18,180 0.56 0.67 HCS-80* 3.63 1.99 5000
23,500 0.52 1.06 RWH-200 4.74 2.37 5000
23,500 2.02 1.06 RWH-202 4.74 9.48 5000
25,490 0.63 0.83 HCS-110* 5.06 3.19 5000
36,000 0.50 1.31 RWH-300 7.22 3.60 5000
36,000 1.00 1.31 RWH-301 7.22 7.22 5000
98_016

36,000 2.49 1.31 RWH-302 7.22 18.00 5000

At maximum operating pressure. Note: Seal material Buna-N, Polyurethane, Teflon.
1)

* T
 his product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before
78 ®
specifying in your design.
 Dimensions & options CY, HCS, QDH, RWH series
Optional Heat Treated Hollow Saddles
Force: 2610-36,000 lbs
Saddle Cylinder Saddle Saddle Dimensions (in) A
type model number model No. A B C B Stroke: .25-2.49 inch
Threaded RWH-200, 202 HP-2015 2.11 1 - 8 .38 C
Pressure: 800-5000 psi
hollow RWH-300, 301, 302 HP-3015 2.49 1¼ - 7 .38
Smooth hollow saddles are standard on all RWH 20 and 30 ton models
(12 ton models are not equipped with saddles). E Cilindros de émbolo hueco

MRH-20, 120 RWH-20, 120, 121, QDH-20 F Vérins a piston creux

K K D Hohlkolbenzylinder
T T

F F
D D
A A
J J
W W
B B

Z H 5° Z H 5°
D1 D1 Options
V V
MRH-20 1/8"-27NPT RWH-20 1/8"-27NPT Flange nuts
MRH-120 1/4"-18NPT RWH-120 1/4"-18NPT

Linear cylinders
U Y U Y RWH-121 1/4"-18NPT
QDH-120 1/4"-18NPT 86 ▸

other RWH model CY models HCS models

K K K Important
T T T
F F F Use Grade 8 (DIN12.9) bolt
D D D quality or better for pulling.

Power sources
S
J W A Use Grade B7 (DIN10.9)
A A
W
threaded rod quality or better
B B B C for pulling applications.
W
H Z H
H Z Z
1/8"-27NPT D1
D1
D1 G1/4"
3/8"-18NPT U
Y RWH cylinders can be used
up to 10,000 psi maximum

Valves
V V
working pressure (except
V RWH-20 and RWH120).
Y Y
U G1 U

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Pallet components
Model
A B C D D1 F H J K S T U V W Y Z
number
ø ø ø

lbs
CY1254-25 2.25 2.00 - Ø 1.75 1.75 0.56 0.29 - .375-16 unc - 0.62 1.25 .250-20 unc 0.97 Ø 0.39 0.38 1.0

MRH-20 2.39 2.06 - M48 X 1.5 1.77 1.00 0.28 0.12 Ø .53 - 0.88 1.38 M6 X 1.0 1.50 Ø 0.50 0.25 1.3
RWH-20 2.39 2.06 - 1.875-16 un 1.79 1.00 0.28 0.12 Ø .53 - 0.87 1.38 .250-20 unc 1.50 .500-20 unf 0.25 1.4
RWH-20T 2.39 2.06 - 1.875-16 un 1.79 1.00 0.28 0.12 .500-20 unf - 0.49 1.38 .250-20 unc 1.50 Ø 0.53 0.25 1.4

System components
HCS-20 3.43 2.93 2.60 M58 X 1.5 2.28 0.71 0.43 - M10 X 1.5 0.55 1.01 1.57 M6 X 1.0 1.57 Ø 0.42 0.39 2.4
CY2129-251) 2.31 2.00 - Ø 2.63 2.50 1.13 0.31 - .750-10 unc - 1.13 1.75 .375-16 UNC 0.80 Ø 0.77 0.34 2.5
CY2129-51) 3.36 2.73 - Ø 2.63 2.50 1.13 0.31 - .750-10 unc - 1.13 1.75 .375-16 UNC 1.54 Ø 0.77 0.44 3.0
HCS-50 3.80 3.32 2.95 M65 X 1.5 2.56 1.10 0.55 - M12 X 1.75 0.87 0.95 1.77 M8 X 1.25 1.77 Ø 0.51 0.47 3.3
CY2754-5 3.63 3.00 - Ø 3.5 3.13 1.25 0.44 - .875-9 unc - 1.25 2.12 .375-16 UNC 1.61 Ø 0.89 0.44 6.0
MRH-120 2.54 2.20 - M70 X 1.5 2.76 1.38 0.39 0.19 M18 X 1.5 - 0.60 2.00 M6 X 1.0 0.68 Ø 0.77 0.25 3.1
QDH-120 2.54 2.22 - 2.750-16 UN 2.75 1.38 0.39 0.19 .750-10 UNC - 0.62 2.00 .312-18 UNC 0.68 Ø 0.77 0.25 3.0
Yellow pages

RWH-120 2.54 2.22 - 2.750-16 UN 2.75 1.38 0.39 0.19 .750-16 UNF - 0.61 2.00 .312-18 UNC 0.68 Ø 0.77 0.25 3.1
RWH-121 4.24 3.22 - 2.750-16 UN 2.75 1.38 0.53 0.19 .750-16 UNF - 0.73 2.00 .312-18 UNC 0.68 Ø 0.77 0.25 4.8
HCS-80 4.31 3.75 3.35 M75 x 1.5 2.95 1.26 0.67 - M16 X 2.0 0.94 1.27 2.17 M8 X 1.25 1.97 Ø 0.67 0.47 5.1
RWH-200 5.39 4.88 - 3.875-12 UN 3.88 2.12 0.75 0.19 Ø 1.06 - 0.88 3.25 .375-16 UNC 1.50 Ø 1.06 0.38 13.6
RWH-202 8.39 6.37 - 3.875-12 UN 3.88 2.12 0.75 0.19 Ø 1.06 - 0.88 3.25 .375-16 UNC 1.50 Ø 1.06 0.38 17.0
HCS-110 4.74 4.11 3.66 M90 X 2.0 3.54 1.57 0.75 - M20 X 2.5 1.26 1.44 2.56 M10 X 1.5 2.36 Ø 0.83 0.59 7.9
RWH-300 5.52 5.02 - 4.500-12 UN 4.49 2.54 0.85 0.19 Ø 1.31 - 0.88 3.62 .375-16 UNC 1.66 Ø 1.31 0.62 19.0
RWH-301 6.52 5.52 - 4.500-12 UN 4.49 2.54 0.85 0.19 Ø 1.31 - 0.88 3.62 .375-16 UNC 1.66 Ø 1.31 0.62 21.5
RWH-302 9.52 7.03 - 4.500-12 UN 4.49 2.54 0.85 0.19 Ø 1.31 - 0.88 3.62 .375-16 UNC 1.66 Ø 1.31 0.62 24.0
1)
For these models G1 = manifold and .125-27 NPTF

www.enerpacwh.com ® 79
 Positive clamping cylinder Application & selection
Shown: MRS-1, MRS-1001, MRS-5001
Ideal for palletized applications
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Heavy disk springs maintain the clamping force -

hydraulic pressure is used for release
• Single-acting design allows easy setup
of hydraulic system
• Hollow plunger design allows easy retrofit
Swing clamps

for mechanical clamping

• Custom buttons can be fitted into the plunger
for clamping directly against a workpiece
• Threaded body allows easy cylinders mounting
directly into fixture plate
Work supports

• Internal threaded plunger allows accessories

98_062

to be used easily for retrofit applications

These cylinders are designed for prolonged

clamping applications in moveable machine parts,
tools, fixtures, pallets and workpieces. Positive clamping operation
Linear clamps

The applied clamping force is determined by how far the

The mechanical clamping force of this cylinder is cylinder's plunger is being retracted when engaging contact with
ideal for FMS applications. Hydraulic pressure is the workpiece (referred to as the effective clamping stroke).
used to release the workpiece and is not required
Use the diagrams on the next page as a guide to your fixture
to maintain the clamping force on the workpiece.
set-up. Note that in order to load and unload the workpiece, the
Internal high strength springs produce the plunger must be retracted somewhat further than the effective
required clamping force. clamping stroke.

Hydraulic pressure applied Hydraulic pressure released

• Plunger retracts • Springs apply force
z When pressure is released, the Enerpac MRS cylinders • Work piece is released • Workpiece is clamped
clamp the workpiece by pushing it against the frame that • New work piece is loaded • Machining can take place
is attached to the fixture.

Product selection
Cylinder Effective Model Required Max. Oil
capacity clamping number operating tensioning capacity
at stroke pressure 1) stroke
5000 psi

lbs in psi in in3

2700 .09 MRS-1 5000 .09 .05
6000 .09 MRS-2 5000 .09 .26
11,500 .09 MRS-5 5000 .09 .50
1900 .10 MRS-1001 2000 .20 .54
3700 .10 MRS-2001 2700 .20 .73
5800 .10 MRS-3001 2600 .20 1.22
99_050

8500 .12 MRS-5001 3400 .22 1.35

1)
Minimum operating pressure to fully retract the plunger.
Note: Seal material Buna-N, Polyurethane.
80 ®
 Dimensions & options MRS series
Stroke/force diagrams for MRS-1001, -2001, -3001, -5001 Force: 1900-11,500 lbs

MRS-2001 Stroke: .09-.22 inch

MRS-1001
Pressure: 2000-5000 psi

Clamping force (lbs) u

Clamping force (lbs) u
2248 2683 4496

Pressure (psi) u
Pressure (psi) u

1958

1450
1124 1450 2248 E Cilindros de amarre
F Vérins de bridage positif
0 0
0 .05 .10 .15 .20
D Federspannzylinder
0 .05 .10 .15 .20
Clamping stroke (in) u Clamping stroke (in) u
Extended Retracted Extended Retracted

MRS-3001 Clamping force (lbs) u MRS-5001

Clamping force (lbs) u

6744 8992
2610
Pressure (psi) u

3408

Pressure (psi) u
4496
2900 6744 Options
1450 4496
1450
2248 Contact bolts
2248

Linear cylinders
0 0
0 .05 .10 .15 .20 0 .05 .10 .15 .20 86 ▸
Clamping stroke (in) u Clamping stroke (in) u
Extended Retracted Extended Retracted
Flange nuts
= Suggested Clamping Range

MRS-1, 2, 5 other MRS models 86 ▸

Power sources
D D Collet-Lok®
F F work supports
K K
16 ▸

Important

Valves
1/4"-18 NPT
Be sure to refer to the force/
K G1/8" stroke chart when selecting
T cylinders for an application.
K Piece parts with a large
E T variation at the clamping

Pallet components
J point may be prone to having
E variations in clamping force.
H
A
A J
B
C B Depending on the cycle
C
W usage of the application and

System components
H
W amount of deflection, the
internal disk springs may
Y need to be replaced
Y at scheduled intervals.
D1
D1

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Yellow pages

Model A B C D D1 E F H J K T W Y
number
mm mm lbs
MRS-1 3.35 3.26 3.11 1.42 M36 x 1,5 .50 1.18 .71 .24 M8 x 1,25 1.42 1.97 .35 1.1
MRS-2 3.54 3.46 3.31 1.89 M48 x 1,5 .68 1.57 .79 .28 M10 x 1,50 1.50 1.97 .43 2.0
MRS-5 4.92 4.83 4.69 2.36 M60 x 2,0 .87 1.97 .83 .28 M16 x 2,0 1.57 3.35 .67 4.0
MRS-1001 2.44 2.24 2.09 2.56 M65 x 1,5 1.57 2.17 1.38 .59 M12 x 1,75 .79 .98 .51 2.6
MRS-2001 2.56 2.36 2.24 3.15 M80 x 2,0 2.16 2.56 1.50 .59 M16 x 2,0 .79 1.14 .67 4.6
MRS-3001 2.91 2.72 2.60 3.74 M95 x 2,0 2.36 3.15 1.81 .67 M20 x 2,5 .79 1.46 .83 6.6
MRS-5001 3.78 3.56 2.66 3.74 M95 x 2,0 2.36 3.15 1.81 .67 M20 x 2,5 .79 1.46 .83 7.7

www.enerpacwh.com ® 81
 Universal cylinders - Single acting Application & selection
Shown: RW-50, RW-104
Heavy-duty cylinders
product line
Collet-Lok®

…handle a variety of applications

• High pressure design when additional force is required

• Long stroke lengths in a compact design,
well suited for welding applications
• Collar mounting threads and base mounting
Swing clamps

holes allow flexible mounting options

• Cylinders are provided with hardened saddles
for additional plunger protection
• Snap-in saddles are easily removed for adapting
to different plunger devices
Work supports

• Chrome plated plunger with bronze upper and

99_108

lower bearing provides a long cylinder life

Used when high cylinder forces or long strokes are

required in a confined area. Can handle a wide range
of production tooling applications. B B
Linear clamps

E F F E

Block and cylindrical models

C D D C
A A
Cylindrical models
REB REP
• Long stroke
• Flexible in fixture design Type Model Clevis eye dimensions (in) Pin to pin*
number
• Variety of attachments A B C D E F in
REB-5 1.75 1.88 .56 .63 .63 1.00 2.37
Base 1)
REB-10 2.50 2.63 1.00 .88 1.00 1.38 3.07
Block models
• Easily mounted Plunger REP-5 1.13 1.62 .56 .63 .63 .75 —
• Compact design REP-10 1.69 2.43 1.00 .88 1.00 1.13 —
* Pin to Pin– REB and REP Clevises fitted. Add cylinder stroke length.
1)
Mounting screws are included.

Product selection
Cylinder Stroke Model Effective Oil Operating
capacity number area capacity pressure
z Enerpac RW-101 cylinders used in a high at
pressure toggle style clamping set-up. 5000 psi

lbs in in2 in3 psi

t Block models

4970 0.62 RW-41 0.99 0.62 85-8000

4970 0.62 RW-50 0.99 0.62 600-10,000
4970 0.59 MRW-50F 0.99 0.62 85-10,000
4970 0.59 MRW-50M 0.99 0.62 85-10,000
t Cylindrical models
4970 1.01 RW-51 0.99 0.99 600-10,000
4970 3.17 RW-53 0.99 2.97 600-10,000
4970 5.17 RW-55 0.99 4.95 600-10,000
11,180 0.99 RW-101 2.23 2.23 600-10,000
11,180 2.18 RW-102 2.23 4.75 600-10,000
11,180 4.18 RW-104 2.23 9.21 600-10,000
11,180 6.11 RW-106 2.23 13.67 600-10,000
99_051

11,180 10.13 RW-1010 2.23 22.59 600-10,000

Note: Seal material Buna-N, Polyurethan.

82 ®
 Dimensions & options RW, MRW series
RW-41 RW-series Force: 4970-11,180 lbs
A U1 RW-101 only Stroke: .59-10.13 inch
B D1 U1 = .75 inch
.31 H K
0.81 Pressure: 600-5000 psi
T

F E Cilindros universales
D U G F
K F Vérins universels

V T D Universelle Linearzylinder
.50

RW-50 D1
J
D1 A
L B
L
1.00 .25 H
A Options
Cylinder
D U G F
accessories
B
C
86 ▸

Linear cylinders
V
.36
G
MRW-50F H Important
Z
D1 A G These cylinders are intended
L B 3/8"-18NPT for medium cycle applications.
The return spring is intended

Power sources
1.00 C
for retracting the plunger and
V heavy devices should not be
D U G F
attached to it.

U
V .22 H D
.22
Plungers should be shielded
MRW-50M in welding applications to

Valves
prevent splatter from sticking
D1 A
to chrome plating.
L B
1.00 T C

Do not use these cylinders

Pallet components
D U G F continuously at full stroke
or damage to return spring
.22
may result.
V K H
.22 .87

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

System components
Model A B C D D1 F G H J K L T U V Z
number
nptf lbs
t Block models
RW-41 3.18 2.56 – 1.62 1.62 1.00 .250-18 0.81 – – – – 1.00 0.35 – 1.8
RW-50 2.24 1.62 - 1.62 2.32 1.00 .375-18 0.75 - - 1.50 - 1.12 0.22 - 1.8
MRW-50F 2.20 1.61 1.61 1.62 2.56 1.00 .375-18 0.81 – – 1.75 – 1.12 0.22 – 1.8
MRW-50M 2.60 2.01 1.61 1.62 2.56 1.00 .375-18 0.81 – M8x1,25 1.75 0.24 1.12 0.22 – 1.8
Yellow pages

t Cylindrical models
RW-51 5.42 4.41 4.09 1.50 1.500-16 un 1.00 .250-18 0.75 1 .750-16 unf 1.18 0.61 1.00 .250-20 unc 0.55 2.1
RW-53 9.73 6.56 6.25 1.50 1.500-16 un 1.00 .250-18 0.75 1 .750-16 unf 1.18 0.61 1.00 .250-20 unc 0.55 3.1
RW-55 13.74 8.57 8.25 1.50 1.500-16 un 1.00 .250-18 0.75 1 .750-16 unf 1.18 0.61 1.00 .250-20 unc 0.55 3.9
RW-101 4.53 3.54 3.41 2.25 2.250-14 uns 1.50 .250-18 0.75 - #10-24 unc 1.15 0.24 1.56 .312-18 unc 0.49 3.8
RW-102 6.97 4.79 4.53 2.25 2.250-14 uns 1.50 .250-18 0.75 1.38 1.000-8 unc 1.15 0.68 1.56 .312-18 unc 0.49 4.9
RW-104 10.97 6.79 6.53 2.25 2.250-14 uns 1.50 .250-18 0.75 1.38 1.000-8 unc 1.15 0.68 1.56 .312-18 unc 0.49 7.0
RW-106 15.82 9.71 9.5 2.25 2.250-14 uns 1.50 .250-18 0.75 1.38 1.000-8 unc 1.15 0.68 1.56 .312-18 unc 0.49 9.6
RW-1010 23.88 13.75 13.50 2.25 2.250-14un 1.50 .250-18 0.75 1.38 1.000-18un 1.13 0.75 1.56 .312-18un 0.50 13.8

www.enerpacwh.com ® 83
 Universal cylinders - Double acting Application & selection
Shown: RD-2510, RD-96, RD-256, RD-41, RD-166
Heavy-duty cylinders
product line
Collet-Lok®

…provide push as well as pull forces

• High pressure design when additional force

is required for push or pull applications
• Long strokes in a compact design are well
suited for custom toggle style clamping
Swing clamps

• Various features for mounting

• Threaded plunger allows a wide range
of mounting adapter devices
• Chrome plated plunger provides a long
cylinder life
Work supports

Optional cylinder attachments

Used when high cylinder forces with a powered
For added cylinder flexibility, a selection of interchangeable
return stroke is required in a confined area.
mountings is available to fit plunger or cylinder threads.
Cylinders can push or pull a workpiece into position
Linear clamps

and the threaded plunger allows adapting standard

clevis attachments. Foot mounting
Mounts onto cylinder collar thread.
Retainer nut included. Mounting
screws not included.

Flange mounting
Mounts onto cylinder collar thread.
Retainer nut included. Mounting
screws not included.

Retainer nut
Locking foot or flange mountings.
Mounts onto cylinder base or collar
threads. Included with foot and
flange mountings.

Clevis eye
Threads onto plunger or base.

z Clamping application using Enerpac RD cylinders

(with clevis eye attachments on both ends) for their Product selection
high pressure capability and mounting flexibility.
Cylinder Stroke Model Effective Oil
capacity number area capacity
at 5000 psi

lbs in2 in3

push pull in push pull push pull
3900 1720 1.11 RD-41 .79 .34 .89 .40
3900 1720 3.11 RD-43 .79 .34 2.47 1.10
3900 1720 6.11 RD-46 .79 .34 4.84 2.10
9000 4910 1.15 RD-91 1.77 .98 2.00 1.10
9000 4910 3.15 RD-93 1.77 .98 5.54 3.00
9000 4910 6.15 RD-96 1.77 .98 10.88 6.00
9000 4910 10.15 RD-910 1.77 .98 17.94 9.90
15,500 8300 6.24 RD-166 3.15 1.66 19.67 10.40
15,500 8300 10.24 RD-1610 3.15 1.66 32.26 17.00
24,500 10,750 6.30 RD-256 4.92 2.15 30.73 13.40
99_049

24,500 10,750 10.28 RD-2510 4.92 2.15 50.40 22.00

84 ®
 Dimensions & options RD, AD series
Foot mounting Flange mounting Retainer nut Clevis eye Force: 3900-24,500 lbs
E H E V E V E V Stroke: 1.11-10.28 inch

Pressure: 500-10,000 psi

C B D2 C B C B C
F H
E Cilindros universales
V F D2 D2 B D2
F Vérins universels
Cylinder attachments in inches [ ] D Universelle Linearzylinder
Cylinder capacity at D2 Model B C E F H V
5000 psi 10,000 psi number
lbs lbs ø lbs
t Foot mounting with retainer nut
3900 7800 1.38 AD-141 3.00 2.00 0.75 2.25 1.25 0.41 0.9
9000 18,000 2.00 AD-171 4.00 2.88 1.00 3.25 1.75 0.53 2.6
15,500 31,000 2.63 AD-181 5.00 3.75 1.38 4.00 2.06 0.78 6.4
24,500 49,000 3.25 AD-191 6.25 4.62 1.75 4.88 2.50 1.03 9.9
t Flange mounting with retainer nut
3900 7800 1.38 AD-142 3.88 3.09 0.75 – – 0.41 2.2

Linear cylinders
9000 18,000 2.00 AD-172 4.75 3.88 1.00 – – 0.41 4.6
15,500 31,000 2.63 AD-182 5.63 4.56 1.38 – – 0.53 8.4
24,500 49,000 3.25 AD-192 6.50 5.34 1.75 – – 0.66 13.2
t Retainer nut Options
3900 7800 1.375-12 unf AD-143 2.25 1.81 0.38 – – 0.25 0.2
Cylinder
9000 18,000 2.000-12 un AD-173 3.00 2.50 0.50 – – 0.27 0.7 accessories
15,500 31,000 2.625-16 un AD-183 3.63 3.13 0.75 – – 0.27 1.3

Power sources
24,500 49,000 3.250-16 un AD-193 4.25 3.75 1.00 – – 0.27 1.8
86 ▸
t Clevis eye
3900 7800 .500-20 unf AD-150 1.125-20 un 2.06 0.62 0.75 0.94 0.63 0.5
9000 18,000 .750-16 unf AD-151 1.688-18 unef 2.25 1.00 1.00 0.94 0.75 1.3 Important
15,500 31,000 1.125-12 unf AD-152 2.187-16 uns 3.06 1.25 1.00 1.19 1.00 2.9
Be certain that the mounting
24,500 49,000 1.500-12 unf AD-153 2.750-16 un 3.06 1.50 1.00 1.06 1.25 4.6 devices can handle forces in
the push and pull direction.
RD

Valves
A
B
N 3/8-18NPT N
Z1
T RD series cylinders are
designed for a maximum

Pallet components
operating pressure of
D D1 Z D1 E K E1 10,000 psi.

When applying 10,000 psi

W W cylinder capacities
double as well.
H H
C

Product dimensions in inches [ ] System components

Model A B C D D1 E E1 H K N T W Z Z1
number
un un un lbs
RD-41 8.41 7.30 6.39 2.00 1.375-12 0.75 0.69 1.85 .500-20 1.14 0.76 0.43 1.125-20 0.47 4.8
RD-43 12.41 9.30 8.39 2.00 1.375-12 0.75 0.69 1.85 .500-20 1.14 0.76 0.43 1.125-20 0.47 6.4
Yellow pages

RD-46 18.41 12.30 11.39 2.00 1.375-12 0.75 0.69 1.85 .500-20 1.14 0.76 0.43 1.125-20 0.47 9.0
RD-91 9.93 8.78 7.81 2.50 2.000-12 1.00 0.94 2.27 .750-16 1.50 0.77 0.56 1.688-18 0.63 9.0
RD-93 13.93 10.78 9.81 2.50 2.000-12 1.00 0.94 2.27 .750-16 1.50 0.77 0.56 1.688-18 0.63 11.0
RD-96 19.93 13.78 9.81 2.50 2.000-12 1.00 0.94 2.27 .750-16 1.50 0.77 0.56 1.688-18 0.63 14.0
RD-910 27.93 17.78 16.81 2.50 2.000-12 1.00 0.94 2.27 .750-16 1.50 0.77 0.56 1.688-18 0.63 19.0
RD-166 21.57 15.33 14.13 3.00 2.625-16 1.37 1.26 2.90 1.125-12 2.12 1.00 0.88 2.187-16 1.00 22.0
RD-1610 29.57 19.33 18.13 3.00 2.625-16 1.37 1.26 2.90 1.125-12 2.12 1.00 0.88 2.187-16 1.00 29.0
RD-256 22.98 16.68 15.63 3.54 3.250-16 1.87 1.77 3.50 1.500-12 2.76 0.90 1.12 2.750-16 0.99 36.0
RD-2510 30.95 20.67 19.61 3.54 3.250-16 1.87 1.77 3.50 1.500-12 2.76 0.90 1.12 2.750-16 0.99 46.0

www.enerpacwh.com ® 85
 Cylinder accessories
Shown: Cylinder accessories
For optimum mounting and fixture flexibility
product line
Collet-Lok®

…to match specific applications

• Contact bolts
Allow cylinders to act as a datum point in your clamping
applications, and protect the piston when cylinders are
used for pushing applications
Swing clamps

• Cylindrical flange nuts

For mounting threaded body cylinders in any position
• Mounting brackets
For bolting cylinders to suit the application
Work supports

99_067

All BS Models FN-121, 201, 251 FN-48, 55, 65, 80 All Other FN Models
These accessories are
D D
provided so that you can
C B C C
effectively position, Emount E
B B
Linear clamps

and actuate Enerpac hydraulic

A A
cylinders according to your A BA BA
specific fixturing or production
applications. C C

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

A Model B C D E A Model B C
number number
thread rad. thread
t Spherical contact bolts t Jam nuts

#6-32 unc BS-21 .20 .25 .24 .35 0.500-20 unf FN-121 0.75 0.31
#8-32 unc BS-41 .28 .31 .31 .43 M12 x 1,5 FN-122 1.10 0.24
M4 x 0,7 BS-42 .28 .31 .31 .43 0.750-16 unf FN-201 1.13 0.42
.250-28 unf BS-61 .31 .44 .44 .55 M20 x 1,5 FN-202 1.12 0.31
M6 x 1,0 BS-62 .31 .44 .44 .55 1.000-12 unf FN-251 1.50 0.55
.313-24 unf BS-81 .39 .56 .55 .67 1.125-16 un FN-281 1.75 0.39
M8 x 1,25 BS-82 .39 .55 .55 .67 M28 x 1,5 FN-282 1.97 0.39
.375-16 unc BS-91 .39 .63 .63 .67 1.250-16 un FN-301 1.88 0.39
.500-13 unc BS-101 .39 .69 .67 .71 M30 x 1,5 FN-302 1.97 0.39
M10 x 1,5 BS-102 .26 .67 .91 .43 1.313-16 un FN-331 1.88 0.25
M16 x 2,0 BS-162 .47 .87 .87 .94 1.375-18 unef FN-351 1.88 0.25
M20 x 2,5 BS-202 .47 .94 .87 .94 M35 x 1,5 FN-352 2.17 0.43
1.625-16 un FN-421 2.25 0.31
M42 x 1,5 FN-422 2.44 0.47
1.875-16 un FN-481 2.50 0.51
M48 x 1,5 FN-482 2.95 0.51
z Enerpac
worksupport locked in 2.125-16 un FN-551 3.13 0.38
position using an FN series M55 x 1,5 FN-552 3.15 0.51
self-locking flange nut.
2.500-16 un FN-651 3.25 0.39
M65 x 1,5 FN-652 3.74 0.55
3.125-16 un FN-801 4.13 0.51
M80 x 2,0 FN-802 4.53 0.63

Product dimensions in inches [ ] J

A Model B C D E F H J E
number B H
thread ø
t Yoke A C F
98_053

.313-24 unf Y-3121 .50 .31 .31 1.25 .63 .50 1.56 D

86 ®
 Dimensions Cylinder accessories
MF and AW-51 models other AW models E Accesorios de cilindro
D D D
F Accessoires pour vérins
D Zubehör für Zylinder
B C C A B C A

E C E B
B

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

A Model B C D E
number
thread ø
t Mounting flanges – Rectangular
1.375-18 unef AW-5 1.75 1.34 0.27 0.50
1.500-16 un AW-51 2.25-2.75 1.62-2.12 0.41 1.00
1.875-16 un AW-89 2.25 1.77 0.33 1.00
2.500-16 un AW-19 3.25 2.17 0.35 0.98
3.125-16 un AW-90 3.75x4.75 2.38x3.50 0.64 1.25

Linear cylinders
0.500-20 unf MF-121 1.50 1.00 0.27 1.00
M12 x 1,5 MF-122 1.57 0.98 0.25 0.98
0.750-16 unf MF-201 2.25 1.50 0.40 1.50
M20 x 1,5 MF-202 2.56 1.77 0.40 1.57
1.000-12 unf MF-251 2.50 1.75 0.40 1.50
1.125-16 un MF-281 2.75 2.00 0.40 1.50
M28 x 1,5 MF-282 2.95 1.97 0.40 1.57

Power sources
1.313-16 un MF-331 3.00 2.25 0.40 1.50
1.375-18 unef MF-351 3.00 2.25 0.40 1.50
M35 x 1,5 MF-352 3.15 2.24 0.40 1.57
1.625-16 un MF-421 3.25 2.50 0.40 1.50
M42 x 1,5 MF-422 3.54 2.48 0.40 1.57
1.875-16 un MF-481 3.50 2.75 0.40 1.50
M48 x 1,5 MF-482 3.74 2.76 0.40 1.57

Valves
2.125-16 un MF-551 4.00 3.00 0.46 1.75
M55 x 1,5 MF-552 4.33 3.23 0.47 1.77
2.500-16 un MF-651 4.50 3.50 0.46 1.75
M65 x 1,5 MF-652 4.53 3.50 0.47 1.77
3.125-16 un 5.00 4.00 0.46 1.75

Pallet components
MF-801
M80 x 2,0 MF-802 5.31 4.25 0.47 1.77

AW-53, -121 AW-102

System components
F

B D C A
D
B C A

L F
E K E L
Yellow pages

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

A Model B C D E F K L
number
thread ø thread ø ø
t Mounting flanges – Cylindrical
1.500-16 un AW-53 2.88 2.25 .250-20 unc .75 .28 .41 0.31
2.750-16 un AW-121 4.50 3.63 .250-20 unc .75 .34 .50 .38
t Mounting flanges – Rectangular
2.250-14 uns AW-102 4.00 3.00 .438-20 unf 1.25 .62 – 3.25

www.enerpacwh.com ® 87
 5000 psi Tie Rod Cylinders
Shown: TRFM-1506, TRFL-3210 and TRCM-3206
Performance tested design features at 5000 psi
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Rod seal (1) uses spring loaded multiple lip vee rings, a
supporting bronze bearing ring bushing and a double lip wiper
• Piston seal (2) combines two bi-directional sealing cast iron
piston rings with two block vee seals with back-up rings
• Hardened chrome plated piston rod (3) resists scoring and
Swing clamps

corrosion, assuring maximum life

• Steel tubing barrel (4), honed to a fine finish assures superior
sealing, minimum friction and maximum seal life
• Rod bushing and seals can be serviced by merely removing
the retainer plate (5) on most models
Work supports

98-037

Tie Rod cylinder construction

Enerpac 5000 psi Tie Rod cylinders provide
Linear clamps

1 Rod Seal 2
a variety of mounting options for pushing and
2 Piston Seal
positioning workpieces and fixtures on a machine.
3 Piston Rod
1
Enerpac tie rod cylinders are designed to the highest 4 Barrel
industry standards to provide long life and worry-free 5 Retainer Plate
performance in the most demanding applications. 4

3
5

Tie Rod cylinder mounting styles

Clevis Mount – TRCM Series
• NFPA style MP1
• Allows cylinder to pivot
• Requires provision for pivoting
on rod end

Standard bore sizes

Bore Rod Capacity at 5000 psi Effective area
diameter diameter
Push Pull Push Pull h61_s.eps
in in lbs lbs in2 in2 Foot mount – TRFM series
1.50 1.00 8,850 4,900 1.77 0.98 • NFPA style MS2
2.00 1.38 15,700 8,300 3.14 1.66 • Allows easy mounting with only
2.50 1.75 24,550 12,500 4.91 2.50 four bolts
3.25 2.00 41,500 25,800 8.30 5.16 • Backup key included in design to
4.00 2.50 62,850 38,300 12.57 7.66 ensure long life

Additional bore sizes

Bore Rod Capacity at 5000 psi Flange mount – TRFL series h42_s.eps
diameter diameter
• NFPA style ME5
Push Pull
in in lbs lbs • Allows cylinder length to be buried
5.00 3.50 98,170 50,060 in machine
6.00 4.00 141,400 78,550 • Strongest, most rigid mount
7.00 5.00 192,400 94,220
8.00 5.50 251,400 132,600
Contact Enerpac for ordering information on addional bore sizes.
h35_s.eps
88 ®
 TR-series
Product selection Force: 8850-62,850 lbs.
Piston Rod Stroke Clevis Foot Flange
diameter diameter mount mount mount Stroke: 2-12 inches

in in in Pressure: 500-5000 psi

1.50 1.00 2 TRCM-1502 TRFM-1502 TRFL-1502
1.50 1.00 4 TRCM-1504 TRFM-1504 TRFL-1504 E Cilindros Atirantados
1.50 1.00 6 TRCM-1506 TRFM-1506 TRFL-1506
F Vérins à tirants
1.50 1.00 10 TRCM-1510* TRFM-1510 TRFL-1510
1.50 1.00 12 TRCM-1512* TRFM-1512 TRFL-1512 D Zugankerzylinder
2.00 1.38 2 TRCM-2002 TRFM-2002 TRFL-2002
2.00 1.38 4 TRCM-2004 TRFM-2004 TRFL-2004 Options
2.00 1.38 6 TRCM-2006 TRFM-2006 TRFL-2006
2.00 1.38 10 TRCM-2010 TRFM-2010 TRFL-2010 Accessories
2.00 1.38 12 TRCM-2012 TRFM-2012 TRFL-2012
2.50 1.75 2 TRCM-2502 TRFM-2502 TRFL-2502 93 ▸
2.50 1.75 4 TRCM-2504 TRFM-2504 TRFL-2504
2.50 1.75 6 TRCM-2506 TRFM-2506 TRFL-2506 ZW Series
2.50 1.75 10 TRCM-2510 TRFM-2510 TRFL-2510 Pumps
2.50 1.75 12 TRCM-2512 TRFM-2512 TRFL-2512
114 ▸

Linear cylinders
3.25 2.00 2 TRCM-3202 TRFM-3202 TRFL-3202
3.25 2.00 4 TRCM-3204 TRFM-3204 TRFL-3204
VP Series
3.25 2.00 6 TRCM-3206 TRFM-3206 TRFL-3206
Valves
3.25 2.00 10 TRCM-3210 TRFM-3210 TRFL-3210
3.25 2.00 12 TRCM-3212 TRFM-3212 TRFL-3212 136 ▸
4.00 2.50 2 TRCM-4002 TRFM-4002 TRFL-4002
4.00 2.50 4 TRCM-4004 TRFM-4004 TRFL-4004 Fittings

Power sources
4.00 2.50 6 TRCM-4006 TRFM-4006 TRFL-4006
4.00 2.50 10 TRCM-4010 TRFM-4010 TRFL-4010 194 ▸
4.00 2.50 12 TRCM-4012 TRFM-4012 TRFL-4012
Cushions are available for all cylinder models. Cushions slow down heavy loads prior to end of stroke,
preventing damage to the cylinder of the machine. To add cushions to your Enerpac Tie Rod cylinder,
simply add the letter "C" to the end of any model number. Note: the addition of cushions does not affect
the outside dimensions of the cylinder. Important
* These models are only rated to 4000 psi due to constraints on the mechanical properties of the rod.

Valves
Consult individual product
selection pages for
application and
installation criteria specific to
Custom build your Tie Rod cylinder each mounting style. If you
are unsure of an application,

Pallet components
contact Enerpac directly.
TR CM 15 12 C
1 2 3 4 5
1 Product Type 3 Bore Diameter 4 Stroke 5 Cushions
TR = Tie Rod 15 = 1.5" 02 = 2" Blank = None Enerpac can provide many

System components
20 = 2.0" 04 = 4" C = Cushions other tie rod cylinders in a
2 Mounting 25 = 2.5" 06 = 6" both ends wide variety of mounting
CM = Clevis Mount 32 = 3.25" 10 = 10" styles, bore and stroke sizes.
FM = Foot Mount 40 = 4.0" 12 = 12" Contact Enerpac directly and
FL = Flange Mount talk to our Custom Products
group for a quotation.
Yellow pages

Seal and repair kits Product dimensions in inches

Seal kits include piston, rod and barrel Bore Rod Seal kit Repair kit
seals. Repair kits include seal kit plus diameter diameter
rod bushing and rear bearing ring. in in
1.50 1.00 TR15SK TR15RK
2.00 1.38 TR20SK TR20RK
2.50 1.75 TR25SK TR25RK
3.25 2.00 TR32SK TR32RK
4.00 2.50 TR40SK TR40RK

www.enerpacwh.com ® 89
 5000 psi Tie Rod cylinders TRCM-series
Shown: TRCM-3204
Flexibility of motion Force: 8850-62,850 lbs.
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Clevis mount cylinders include pivot pin Stroke: 2-12 inches

for mounting in your machine Pressure: 500-5000 psi
• Standard rod eyes and rod clevises
available for each bore size. E Cilindros Atirantados
• NFPA style MP1
Swing clamps

F Vérins à tirants
• Designed to carry shear loads
D Zugankerzylinder
• Pivot pins should be carried by rigidly
held bearings and closely fit for the
entire length of the pin
Options
Accessories
Work supports

98-037

93 ▸
TR series clevis mount
ZW Series
Enerpac clevis mount 5000 psi Tie TRCM models Clevis mount Pumps
Rod cylinders provide for motion
114 ▸
Linear clamps

in two axis, increasing the range of

E
motion on your machine with only
VP Series
one cylinder. Valves

E 136 ▸

Fittings
Pivot pin
included CB
Special rod ends CW CW 194 ▸

ZC + Stroke
Y P + Stroke
W LB + Stroke
V EE
• Either internal or external CD + .000 NA
threads available – .001
• Custom designs to match your
tooling requirements MM B MM
MR

LR
KK2 A C V
K F G J L M
XC + Stroke

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Bore Rod Model A B C CB CD CW D* E EE F G J K
diameter diameter number

1.50 1.00 TRCM-15xx** 1.13 1.50 0.50 0.75 0.50 0.50 0.88 2.50 SAE #10 0.38 1.75 1.50 0.50
2.00 1.38 TRCM-20xx 1.63 2.00 0.63 1.25 0.75 0.63 1.13 3.00 SAE #10 0.63 1.75 1.50 0.63
2.50 1.75 TRCM-25xx 2.00 2.38 0.75 1.25 0.75 0.63 1.50 3.50 SAE #10 0.63 1.75 1.50 0.63
3.25 2.00 TRCM-32xx 2.25 2.63 0.88 1.50 1.00 0.75 1.69 4.50 SAE #12 0.75 2.00 1.75 0.75
4.00 2.50 TRCM-40xx 3.00 3.13 1.00 2.00 1.38 1.00 2.06 5.00 SAE #12 0.88 2.00 1.75 0.75
* D = Distance across plunger wrench flats.
** 10 and 12 inch models are rated at only 4000 psi.

Bore Rod Model KK2 L LB LR M MM MR NA P V W XC Y ZC

diameter diameter number
lbs
1.50 1.00 TRCM-15xx 3/4"-16 0.75 5.00 0.63 0.50 1.00 0.66 0.97 2.13 0.50 1.00 6.75 2.38 7.25 ***
2.00 1.38 TRCM-20xx 1"-14 1.25 5.25 1.13 0.75 1.38 0.94 1.34 2.88 0.38 1.00 7.50 2.63 8.25 ***
2.50 1.75 TRCM-25xx 1-1/4"-12 1.25 5.38 1.13 0.75 1.75 0.94 1.70 3.00 0.50 1.25 7.88 2.88 8.63 ***
3.25 2.00 TRCM-32xx 1-1/2"-12 1.50 6.25 1.25 1.00 2.00 1.19 1.95 3.59 0.38 1.25 9.00 3.09 10.00 ***
4.00 2.50 TRCM-40xx 1-7/8"-12 2.13 6.63 1.88 1.38 2.50 1.38 2.45 3.88 0.38 1.38 10.13 3.31 11.50 ***
*** For product weights, please reference the price list or contact Enerpac customer service for more information.

90 ®
TRFM-series 5000 psi Tie Rod cylinders
Shown: TRFM-1506
Force: 8850-62,850 lbs. Ease of installation
Stroke: 2-12 inches • Foot mount cylinders provide simplest
mounting option with just four bolt
Pressure: 500-5000 psi
holes required
• Standard key mount is included ensuring
E Cilindros Atirantados
proper mounting and adding rigidity
F Vérins à tirants • NFPA style MS2
D Zugankerzylinder • Compact mounting fits in tight spaces
where other cylinders cannot
Options
Accessories

98-037
93 ▸
TR series foot mount
ZW Series
Enerpac foot mount 5000 psi Tie
Pumps TRFM models Foot Mount Rod cylinders provide a high quality
114 ▸

Linear cylinders
positioning solution using a minimal
amount of space.
VP Series
Valves

136 ▸ Important
Some custom options may
Fittings require reduction of working

Power sources
pressure or special
installation considerations.
194 ▸ Contact Enerpac Technical
ZB + Stroke
Y P + Stroke Service to discuss your
W LB + Stroke application.
V EE
1
Special rod ends

Valves
4 2 MM
E
E – .006
2 – .008 PD
ST
SB PA Double rod ends
3 4 holes FA

Pallet components
E G J K • Available on all models except
SW F
TS
clevis mounts
SW SW SU SU SW
US • The two rod ends can be
XS SS + Stroke
different on the same cylinder

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Bore Rod Model A B C D* E EE F FA G J K KK2 LB MM

System components
diameter diameter number

1.50 1.00 TRFM-15xx 1.13 1.50 0.50 0.88 2.50 SAE #10 0.38 0.310-0.312 1.75 1.50 0.50 3/4”-16 5.00 1.00
2.00 1.38 TRFM-20xx 1.63 2.00 0.63 1.13 3.00 SAE #10 0.63 0.560-0.562 1.75 1.50 0.63 1”-14 5.25 1.38
2.50 1.75 TRFM-25xx 2.00 2.38 0.75 1.50 3.50 SAE #10 0.63 0.560-0.562 1.75 1.50 0.63 1-1/4”-12 5.38 1.75
3.25 2.00 TRFM-32xx 2.25 2.63 0.88 1.69 4.50 SAE #12 0.75 0.684-0.687 2.00 1.75 0.75 1-1/2”-12 6.25 2.00
4.00 2.50 TRFM-40xx 3.00 3.13 1.00 2.06 5.00 SAE #12 0.88 0.809-0.812 2.00 1.75 0.75 1-7/8”-12 6.63 2.50
Yellow pages

* D = Distance across plunger wrench flats.

Bore Rod Model NA P PA PD SB SS ST SU SW TS US V W XS Y ZB

diameter diameter number

lbs
1.50 1.00 TRFM-15xx 0.97 2.88 0.19 1.44 0.44 3.88 0.50 0.94 0.38 3.25 4.00 0.50 1.00 1.75 2.38 6.50 ***
2.00 1.38 TRFM-20xx 1.34 2.88 0.31 1.81 0.56 3.63 0.75 1.25 0.50 4.00 5.00 0.38 1.00 2.13 2.63 6.88 ***
2.50 1.75 TRFM-25xx 1.70 3.00 0.31 2.06 0.81 3.38 1.00 1.56 0.69 4.88 6.25 0.50 1.25 2.56 2.88 7.25 ***
3.25 2.00 TRFM-32xx 1.95 3.59 0.38 2.63 0.81 4.13 1.00 1.56 0.69 5.88 7.25 0.38 1.25 2.69 3.09 8.25 ***
4.00 2.50 TRFM-40xx 2.45 3.88 0.44 2.94 1.06 4.00 1.25 2.00 0.88 6.75 8.50 0.38 1.38 3.13 3.31 8.75 ***
*** For product weights, please reference the price list or contact Enerpac customer service for more information.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 91
 5000 psi Tie rod cylinders TRFL-series
Shown: TRFL-3206
Extra strong Force: 8850-62,850 lbs.
product line
Collet-Lok®

Stroke: 2-12 inches

• Flange mount is part of the cylinder end cap,
providing maximum strength and rigidity Pressure: 500-5000 psi
• Allows length of cylinder to be mounted
inside the machine E Cilindros Atirantados
• NFPA style ME5
Swing clamps

F Vérins à tirants
• Simple four bolt mounting pattern D Zugankerzylinder
makes installation easy
• Mounting is best suited for Options
tension applications
Accessories
Work supports

86 ▶
TR series flange mount
ZW Series
Enerpac flange mount 5000 psi Pumps
Tie Rod cylinders provide the most
rigid mounting ensuring long life and 114 ▶
Linear clamps

high accuracy on your machine. Flange Mount

TRFL models VP Series
Valves

NA 136 ▶
Special rod ends
Rod boots Fittings
B MM
• Rod boots are made from
neoprene coated fabric
194 ▶
• Impervious to oil grease KK2 A C V
and water ZB + Stroke
Y P + Stroke
• Rated for temperatures from
0° F to 200° F W LB + Stroke
UF
V EE
1
Metallic wipers
• Recommended in applications
where contaminants tend to 4 2 R E RD MM
cling to the rod surface
• Available on all rod diameters
3 F J K
E FB
4 Holes WF G
TF

Dimensions in inches [ ]
Bore Rod Model A B C D* E EE F FB G J K KK2
diameter diameter number

1.50 1.00 TRFL-15xx 1.13 1.50 0.50 0.88 2.50 SAE #10 0.38 0.44 1.75 1.50 0.50 3/4"-16
2.00 1.38 TRFL-20xx 1.63 2.00 0.63 1.13 3.00 SAE #10 0.63 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.63 1"-14
2.50 1.75 TRFL-25xx 2.00 2.38 0.75 1.50 3.50 SAE #10 0.63 0.56 1.75 1.50 0.63 1-1/4"-12
3.25 2.00 TRFL-32xx 2.25 2.63 0.88 1.69 4.50 SAE #12 0.75 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.75 1-1/2"-12
4.00 2.50 TRFL-40xx 3.00 3.13 1.00 2.06 5.00 SAE #12 0.88 0.69 2.00 1.75 0.75 1-7/8"-12
* D = Distance across plunger wrench flats.

Bore Rod Model LB MM NA P R RD TF UF V W WF Y ZB

diameter diameter number
lbs
1.50 1.00 TRFL-15xx 5.00 1.00 0.97 2.88 1.63 - 3.44 4.25 0.50 1.00 1.38 2.38 6.50 ***
2.00 1.38 TRFL-20xx 5.25 1.38 1.34 2.88 2.05 - 4.13 5.13 0.38 1.00 1.63 2.63 6.88 ***
2.50 1.75 TRFL-25xx 5.38 1.75 1.70 3.00 2.55 - 4.63 5.63 0.50 1.25 1.88 2.88 7.25 ***
3.25 2.00 TRFL-32xx 6.25 2.00 1.95 3.59 3.25 4.00 5.88 7.13 0.38 1.25 2.00 3.09 8.25 ***
4.00 2.50 TRFL-40xx 6.63 2.50 2.45 3.88 3.82 4.50 6.38 7.63 0.38 1.38 2.25 3.31 8.75 ***
*** For product weights, please reference the price list or contact Enerpac customer service for more information.

92 ®
 Dimensions 5000 psi Tie rod accessories
Shown: RRE-15, TRCC-15, TRPP-15, TRAC-15
For high production applications
• Fit any style of Enerpac tie-rod cylinder
• Rod eyes and rod clevises
– Required for proper mounting of TRCM series cylinders
– Pivot pins supplied separately
• Pivot pins for rod eyes and clevises
– Provided with cotter pins
– Must be ordered separately
• Linear alignment coupler
– Prevents binding caused by misalignment
– Reduces rod seal and bearing wear

Fittings dimensions in inches [ ]

From To Model A B C D
number Enerpac 5000 psi Tie-Rod
cylinder accessories allow you
SAE #10 3/8" NPT FZ2077 1.31 1.00 SAE #10 3/8" NPT
to complete your design making
SAE #12 3/8" NPT 1.00 1.25 SAE #12 3/8" NPT

Linear cylinders
FZ2078
installation on your machine a
SAE #10 SAE #6 FZ2079 1.26 1.00 SAE #10 SAE #6
simple project.
SAE #12 SAE #6 FZ2080 1.00 1.25 SAE #12 SAE #6

CD
CD CB
CB ER
CW CW
CR

Power sources
CD
CD

CE CA
A A

KK Thread KK Thread

Rod Clevis and Rod Eye dimensions in inches [ ]

Valves
Rod clevis Rod eye Maximum KK A CA CB CD CE CR CW ER Clevis
model model tension load Pin
number number lbs
TRRC-15 TRRE-15 12,372 3/4"-16 1.13 2.06 1.25 0.75 2.38 0.75 0.63 0.94 TRPP-15

Pallet components
TRRC-20 TRRE-20 20,433 1"-14 1.63 2.81 1.50 1.00 3.13 1.00 0.75 1.13 TRPP-20
TRRC-25 TRRE-25 30,483 1-1/4"-12 2.00 3.44 2.00 1.38 4.13 1.38 1.00 1.56 TRPP-25
TRRC-32 TRRE-32 49,479 1-1/2"-12 2.25 4.00 2.50 1.75 4.50 1.63 1.25 1.88 TRPP-32
TRRC-40 TRRE-40 70,095 1-7/8"-12 3.00 5.00 2.50 2.00 5.50 2.00 1.25 2.00 TRPP-40

A A

System components
F Thread Thread
E
Deep
B

E D
G C H
Yellow pages

Linear Alignment Coupler in inches [ ]

Model Maximum A B C D E F G H
number tension load
lbs
TRAC-15 8500 3/4"-16 1.75 2.31 0.50 1.13 0.97 0.88 1.50
TRAC-20 16,000 1"-14 2.50 2.94 0.50 1.63 1.38 1.16 2.25
TRAC-25 19,500 1-1/4"-12 2.50 2.94 0.50 1.63 1.38 1.16 2.25
TRAC-32 33,500 1-1/2"-12 3.25 4.38 0.81 2.25 1.75 1.50 3.00
TRAC-40 60,000 1-7/8"-12 3.75 5.44 0.88 3.00 2.00 1.88 3.50

www.enerpacwh.com ® 93
 ®

Power sources
Power sources

Whether you need to run your parts once a day or

24 hours a day, Enerpac has the power source to
help you get the job done. Power sources range
from simple manual pumps to air operated, to fully
customizable electric motor driven units.

With a wide variety of accessories to choose from,

Enerpac power units are easily the most versatile
and reliable in the industry.

Technical support
Refer to the “Yellow Pages”
of this catalog for:
• Safety instructions
• Basic hydraulic information
• Advanced hydraulic technology
• FMS (Flexible Machining Systems)
technology
• Conversion charts and
hydraulic symbols
197 ▸

94 ®
 t series t page

Choosing a Pump 96 - 97

Turbo II air-hydraulic pumps PA 98 - 101

Air-hydraulic pumps ZAJ 102

Air-hydraulic pumps PA 103

Air-hydraulic boosters AHB, B 104 - 105

VA, VR
Air valves and accessories 106 - 107
RFL

Economy electric pumps WU 108 - 109

Electric submerged pumps and ordering matrix WE 110 - 113

Electric pumps and ordering matrix ZW 114 - 117

Return line filter kit and heat exchanger kits ZPF, ZHE 118 - 119

Level/temp switch and pressure transducer ZLS

120
ZPT, ZPS

Valve manifold ZW 121

Pallet coupling pumps ZW 122 - 123

Continuous connection pumps ZW 124 - 125

Single station D03 pumps ZW 126 - 127

Electric driven workholding pump ZW5 128 - 131

Hand pumps P, SP 132

CAS-121 CAS-121

TRK2
WFL-221
VFC3 CAS-121 CAS-121
VP-11 WVP-5

Enerpac system solutions 133

VFC3
A
PSCK-8 B

VFC3
VP-11
VFC3 SURD-121 SULD-121
A WFL-221
PSCK-8 T

P WVP-5

ZW3020HB-FT12

www.enerpacwh.com ® 95
 Choosing a pump
Flow rate: 40-640 in3/min Select your pump type
product line
Collet-Lok®

Pressure: 960-10,000 psi

Air operated pump
Reservoir: Up to 10 gal
Best choice for medium circuits with intermittent or
medium duty applications. Air operated pumps have lower
flow rates than electric pumps, but are more economical.
Swing clamps

98-103 ▸

Air hydraulic booster

Best choice for small circuits with intermittent or
medium-duty applications. Air hydraulic boosters
provide a single shot of oil to your circuit at high
Work supports

pressure.
104-105 ▸
Options
Manual valves Economy electric operated pump
The Economy pump is best suited to power small to
medium size fixtures. Its lightweight and compact
Linear clamps

design makes it ideal for applications which require easy

143, 148-151 ▸
transport of the pump. The universal motor works well on
long extension cords. 108-109 ▸
Electric valves
Electric submerged pump
Enerpac two stage electric submerged pumps are a quiet,
Power sources

136-142 ▸ economical workholding power source. Submerged in oil the

motor stays cooler when used on an intermittent basis.
Air operated
valves 110-113 ▸

Electric operated pump

140 ▸
Best choice for large circuits with medium or high-duty
applications. Electric operated pumps have the highest
Important flow rates available and can be configured with many
different accessories.
231 cubic inches = 1 US gal.
114-131 ▸
61 cubic inches = 1 liter
1 US gallon = 3.785 liters

Select your pump options

Reservoir size
Choose a reservoir size that holds enough oil to fill all of your lines, manifolds
and cylinders, with enough reserve for future needs. Each Enerpac cylinder has
an oil capacity listed on its product page, and each power unit has a reservoir
capacity listed.

Valve type
Directional valves allow you control over what portion of the circuit receives oil.
Valves can be operated manually, by electric solenoid or by air pilot pressure.
Multiple valves can be used with one power unit to control multiple circuits.

Accessories
For increased automation, electric pumps can be outfitted with additional
accessories, including pressure switches, level switches, and control
pendants. These options can either be factory installed or added to an
existing power unit in the future.

96 ®
 Choosing a pump
Flow: 40-640 in3/min
Factors to consider when choosing a pump
Pressure: 5000 psi max

? Is an air or electric pump preferred Reservoir: up to 10 gallons

? How frequently will the pump cycle

? Are there size constraints where the pump would be mounted

? What is the oil volume of the clamps actuated together in each group

? Is there an accumulator? What is the oil volume

? Are there sequence valves? What is the setting of the first one

? Are the control valves to be controlled by the machine controller

ENERPAC Workholding Pump Comparision Chart

Power Sources
What flow is right for you?

ZW5 


ZW4 

Valves


ZW3 


Submerged 


Pallet Components
WUD 


Turbo 3000 series 



Turbo 5000 series 

System Components


0 100 200 300 460 500 600 700

Flow in3/min u

 High Pressure Flow

 Low Pressure Flow
Yellow pages

Type of pump High pressure flow Low pressure flow

(in3/min) (in3/min)
ZW5 120 640
ZW4 60 380
ZW3 40 205
Submerged 40 150
WUD 20 200
Turbo 3000 series 5 150
Turbo 5000 series 20 100

www.enerpacwh.com ® 97
 Turbo II air-hydraulic pumps Application & selection
Shown: PAMG-5402NB, PACG-3102NB, PATG-3102NB, PATG-5105NB
Quick and powerful hydraulic supply
product line
Collet-Lok®

in an economical air-powered unit

• On-demand stall-restart operation maintains
system pressure, providing clamping security
• External adjustable pressure relief valve (behind sight glass)
• Internal pressure relief valve provides overload protection
Swing clamps

• Reduced noise level to 75 dBA

• Operating air pressure: 50-125 psi –
enables pump to start at low air pressure**
• Reinforced heavy-duty lightweight reservoir
for applications in tough environments
Work supports

• Five valve mounting options provide

01022G

flexibility in setup and operation

Turbo II air hydraulic pumps generate the

• Fully serviceable air motor assembly
hydraulic pressure you need using the air pressure
you have available. The Air Saver Piston reduces air
Linear clamps

consumption and operating costs.

They are ideal for providing the power and speed
desired in simple clamping circuits. Turbo II air-
hydraulic pumps are best suited to medium and lower
cycle applications. At only 75 dBA, the Turbo II series Select the required output
Power sources

helps to keep noise level to a minimum.

3000 series
• Hydraulic to air ratio: 45:1

5000 series
• Hydraulic to air ratio: 60:1

** NOTE: From 50-125 psi air inlet pressure.

WVP-5
Performance is significantly diminished below 50 psi.
Performance may vary compared to listed values
SURS-51
due to seal friction, internal pressure drops and
manufacturing tolerances. Be sure to allow some
flexibility on air inlet pressure.

WFL-111

PAMG-3402NB Output oil flow vs pressure

3000series
3000 Flowvsvshydraulic
series ––Flow hydraulic pressure
pressure 5000 series – Flow vs hydraulic pressure
180
180
100100
psipsi 100 100 psi
160
160 8080
psipsi 80 psi
140
140 6060
psipsi 60 psi
80
u

Oil flow (in3/min) u

/min)u

AirAir
pressure
pressure Air pressure
120
120
(in33/min)

100
100 60
80
flow(in

80
40
OilOilflow

60
60
40
40 20
20
20
0 0
00 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Hydraulic pressure (psi) u Hydraulic pressure (psi) u
Hydraulic pressure (psi) u

98 ®
 Application & selection Turbo II air-hydraulic pumps
Select the required output: Oil Flow: 180 in3/min

Pressure: 5000 psi max

PATG series
Sound level: 75 dBA
• Momentary air inlet treadle for operation of Air: 12 scfm
single-acting cylinders
Reservoir: 70-462 in3
• Provides advance, hold and retract functions
E Bombas hidroneumáticas
F Pompes hydro-pneumatiques
D Lufthydraulische pumpen

PACG series

• Momentary or continuous air inlet treadle Options

• A remote valve is required for operation of cylinders Gauges and
accessories
190 ▸

Regulator-
filter-lubricator
106,158 ▸

Power Sources
PASG series

• Momentary or continuous air inlet treadle Important

• Suitable for mounting any single- or double-acting valve
with a DO3 mounting configuration For high cycle applications
electric pumps are
• Available with multiple valve manifold (2-gallon only)

Valves
recommended.

Pallet Components
PAMG series

• Momentary or continuous air inlet treadle

• Manual 4-way, 3-position, tandem center valve for

System Components
single- or double-acting operation

Yellow pages

PARG series

• Includes 15 ft. air pendant for remote control

of single-acting cylinders
• Provides advance, hold and retract functions

www.enerpacwh.com ® 99
 PA series Dimensions & options
Shown: PACG30S8S-WM10
1/2 Gallon reservoir
product line
Collet-Lok®

PATG series

1 3/8"-18 NPTF 2 3/8"-18 NPTF 4 1/4"-18 NPTF

8.54
6.93
8.00
6.50

5.43

4.76
5.79
Swing clamps

5 .32 6
7.00 1.50 12.40 0.31
1.17 10.00 13.66

PACG series
3/8"-18NPTF 1 2 SAE #4
1/4"-18NPTF 3 4 1/4"-18NPTF
Work supports

9.61
8.00
6.93
6.50

6.77

6.34
5.43

4.76
2 Gallon Turbo Pump
.32 6
The 2 gallon Turbo pump models 5 7.00 1.50 SAE #4" .31
feature a drawn steel reservoir with 1.17 10.00 12.40
an oil level sight glass. Choose
Linear clamps

PACG series include pressure gauge G-2517L.

from models with a P & T manifold
for use with remote mount valves,
a single station D03 manifold, the PASG series
standard treadle or manual 4 way #10-24 3/8"-18 NPTF 1 SAE #4 2 D03 4 1/4"-18 NPTF
valve models. The PARG series uses
an air operated pendant to control
B
the pump functions. Or build a
8.00
6.50

6.93
1.42

6.77

6.34
Power sources

5.51
system pump with multiple Enerpac

4.76
A
VP valve series, VP03 series or VSS/
VST series D03 mount valves. The 5 .32 6
7.00 1.50 .31
VMMD series D03 Manual valves 1.02 10.00 12.40
can also be used.
PAMG series

1 3/8"-18 NPTF 2 3/8"-18 NPTF 4 1/4"NPTF

10.50
B
8.00
6.50
1.42

6.93

6.34
5.56

4.76
A

5 .32 1.50 6
All dimensions in inches. 7.00 .31
1 Auxiliary vent/tank fill port 1.17 10.00 12.40
2 Hydraulic output PARG series
3 Gauge mounting port
1 3/8-18" NPTF 2 3/8-18" NPTF 4 1/4-18" NPTF 7 1/4-18" NPTF
4 Swivel air input with filter
5 Filtered permanent tank vent
6 Adjustable pressure relief valve
7.88
8.00
6.93
6.50

5.47

4.77

7 Air pendant air input

.31

.32 6
7.00 1.50
5 1.17 10.00 12.40 180

Product selection
Description Model numbers Model numbers Usable oil Air Air
3000 series 5000 series capacity2) pressure consumption
horizontal vertical range
mount mount
180 in min 1)
3
120 in min 1)
3
in3 psi scfm lbs
t Factory supplied valves
Hand/foot 3-way PATG-3102NB PATG-5102NB 127 70 50-125 12 19
Hand 4-way PAMG-3402NB PAMG-5402NB 127 70 50-125 12 25
Remote 3-way pendant PARG-3102NB PARG-5102NB 127 70 50-125 12 23
t User supplied valves
Remote mount PACG-3002SB PACG-5002SB 127 70 50-125 12 19
Pump mount, single DO3 Valve PASG-3002SB PASG-5002SB 127 70 50-125 12 19
At 0 psi hydraulic and 100 psi air pressure.
1)

Turbo air-hydraulic pumps are also available with 305 in3 reservoir. To order replace 2 in model number with 5.
2)

100 ®
 Dimensions & options PA series
2-Gallon reservoir Oil Flow: 180 in3/min

Pressure: 5000 psi max

All models PACG series Sound level: 75 dBA

Air: 12 scfm

Reservoir: 70-462 in3

12.46
7.61

9.62
E Bombas hidroneumáticas

8.28
0.22

6.38 7.52 F Pompes hydro-pneumatiques

8.50
12.50 12.00 D Lufthydraulische pumpen

PACG with MB2 or MB4 PAMG series

8.75 (MB–4)
1.71 4.75 (MB–2)
Options
1.28

Gauges and
accessories

13.35
190 ▸
9.56

8.41 Regulator-filter-
lubricator

106,158 ▸

Power Sources
PACG with WM10 PASG series

4.18 1.09
9.62
8.28
8.63

Valves
PARG series PATG series

180

Pallet Components
(15 ft)

5.00
10.73

11.39
8.28
8.32

System Components
Product selection
Description Model numbers Model numbers Usable oil Air Air
3000 series 5000 series capacity pressure consumption
range

180 in3 min 1) 120 in3 min 1) in3 psi scfm lbs
Yellow pages

t Factory supplied valves

Hand/foot 3-way PATG-31S8N PATG-51S8N 462 50-125 12 54
Hand 4-way PAMG-34S8N PAMG-54S8N 462 50-125 12 60
Remote 3-way pendant PARG-31S8N PARG-51S8N 462 50-125 12 58
t User supplied valves
Remote mount PACG-30S8S PACG-50S8S 462 50-125 12 54
Pump mount, Single DO3 Valve PASG-30S8S PASG-50S8S 462 50-125 12 54
Pump mount, Two DO3 Valves PACG-30S8S-MB2 PACG-50S8S-MB2 462 50-125 12 58
Pump mount, Four DO3 Valves PACG-30S8S-MB4 PACG-50S8S-MB4 462 50-125 12 61
Pump mount, (1-8) VP Valves PACG-30S8S-WM10 PACG-50S8S-WM10 462 50-125 12 56
At 0 psi hydraulic and 100 psi air pressure.
1)

www.enerpacwh.com ® 101
 Air Pump ZAJ-065 series
Shown: ZAJ-06505S2C
Heavy-duty Air Powered Pump Flow: 124 in3/min at 100 psi
product line
Collet-Lok®

62 in3/min at 2000 psi

• Suited for use in production applications
• 1-gallon steel reservoir with sight glass, Pressure: 5000 psi max
mounting flange
E Bombas hidroneumáticas
F Pompes hydro-pneumatiques
Swing clamps

D Lufthydraulische pumpen

ZAJ-06505M1 ZAJ-06505S1C
Pressure and tank manifold for use 2-position/3-way
with remote mounted valves. normally closed solenoid
valve for use with single-
Work supports

acting circuits.

ZAJ-065 series
air driven pump
These heavy-duty air driven
pumps are well suited for use in
Linear clamps

RFL-102 optimal
production applications. RFL-102 optimal

Available with a P & T manifold

for use with remote mounted VP, ZAJ-06505S2C ZAJ-06505S2C
VP03, VSS or VST zero leakage Dual 2 position/3 way normally closed
Dual 2 position/3 way normally
class valves, or with either solenoid valves for use with two
closed solenoid valves for use with
single or dual pump mounted independent single-acting circuits.
double-acting circuits.
2-position/3-way Normally Closed
Power sources

valves 24 VDC solenoid valves.

RFL-102 optimal RFL-102 optimal

Air vent oil fill port

SB SA
Air port Rc1/4
Hydraulic Port
(2) 3/8˝ NPT
1.77

14.86

B A
11.81

8.15

H
6.97

Drain Port
L
1/4˝ NPT

12.60 *
.59

13.78* 5.51*
14.57 7.48
15.35 8.35
* 4 x .43 inch mounting holes

Supplied Valve Model Air Oil Air

valving solenoid number pressure ports consumption
voltage range
scfm lbs
Pressure and tank manifold – ZAJ-06505M1 15-100 3/8" npt 18 49
Single 2 pos./3 way solenoid valve 24 VDC ZAJ-06505S1C 15-100 3/8" npt 18 49
Dual 2 pos./3 way solenoid valve 24 VDC ZAJ-06505S2C 15-100 3/8" npt 18 49

102 ®
PA series Air hydraulic power pumps
Shown: PA-135, -136
Max. flow: 60-120 in3/min Portable air hydraulic power
Pressure: 5000 psi max • Patented air saver design -
minimal air usage for lower cost operation
Air: 12 scfm
• Quiet internal air muffler 80 dBa
Reservoir: 36.6 in3 • 360° swivel oil and air fittings for
easier system setup
E Bombas hidroneumáticas • External adjustable relief valve
F Pompes hydro-pneumatiques • Built-in 3-way, 2-position valve provides
D Lufthydraulische pumpen advance-retract cycle operation for
single-acting cylinders

99_081
PA series
Compact, lightweight, air driven
Options power source. Treadle start on
pump activates pump operation.
Regulator- Best choice for single-acting
filter-lubricator
cylinders.
106,158 ▸

Fittings

Power Sources
PA-135 – Flow vs hydraulic pressure

194 ▸ 0 100 psi

80 psi
60 60 psi
Oil flow (in3/min) u

Air pressure
50
Hydraulic Outlet 3/8"-18 NPT 40
14.69 30
ø 2.83

Valves
20

10

ø.32 (4x) 0
2.23

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Hydraulic pressure (psi) u
7.00

Pallet Components
1.30 10.00
1/2"-20 UNF PA-136 – Flow vs hydraulic pressure
Filler plug
125
5.62 100 psi
80 psi
4.01 1.38 100 60 psi
Oil flow (in3/min) u

Air pressure
75

System Components
5.71

50
z T hese PA series air hydraulic
25 pumps operate in all positions.
3.31 Here, a PA-135 is mounted
4.49 vertically to a clamping fixture.
0
1/4"-18 NPT 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Air inlet Hydraulic pressure (psi) u
External adjustable relief valve
Yellow pages

Product selection
Usable Max. Max. Model Valve Air Air
oil oil hydraulic number function pressure consumption
capacity flow 1) pressure range

in3 in3/min psi psi scfm lbs

36.6 60 5000 PA-135
Advance/Retract 60-100 12 14.3
36.6 120 3000 PA-136
Advance/Retract 60-100 12 14.3
At 0 psi hydraulic pressure.
1)

Note: Seal material: Buna-N, Teflon, Polyurethane.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 103
 Air hydraulic boosters Application & selection
Shown: AHB-46, B-5003, B-3006

For high production applications

product line
Collet-Lok®

• High speed operation

• Extended service life
• Constant hydraulic output
• Large oil delivery per stroke allows quick
filling of cylinders for clamping or punching
Swing clamps

AHB series boosters

• Fiberglass wound air chamber eliminates
possibility of rust due to moisture in air system
• Designed for fully automated production applications
• Double-acting, one-shot, high speed operation of air piston
Work supports
99_07_2

B series boosters
AHB and B series boosters • One-shot spring return
Large effective area of air piston allows compressed air • Steel and cast iron construction
to generate high output hydraulic pressure. • Built-in stroke sensor for automatic cycle operation
Linear clamps

30 VDC switch closes 1 inch before end of full air piston stroke
• Internal self-bleeding
Automatically purges air from system when booster
piston is at highest point in circuit
Power sources

VA-42
Manual control
valve AHB series
RFL-102 Air hydraulic booster
Air filter regulator

G series
5000 psi gauge

V-19
Check valve

z In an automated clamping set-up with both hydraulic To hydraulic system

and pneumatic components, AHB series boosters
are used as a power source for the hydraulic system.
Hydraulic system schematics
Complete power systems eliminate
the guesswork of selecting valves
and other system components. Plug
in your 15 to 115 psi shop air line and AHB-46
connect your hydraulic components
for a total system.

VA-42

RFL-102 V-19

104 ®
 Dimensions & Options AHB/B series
AHB series – Oil pressure vs Air pressure B series - Oil pressure vs Air pressure Ratio: 1:16-1:64
5000 5000
AHB-66 Pressure: 1600-5000 psi
B-3006
AHB-46
4000 4000 B-5003
AHB-34
Oil flow: 3.7-18.0 in3/stroke
Oil pressure (psi) u

Oil pressure (psi) u

AHB-17
3000 3000
Air: .95-2.2 scfm/cycle
2000 2000

1000 1000
E Multiplicadores
F Multiplicateurs
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 0 25 50 75 100 125
D Druckübersetzer
Air pressure (psi) u Air pressure (psi) u

AHB series

Air Oil Gauge Options

connection reservoir port
Air valves

106,158 ▸

Regulator-
filter-lubricator
Air conn.
106,158 ▸

Power Sources
1)
Ø 2.83" for model AHB-17
Fittings
* Oil connection (G1/4")
*** Adapter to 3/8" NPT air connection is included.
NOTE: FZ-2060 Adaptor available for gauge port. 194 ▸

B series
Important

Valves
Air Oil fill Gauge
connection port port Boosters can provide high oil
3/8 BSPT 1/2 BSPP 3/8 BSPP flow rates based on the
volume of in-coming air.
Do not exceed the flow

Pallet Components
rate requirements of the
8.74

components being used.

4.60

Stroke
sensor
ø.43
2.80 8.50 6.14 For vertical mounting
4.72 7.20 of booster, an elbow fitting
19.06 9.37 is recommended for the

System Components
oil reservoir.

Selection chart
Oil pressure Oil volume Air to oil Model Air Air Hydraulic Hydraulic Air operating
per stroke pressure number consumption piston piston stroke pressure
ratio per cycle 1) diameter diameter
Yellow pages

at 75 psi at 100 psi ft3

air pressure air pressure in3 at 85 psi air in in in psi lbs
t AHB series
1200 1600 18.0 1:16 AHB-17 2.2 8.00 2.00 5.71 15-115 41.4
2550 3460 8.5 1:34 AHB-34 2.2 8.00 1.38 5.71 15-115 37.2
3450 4600 6.1 1:46 AHB-46 2.2 8.00 1.18 5.71 15-115 36.1
4800 – 4.5 1:64 AHB-66 2.2 8.00 1.00 5.71 15-75 35.4
t B series
2250 3000 6.2 1:30 B-3006 .95 7.10 1.22 5.20 40-125 31.0
3750 5000 3.7 1:50 B-5003 .95 7.10 .94 5.20 40-125 31.0
One cycle = advance + retract stroke.
1)

Note: Seal material: Buna-N, Polyurethane.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 105
 Air valves and accessories V, VA, VR, HV, RFL-series
Shown: VA-42, VAS-42
To control and regulate air supply
product line
Collet-Lok®

VA-42 Manual operated air valve 5-way, 2-position

• For control of boosters
• Viton seals standard

VAS-42 Solenoid operated air valve 5-way, 2-position

Swing clamps

• For control of pump and boosters air supply

• Viton seals standard
• Solenoid: 120 VAC, 50/60Hz
Amperage: inrush .11 Amps, holding .07 Amps
• Maximum cycle rate: 600 cycles per minute
Work supports

99-110

VR-3 Rapid exhaust valve

Air valves • Enables booster to advance and retract faster
Enerpac’s line of directional air • Instantly exhaust air supply from booster to atmosphere
valves and accessories complete
your workholding system. Used
Linear clamps

V-19 Air check valve

to control air operated hydraulic
units, they increase your • Prevent rapid drop of air pressure to the booster in the event
productivity and efficiency. of sudden loss of input air

Application RFL-102 Regulator-Filter-Lubricator

VA-series directional air valves • Regulates air pressure
provide either manual or electric
Power sources

• Filter air input

control to air operated hydraulic
units. Accessories such as rapid • Lubricates air motors with a fine oil vapor mist
exhaust, check valves, silencers • Maximum air flow 48 scfm
and regulators complete the air
control system. HV-1000A Air pilot holding valve
• Accessory valves provide • Holds fluid under pressure offering independent control of
greater safety and more different branches of the same fixture
efficient clamping cycles • Valve can control the pilot air and the booster in sequence
• Recommended for use with • Max. oil flow 305 in3/min
all air powered units
• Works with the VA-42 four-way air valve and a booster
• Directional valves to control
booster and pump air supply QE-375 Muffler
• Remote air valve permits either • Use with VR-3 or VAS/VA-42
hand or foot operation
• Reduces noise level of exhaust air from pump

Product selection
Maximum Model
pressure number
psi
t Air valves
30-150 VA-42
Important 30-150 VAS-42
0-100 VR-3
Valving help
0-100 V-19
See Basic System Set-up
t Holding Valve
and Valve information in our
0-100 HV-1000A*
“Yellow Pages”.
t Accessories
0-125 RFL-102
0-125 QE-375
* Maximum hydraulic pressure: 3000 psi.

106 ®
 Dimensions & options V, VA, VR, HV, RFL-series
Air Pressure: 0-150 psi
G-2517L Gauge
FZ-2060 Adapter E Válvulas de aire
VFC-1 Flow control
AHB Series Booster FZ-1608 Nipple F Valves à air
FZ-2007 Adapter D Luftventile

IC-51 Pressure Switch

FZ-2060 Adapter
P A

VR-3 Rapid VR-3 Rapid

exhaust valve exhaust valve

QE-375 Muffler QE-375 Muffler

B Series Booster G-2517L Gauge Options

0-6000 psi
QE-375 Muffler QE-375 Muffler
Gauges
V-19 Check valve GA-3 Gauge adapter and adaptors
VR-3 Rapid A ▸
142190
exhaust valve
RFL-102
Hoses
QE-375 Muffler
A ▸
141192

Power Sources
QE-375 Muffler QE-375 Muffler Fittings

194 ▸
RFL-102

VR-3 RFL-102 VA-42 Important

2.24

Valves
2X 3/8"NPT 3/8"-18 NPT .25 Valving help
1.00

See Basic System Set-up

1.78
2.37

4.06

2.00

and Valve information in our

“Yellow Pages”.
3.29
1.12 1.68
9.49

Pallet Components
197 ▸
2.32

1.00

3/8"-18NPT (5x)
4.00

8.34
1.12 1.12 1.12
6.83

System Components
V-19 VAS-42 QE-375
3.86
1.25

2.24 1.54
.25 1.09
1.00

.69
.30
3/8" -18NPT
2.70
2.00

HV-1000A 1.12 1.68

Yellow pages

1/4"-18NPT
4.34
1.00

3/8"-18NPT (5x)
2.25
1/4"-18 NPT

P
1.12 1.12 1.12
6.62
1/8"-
27NPT
.28
1.88

A
2.00

1.00

www.enerpacwh.com ® 107
 Economy electric pumps Application & selection
Shown: WUD-1301B
Heavy on performance, light on weight
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Lightweight and compact design, 26 lbs

• Large easy-carry handle for maximum portability
• Two-speed operation reduces cycle times for
improved productivity
• 115 VAC 50/60- or 220 VAC 50/60-cycle universal motor
Swing clamps

will operate on voltage as low as 60 volts

• 24 VDC remote motor control, 10-ft length for operator safety
• Starts under full load
• High strength molded shroud with integral handle, protects
motor from contamination and damage
Work supports

• Designed for intermittent duty cycle

The Economy pump is best suited to power small

to medium size fixtures. Its lightweight and compact
design makes it ideal for applications which require easy
WUD-1100 series
Linear clamps

transport of the pump. The universal motor works well

• Provides advance/auto-retract of single-
on long extension cords.
acting cylinders
• 10-foot pendant controls motor and valve operation
• Use with AP500
Power sources

WUD-1300 series
• Provides advance/hold/retract of
single-acting cylinders
• 10-foot pendant controls motor and valve operation
• Ideal for applications requiring remote
valve operation
• Use with ACBS22 or ACBS202

Product selection
Model Used with Pressure
number cylinder rating
(psi)
1st 2nd
stage stage
WUD-1100B single-acting 200 5,000
WUD-1101B single-acting 200 5,000
WUD-1100E single-acting 200 5,000
WUD-1101E single-acting 200 5,000
WUD-1300B single-acting 200 5,000
WUD-1301B single-acting 200 5,000
WUD-1300E single-acting 200 5,000
WUD-1301E single-acting 200 5,000

108 ®
 Dimensions & options WU series
Economy WU series Flow: 25 in3/min
225
Pressure: 5000 psi max
200
175 Motor: .5 hp

Oil flow (in3/min) u

150
125
Reservoir: 0.5-1 gallon
100
75 E Bombas eléctricas
50
25
F Centrale hydraulique
0
0 1000 3000 5000 7000 9000
D Tauchpumpe
Hydraulic pressure (psi) u

Standard equipment
Gauge,
filter and
pressure
Outlet Port switch
SAE #4
Pumps are supplied with a
Tank Port manifold mounted 6000 psi
³/8" - 18 NPTF gauge for convenient reading
C
of pump pressure.

A filter at the pressure port

helps to protect the pump
from contamination.
D E
A manifold mounted adjustable

Power Sources
pressure switch provides
H control of the pump shut-
F J off pressure.
A B

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Valves
Usable oil Model A B C D E F H J
capacity number

Pallet Components
gal lbs
.50 WUD-1100B 9.62 9.62 14.25 4.00 4.72 8.00 .40 5.25 26
1.0 WUD-1101B 14.50 12.18 14.72 4.15 5.12 12.74 .40 5.62 35
.50 WUD-1100E 9.62 9.62 14.25 4.00 4.72 8.00 .40 5.25 26
1.0 WUD-1101E 14.50 12.18 14.72 4.15 5.12 12.74 .40 5.62 35
.50 WUD-1300B 9.62 9.62 14.25 4.00 4.72 8.00 .40 5.25 26

System Components
1.0 WUD-1301B 14.50 12.18 14.72 4.15 5.12 12.74 .40 5.62 35
.50 WUD-1300E 9.62 9.62 14.25 4.00 4.72 8.00 .40 5.25 26
1.0 WUD-1301E 14.50 12.18 14.72 4.15 5.12 12.74 .40 5.62 35

Output Valve Current Motor Sound Model

flow rate type draw voltage level number
in3/min amps VAC dBA
Yellow pages

1st 2nd
stage stage
200 25 Dump* 9.5 115 85 WUD-1100B
200 25 Dump* 9.5 115 85 WUD-1101B
200 25 Dump* 9.5 220 85 WUD-1100E
200 25 Dump* 9.5 220 85 WUD-1101E
200 25 Dump and Hold 9.5 115 85 WUD-1300B
200 25 Dump and Hold 9.5 115 85 WUD-1301B
200 25 Dump and Hold 9.5 220 85 WUD-1300E
200 25 Dump and Hold 9.5 220 85 WUD-1301E
* Electric dump valve for auto-retract of cylinders.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 109
 Electric submerged pumps
Shown: WEM-1401B

Best performance for mid-range cylinders

product line
Collet-Lok®

• Reduce cycle times for improved productivity

• Two-speed pump unit provides rapid cylinder advance
• Submerged dual voltage induction motor, runs cooler and
quieter (60-70 dBA)
Swing clamps

• Available with heat exchanger for higher duty

cycle applications
• Externally adjustable relief valve – no need to open pump
when reducing pressure
• Reservoir mounting holes for easy mounting to fixed surface
Work supports

• Full length side tube for easy monitoring of oil level

99_088

• Auxiliary return port, eliminates the need for a separate

WE series adapter
Enerpac two stage electric submerged pumps are a quiet,
economical workholding power source. Submerged in oil
the motor stays cooler when used on an intermittent basis.
Linear clamps
Power sources

Select your pump type

WED-series with dump valve
• For use when load holding is not required
• Ideal for palletized workholding for single acting circuits
• Motor is on only during work cycle

WEJ-series with remote jog

• Manual valve control
• Motor can be turned on and off by remote
pendant for jogging capability

WEM-series with manual valve

• Manual valve control
• Manual motor control
• Simple and economical solution to your
workholding power source needs

WER-series with remote actuated solenoid

• Solenoid directional with shear seal design
• Remote valve operation

WES/WET-series with pressure switch

• Pressure switch turns motor on and off
• Used when pressure must be maintained over a period of time
• With pressure gauge

Pressure switch specifications: - Classification NEMA 1

- Pressure range: IC-51: 3000-7500 psi
110 ®
IC-31: 500-3500 psi
 WE series
Flow: 40 in3/min

Pressure: 5,000 psi max

Motor: .5 hp

Reservoir: 1.5 gal

E Bombas eléctricas
F Centrale hydraulique
D Tauchpumpe
MVPM-5

WFL-111 WFL-111

CAL-52 CAL-52 MB-1

LCAS-32 LCAS-32
P

T
P A B T
T

P
VFC-4
SULD-51 SULD-51 LUCD-31 LUCD-31 M

VP03-51
WES-1201B
PRV-3 WES-1201E (Europe)

Options

Power Sources
Used with Valve Valve Model Motor Heat
cylinder function type number voltage exchanger G-series
50/60 Hz pressure
Single-Acting Advance / Retract Dump WED-1101B 115V gauges
190 ▸
Single-Acting Advance / Retract Dump WED-1101E 230V
FL-series
high-pressure
filters
193 ▸

Valves
Single-Acting Advance / Retract Jog WEJ-1201B 115V FZ-series
Single-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Jog WEJ-1301B 115V fittings
Double-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Jog WEJ-1401B 115V
194 ▸

Pallet Components
HF-series
hydraulic oil
Single-Acting Advance / Retract Manual 3/2 WEM-1201B 115V
193 ▸
Single-Acting Advance / Retract Manual 3/2 WEM-1201D 115V l
Single-Acting Advance / Retract Manual 3/2 WEM-1201E 230V
Important

System Components
Single-Acting Advance / Retract Manual 3/2 WEM-1201F 230V l
Single-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Manual 3/3 WEM-1301B 115V
Oil should be replaced every
Single-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Manual 3/3 WEM-1301F 230V l
500 working hours to ensure
Double-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Manual 4/3 WEM-1401D 115V l long life. Change filters when
Double-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Manual 4/3 WEM-1401E 230V changing oil or 4 times a year
Single-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Solenoid WER-1301B 115V whichever comes first.
Single-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Solenoid WER-1301D 115V l
Yellow pages

Single-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Solenoid WER-1301E 230V

Double-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Solenoid WER-1401B 115V
Heat exchanger cools oil in
Double-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Solenoid WER-1401D 115V l
pumps used in higher duty
Double-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Solenoid WER-1401F 230V l cycle applications.
Single-Acting Advance / Retract Manual 3/2 WES-1201B 115V
Single-Acting Advance / Retract Manual 3/2 WET-1201B 115V
Single-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Manual 3/3 WES-1301B 115V Output flow rate should
Single-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Manual 3/3 WES-1301E 230V be matched to hydraulic
Double-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Manual 4/3 WES-1401B 115V components used in
the system.
Double-Acting Adv. / Hold / Retr. Manual 4/3 WES-1401E 230V

www.enerpacwh.com ® 111
 WE-Series, Submerged Electric Pumps
Shown: WEM-1401B

◂ For full features see page 110.

product line
Collet-Lok®

Oil flow vs hydraulic pressure

Swing clamps

200

150

Oil flow (in3/min) u

100
Work supports

50
99_088

0
WER series 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Pressure (psi) u
Enerpac submerged motor
pumps are available in a wide
range of configurations to fit
Linear clamps

any requirement.

3/8"-18NPTF

5
1.50 2.21
Power sources

16.00

11.20
9.42
7.30

7.06

1.00

3.89
2.00

ø 187
4.98 8.42 4.00 7.18 3.62
8.97 7.73

Dimensions shown in inches.

① Heat Exchanger (optional for all models)
② Fill Port
③ Pressure Switch (WES-Series, optional for other models)
④ Oil Level Indicator
⑤ Adjustable Relief Valve

Product selection
Motor Motor Amperage Maximum Pressure Usable Adjustable
voltage capacity draw oil flow** rating oil relief
at 60Hz psi capacity valve
in3/min
50/60 Hz 1st 2nd 1st 2nd
1 ph hp amps stage stage stage stage gal psi lbs
115V-1ph .50 13.5 150 40 1000 5000 1.5 1000 - 5000 63 1)
230V-1ph .50 6.75 150 40 1000 5000 1.5 1000 - 5000 63 1)
1)
Weight for WES and WET models is 83 lbs.
** All flow data at 60 Hz, 50 Hz data will be 5/6 th this number.
112 ®
WE series WE Electric submerged pumps ordering matrix
Custom build your submerged pump Flow: 40 in3/min

t This is how a submerged pump model number is built up: Pressure: 5,000 psi max

If the submerged pump that would best fit your application cannot be found Motor: .5 hp
in the chart on page 111, you can easily build your custom submerged pump here.
Reservoir: 1.5 gal

E Bombas eléctricas

W E M - 1 3 01 B F Centrale hydraulique
D Tauchpumpe
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Product Motor Pump Pump Valve Res. Motor
Type Type Type Series Type Capacity Voltage

1 Product Type 5 Valve Type

W = Workholding Pump 0 = No valve (WER only)
1 = Dump
2 Motor Type 2 = 3-way, 2-position, normally open
E = Electric motor 3 = 3-way, 3-position, tandem center
3 Pump Type 4 = 4-way, 3-position, tandem center
D = Dump 5 = Custom VE-series valve (WER only)
J = Jog See example 2 below.
M = Manual 6 Reservoir Capacity
R = Remote (solenoid) 01 = 1.5 gallon
S = Pressure switch (IC-51)
7 Motor Voltage and Heat Exchanger

Power Sources
T = Pressure switch (IC-31)
B = 115 V, 1 Ph, 50/60 Hz
4 Pump Series D = 115 V, 1 Ph, 50/60 Hz
Important
1 = .5 hp 10,000 psi with heat exchanger
WER series pumps use
E = 230 V, 1 Ph, 50/60 Hz the VE-series valves shown
F = 230 V, 1 Ph, 50/60 Hz on page 146. WER-13 series
with heat exchanger uses VEF-series valve.
I = 230 V, 1 Ph, 60 Hz* WER-14 series uses
VEC-series valve.

Valves
* To order WER models, for 60 Hz applications, replace the “E” suffix for “I”.

WES series pumps use IC-51

pressure switch, adjustable
from 3000-7500 psi.

Pallet Components
WET series pumps use IC-31
pressure switch, adjustable
from 500-3500 psi.
Ordering example 1 Ordering example 2

Examples ______________

System Components
Model number: Model number:
WER-1301B WER-1501B- VED15000D
The WER-1301B is a .5 hp, The WER-1501B is a .5 hp, 5,000 psi,
5,000 psi, submerged electric submerged electric pump, with 1.5
pump, with 1.5 gallon usable oil gallon usable oil capacity. The valve,
capacity, a 3-way, 3-position model VED15000D is a 115 V, 60
modular, remote solenoid valve Hz solenoid valve. (For details and
Yellow pages

(VEF-series) and a 115 V, 1 options for all VE-series valves see

Phase, 50/60 Hz motor. pages 146-147.)

www.enerpacwh.com ® 113
 Electric pumps Application & selection
Shown: ZW5020HB-FT21
The standard for
product line
Collet-Lok®

workholding applications
• Features Z-Class high-efficiency pump design; higher oil flow
and by-pass pressure, cooler running and requires 18% less
current than comparable pumps
• Totally enclosed, fan cooled industrial electric motors supply
Swing clamps

extended life and stand up to harsh industrial environments

• Multiple valve and reservoir configurations provide
application specific models to match the most demanding
workholding applications
• High-strength, molded electrical enclosure protects
electronics, power supplies and LCD readout from coolant
Work supports

and contamination

Z-Class electric pumps are designed for use in

the harshest manufacturing environments. The pumps
provide reliable and durable performance in a wide
Linear clamps

variety of configurations.
Power sources

Basic configurations Pump type Valve/manifold type Motor

All pumps listed in this chart include LCD electrical box, 5 gallon voltage
reservoir, return line filter and either 0-6000 psi pressure gauge
or pressure transducer (solenoid valve models). For additional 50/60 Hz
options, see the complete pump matrix on page 117.

ZW-Series with manifold Pressure and tank ports 230 VAC, 3 ph

• Used when supplying pressure to multiple valve circuits Single station DO3 230 VAC, 3 ph
• Valves must be supplied separately Enerpac VP-series 230 VAC, 3 ph
Two station DO3 230 VAC, 3 ph
Four station DO3 230 VAC, 3 ph

ZW-Series with pallet coupling valve 4-way, 3-pos. solenoid operated 115 VAC, 1 ph
• Provides momentary pressure and flow to fixture 4-way, 3-pos. solenoid operated 230 VAC, 3 ph
• Ideal for pallet disconnect systems 4-way, 3-pos. solenoid operated 460 VAC, 3 ph

ZW-Series with continuous connection valve 4-way, 3-pos. solenoid operated 115 VAC, 1 ph
• Provides solenoid control of one single or 4-way, 3-pos. solenoid operated 230 VAC, 3 ph
double-acting circuit 4-way, 3-pos. solenoid operated 460 VAC, 3 ph
• Control valve supplied with integrated pilot operated
check to ensure positive pressure holding

ZW-Series with manual valve 4-way, 3-pos. manually operated 115 VAC, 1 ph
• Provides manual control of one single or 4-way, 3-pos. manually operated 230 VAC, 3 ph
double-acting circuit 4-way, 3-pos. manually operated 460 VAC, 3 ph
• Control valve supplied with center holding function to
ensure positive position holding

114 ®
 ZW series
Output oil flow and current draw Flow rate: 40-120 in3/min
ZW3 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure ZW4 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure Pressure: 5000 psi max
250 12 1000 25
Two Stage Single Stage Motor: 1.0 & 1.5 hp
Current (A) Two Stage
200 10 800 Current draw @ 115 VAC 20
Reservoir: 2-10 gal

Current Draw (A) u

Oil flow (in3/min) u

Oil flow (in3/min) u

Current draw (A) u

8
150 600 15
6 E Bombas eléctricas
100 400 10
4 F Centrale hydraulique
50 200 5
2 D Tauchpumpe
0 0 0 0
100 1250 2500 3750 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Pressure (psi) u Pressure (psi) u

ZW5 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure

1000 25
Single Stage
Two Stage
800 Current draw @ 115 VAC 20
Oil flow (in3/min) u

Current draw (A) u

600 15

400 10 Important
200 5 All Z-Class electric pumps are
CSA and CE compliant.
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Pressure (psi) u

Power Sources
ZW3 Series ZW4 Series ZW5 Series
Output oil flow at 5000 Output oil flow at 5000 Output oil flow at 5000
psi 40 in3/min psi 60 in3/min psi 120 in3/min LCD electrical package is
required for pumps utilizing
LCD Electric Model Number LCD Electric Model Number LCD Electric Model Number electric valves, or optional
accessories such as the
pressure transducer, level

Valves
ZW3020HG-FG01 ZW4020HG-FG01 ZW5020HG-FG01
switch, pressure switch
ZW3020HG-FG11 ZW4020HG-FG11 ZW5020HG-FG11
or heat exchanger.
ZW3020HG-FG12 ZW4020HG-FG12 ZW5020HG-FG12
ZW3020HG-FG21 ZW4020HG-FG21 ZW5020HG-FG21
ZW3020HG-FG41 ZW4020HG-FG41 ZW5020HG-FG41
Single-stage pumps provide

Pallet Components
constant flow throughout
the entire pressure range
ZW3420DB-FT ZW4420DB-FT ZW5420DB-FT via a radial piston pump.
Two-stage pumps provide
ZW3420DG-FT ZW4420DG-FT ZW5420DG-FT
high flow via a gear pump
ZW3420DJ-FT ZW4420DJ-FT ZW5420DJ-FT until the bypass pressure
is reached. At pressures

System Components
above the bypass setting,
the radial piston pump
provides flow to the
maximum pressure.
ZW3420FB-FT ZW4420FB-FT ZW5420FB-FT
ZW3420FG-FT ZW4420FG-FT ZW5420FG-FT
ZW3420FJ-FT ZW4420FJ-FT ZW5420FJ-FT
Yellow pages

ZW3420LB-FG ZW4420LB-FG ZW5420LB-FG

ZW3420LG-FG ZW4420LG-FG ZW5420LG-FG
ZW3420LJ-FG ZW4420LJ-FG ZW5420LJ-FG

www.enerpacwh.com ® 115
 Electric pumps Dimensions & options
Shown: ZW5020HB-FT21
• Efficient design reduces heat generation Flow: 40-120 in3/min
product line
Collet-Lok®

and reduces power consumption

Pressure: 5000 psi
• Balanced pump section reduces vibration
improving durability and sound levels Motor: 1.0 & 1.5 hp
• Optional back-lit LCD readout provides
Reservoir: 2-10 gallon
hour and cycle counts, low voltage
warnings and pressure read-out when
Swing clamps

used with pressure transducer E Bombas eléctricas

• Low-voltage pendant on solenoid valve F Centrale hydraulique

models with sealed switches improves D Tauchpumpe
operator safety

25.8 • Z-Class electric pumps can be supplied

12.7
with factory installed accessories such Options
Work supports

4 2 as valve manifold, pressure transducer, User

2.6 and return line filter, creating a complete
5 adjustable
ZPF series power unit solution
relief valve
25.0

The oil filter kit removes 1 All ZW-Series

3
contaminants from the return B A 17.3 Max H have a user adjustable relief
oil flow before allowing it back valve to allow the operator to
Linear clamps

into the reservoir, reducing easily set the optimum working

B pressure.
component damage.
9.0 3.8
6 7
B C
16.3 9.5
19.0 10.5
2.5, 5, 10 gallon
25.0 2 gallon
Power sources

27.9 D1 25.8 12.7

4 2
2 4 2.6

1 5
1

25.0
22.4 Max

17.3 Max
3 B A
H
B A

A B
3 12.0 E
7 8 B
4 x Ø.34 6 9.0 7 3.8
C Mounting B C
4.8 17.6 5.2 D M8 x 1.25
hole 16.3 9.5 .25" deep
19.0 10.5
25.0

27.9 D1
① Pump mounted manifold Product dimensions in inches [ ]
• User adjustable relief valve Usable oil 2 ZW Series pump
4 dimensions (in)
• 3/8" NPTF on A and B ports capacity
• 1/4" NPTF on auxiliary ports 1
gal A B C D D1 E H
22.4 Max

② Electric Box (Optional H

w/manual valve) 2.0 8.1 11.3 6.6 - - - 22.6
B A
2.5 6.1 16.5 12.0 15.1 14.6 11.0 23.6
③ Heat Exchanger (Optional)
5.0 7.1 16.5 16.6 19.7 19.2 15.6 24.6
A
④ Roll Bar (Optional)
10.0 10.6 15.7 3 19.9 22.7 22.5 18.9 28.1
⑤ Return Line Filter (Optional) 8 12.0 E
7 B C
⑥ Skid Bar (Optional) 4.8 17.6 5.2 D
⑦ Oil Drain
Product selection
⑧ Oil Level/Temperature Output flow rate Pump Motor Relief Valve Sound
in3/min) series size adjustment level
Switch (Optional) range

100 psi 700 psi 1700 psi 3000 psi 5000 psi hp psi dBA
203 196 170 40 40 ZW3* 1.0 1,000-5,000 75
350 305 - 63 60 ZW4 1.0 1,000-5,000 75
650 602 - 123 120 ZW5 1.5 1,000-5,000 75
* Constant flow rate for single-stage models.

116 ®
 ZW Electric Pump ordering matrix
Custom build your pump Flow: 40-120 in3/min

t This is how a ZW series Model number is built: Pressure: 5000 psi max

Motor: 1.0 & 1.5 hp

Z W 4 0 20 H G - FG 01 Reservoir: 2.0-10 gal.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 E Bombas eléctricas
Product Motor Flow Valve Usable Valve Voltage Options Manifold F Centrale hydraulique
Type Type Group Type Oil Operation Options
Capacity D Modulare Spannpumpe

1 Product type 7 Power supply

Z = Z-Class Pump Single Phase
B = 115V, 1 ph, 50-60 Hz*3
2 Motor type
E = 208-240V, 1 ph, 50-60 Hz
W = Workholding Electric
European plug
3 Flow group I = 208-240V, 1 ph, 50-60 Hz
3 = 40 in3/min USA plug
4 = 60 in3/min Three Phase
5 = 120 in3/min M = 190-200V, 3 ph, 50/60 Hz
4 Valve type G = 208-240V, 3 ph, 50/60 Hz
0 = No valve or valve manifold W = 380-415V, 3 ph, 50/60 Hz
2 = 3-way, 2-position, manual valve K = 440V, 3 ph, 50/60 Hz
3 = 3-way, 3-position, manual valve J = 460-480V, 3 ph, 50/60 Hz
4 = 4-way, 3-position, manual or R = 575V, 3 ph, 50/60 Hz
solenoid valve 8 Options*2

Power Sources
6 = 3-way, 3-position, tandem center F = Return line filter, 25 micron
w/P.O. check (manual only) G = 0-6000 psi pressure gauge, 21/2"*5
8 = 4-way, 3-position, tandem center H = Heat exchanger*4
w/P.O. check (manual only) L = Level/temperature switch*4
5 Usable oil capacity N = No handles (lifting eyes only)*2
8 = 8 Liters (2 gallon) P = Pressure switch*4

R = Roll bars Example
10 = 10 Liters (2.5 gallon)
20 = 20 Liters (5 gallon) S = Single stage ZW4020GB-FGS21 is a

Valves
40 = 40 Liters (10 gallon) T = Pressure transducer*4 60 in3/min, single-stage pump
U = Foot switch*4 with a 2 station D03 manifold,
6 Valve operation
9 Manifold options*5 (Pump types G and H only) standard electric without LCD,
D = Solenoid valve (pallet coupling) with
01 = Pressure & tank porting manifold 5 gallon reservoir, 115 volt,
pendant and LCD (valve type 4)
50/60 Hz motor, return line filter

Pallet Components
F = Solenoid valve (continuous 11 = Single station D03
connection) with pendant and LCD 12 = VP series manifold and 0-6000 psi pressure gauge.
(valve type 4) 13 = Single station CETOP
G = Valve manifold without LCD 21 = 2 station D03
(valve type 0) 22 = 2 station CETOP
H = Valve manifold with LCD 41 = 4 station D03 ZW4410DJ-T is a 60 in3/min,
(valve type 0) 42 = 4 station CETOP 2-stage pump with a pallet

System Components
L = Manual valve with LCD (without
pendant, valve type 2, 3, 4, 6 or 8) de-coupling valve, LCD
electrical box, 2.5 gallon
M = Manual valve without LCD (valve type *1 Options should be specified in
2, 3, 4, 6 or 8) reservoir, 460-480 volt 3-phase
alphabetical order.
N = No valve, without LCD (valve type 0) *2 Unless specified, all pumps are supplied motor and pressure transducer.
W = No valve with LCD (valve type 0) with reservoir handles.
*3 115 volt pumps are supplied with CE and
CSA approved 15 amp plug for intermittent
use. 20 A circuit recommended for frequent full
Example
Yellow pages

pressure use.
*4 These options require LCD electrical package. ZW5040HJ-FGL01 is a
The ZW5810LG-FT is a 120 in3/min, *5 Pressure gauge not available on pump 120 in3/min, 2-stage pump with
2-stage pump with a manual models with pressure transducer. Pressure a pressure and tank manifold,
4-way, 3 position tandem center transducer provides digital pressure readout LCD electrical box, 10 gallon
valve, integrated P.O. check, LCD on LCD display. reservoir, 460-480 volt 3-phase
electrical box, 2.5 gallon reservoir, *6 Pressure switch option is only used as input to motor, return line filter, 0-6000
a customer control. It is not used with the LCD
208-240 volt 3-phase motor, return psi pressure gauge and level and
electrical package.
line filter and pressure transducer. temperature shutdown switch.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 117
 Return line filter ZPF series
Shown: ZPF
product line
Collet-Lok®

Extend life of hydraulic Filtration: 25 micron

components Pressure: max. 200 psi
…increase system reliability
Max. flow: 12.0 GPM
• 25 micron nominal filter cleans oil to
increase system life E Filtro
Swing clamps

• Internal bypass valve to prevent damage F Filtre

if the filter is dirty D Filter
• All installation components included
• Kit assembles quickly and easily to
Enerpac pump and manifold
Work supports

• Maintenance indicator included

ZPF series
The oil filter kit removes
contaminants from the return
oil flow before allowing it back
Options
Linear clamps

into the reservoir, reducing

component damage. PF-25
replacement
filter element
Power sources

For best performance,

replace filter element on
a regular basis. Change
filters when changing oil
or four times a year,
whichever comes first.

Pressure drop vs oil flow

25
Average pressure drop (psi) u

20

15

10

0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Oil flow (in3/min) u

Product selection
Nominal Model Maximum Maximum Bypass Filter
filtration number pressure oil flow pressure gauge
setting service
indicator
micron psi gpm psi lbs
25 ZPF 200 12.0 25 4 3.2

118 ®
Heat exchanger kits ZHE series
Shown: ZHE-E10

Transfer: 900 Btu/h Extends system life

Pressure: max. 300 psi • Electrical connector factory installed
• All installation components included
Voltage: 24V
• Stabilizes oil temperature at a maximum
of 130º F at 70º F ambient temperature
E Intercambiador de calor
• Stabilizes oil viscosity, increasing oil life
F Échangeur de chaleur and reduces wear of pump and other
hydraulic components
D Wärmetauscher

ZHE series
Heat exchanger removes heat
from the return oil to provide
cooler operation.

Power Sources
Important
ZHE- Series Heat Exchangers
Heat exchanger stabilizes oil

Valves
temperature at 130⁰ F at 70⁰ F
ambient temperature. Thermal
transfer at 5 GPM and 70⁰ F
ambient temperature:
900 Btu/hour.
Pressure drop vs oil flow Do not exceed maximum oil

Pallet Components
100 flow of 7.0 GPM and maximum
pressure of 300 psi. Not suitable
80 for water-glycol or high water
Pressure drop (psi) u

based fluids.
60

40

System Components
20

0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Oil flow (gal/min) u
Yellow pages

Product selection
Voltage Model Thermal Amperage Maximum Maximum
number transfer* draw pressure oil flow

Btu/h kJoule A psi gpm lbs
24 VDC ZHE-E10 900 950 .95 300 7.0 9.0
*At 0.5 g/min and ambient temperature of 70° F.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 119
 Level/temp switch & pressure transducer ZLS, ZPT series
Shown: ZLS-U4
Electronic level/temp switch for Temp. set point: 175 °F
product line
Collet-Lok®

feedback on pump oil level Voltage: 24 VDC

• Drop-in design allows for easy
installation to pump reservoir E Indicador del nivel/temp.
• Electrical connector included F Interrupteur de niveau/temp.
• Built-in thermal sensing provides D Ölstand/Temperaturschalter
Swing clamps

feedback on oil temperature

• Senses low oil level in pump reservoir

ZLS series
Oil level indicator for pump
Work supports

reservoir. If the pump is mounted

in a remote area that does not
provide visual access to the
external oil level sight glass, the Product Selection
level/temp switch will turn off Fixed Model Voltage Thermostat Maximum
the pump before internal damage temperature number rating setting pressure
Linear clamps

signal
can occur due to cavitations.
°F Amps psi lbs
175 ZLS-U4 24 VDC 2.6 150 0.11

Shown: ZPT-U4, ZPS-W4

Power sources

Control your pump, Pressure: 50-10,000 psi

monitor pressure Voltage: 115 VAC / 24 VDC
ZPT pressure transducer
E Presión transductor
• More durable than analog gauges
(against mechanical and hydraulic shock) F Pressostats

• More accurate than analog gauges D Druckschalter

(0.5% full scale)
• Calibration can be fine tuned for certification
P
• “Auto-mode” provides automatic
pressure make-up T
ZPT/ZPS series
ZPT pressure transducer
• Display pressure in psi, bar or MPa
provides constant pressure ZPS-E3 pressure switch
monitoring for automated • Includes glycerin filled gauge, G2536L
pump control. ZPS can be used
to provide a pressure signal to an • Can be used to provide pressure input to
external control. customer provided controls
• Not to be used with LCD control
• For pressure based input to the LCD control,
use the ZPT-U4 transducer

Important Product Selection

The pressure transducer Adustable Electrical Model Accuracy Deadband
pressure specification number (full scale)
is factory installed in the “A” range
port on pumps supplied with
valves, and in the “P” port on psi psi lbs
models with manifolds. t Mechanical adjustment
50-10,000 4-20 mA ZPT-U4 0.5% 50 0.3
500-10,000 115 VAC/ 24 VDC N.O. ZPS-W4 2% 115-550 2.7
Note: Electrical harness included with kit. ZPS-W4 includes 0-6000 psi pressure gauge.

120 ®
Valve manifold ZW series
Shown: MB-2, -4
Pressure: 5000 psi
Increased flexibility for
complex systems
Stations: 1-4 valves horizontal
• Manifolds provide hydraulic connection
Stations: 1-8 valves vertical to remote or pump mounted valves
• Used when multiple valves are required
E Colectores for controlling several independent circuits
F Manifolds • Available for 2 and 4 station D03 as well
D Verkettungsblöcke as Enerpac VP series mounting
• Pressure and tank porting manifold
available for use with remote valve sticks
• Manifolds include integrated relief valve Manifolds allow the use of
for system pressure control multiple valves powered by
a single hydraulic pump.
Manifolds are available factory
installed on your Z-Class
workholding power unit,
or separately for future
system upgrades.

Option 01 Option 12

0.375-18 NPTF
tank port

0.250-18 NPTF
gauge port

Power Sources
1.38

4.06
3/8" tube (2x) 1.70
(37 deg. flare) VP11 Shown
3.84 for reference only Options
Adjustable
relief valve
Pressure
transducer

Valves
Option 21, 41
120 ▸

VMMD-001 Shown Option 21 has two valve stations Level

Pallet Components
for reference only Option 41 has four valve stations switch

120 ▸
3.52

System Components
#8 SAE (8x) 2.00 2.00 2.00 z Enerpac porting manifold
0.750-16 UN
1.00 provides pressure and tank line
to remote mounted valve stack
on a machining center.
Yellow pages

Product Selection
Valve mounting pattern Option code Number of Coverplate
(see page 117) stations model number

Porting manifold, SAE ports 01 – –

Enerpac VP Series 12 1-8 –
2 station DO3 21 2 MC-1
4 station DO3 41 4 MC-1
2 station CETOP3 22 2 MC-3
4 station CETOP3 42 4 MC-3

www.enerpacwh.com ® 121
 Pallet coupling pumps Application & selection
Shown: ZW4420DB-FT
Automatic pressure control
product line
Collet-Lok®

for palletized fixtures

• Programmable clamp and unclamp pressure settings
increase automation capability
• Programmable dwell settings ensure desired pressure level
is maintained on large circuits or circuits with accumulators
Swing clamps

• Low-voltage pendant features sealed switches and

operates at 15 VDC for improved operator safety
• Backlit LCD provides pump usage information, hour
and cycle counts
Work supports

Example Circuits
• Double-acting circuit
The new Enerpac Pallet Coupling Pump provides
three modes of operation:
ZW4410DB-FT
Manual mode
Linear clamps

Pump runs as long as operator holds down

a
SURD121
pendant button. AH652/
MV722B AR650 T
P
AUTO mode without timer
Pump runs until user-adjustable pressure
setting is reached.

T
A B

P
Power sources

AUTO mode with timer

b
Pump runs until pressure setting is reached,
and adjustable timer runs out.

• Single-acting circuit

ZW4410DB-FT

STRS51 ACBS22A
a

T
P
X
AR650
A B

P T
b

z ZW5410DB-FT used to connect and disconnect a

palletized fixture.
Product selection
Output Motor Motor Model Pressure Sound Usable oil
flow rate size voltage number range level capacity
@ max.
pressure

in3/min hp psi dBA gal lbs

115-1-60 ZW3408DB-FT 75 2 115
115-1-60 ZW3410DB-FT
1000- 75 2.5 134
40 1.0
230-1-60 ZW3408DI-FT 5000
75 2 115
230-1-60 ZW3410DI-FT 75 2.5 134
115-1-60 ZW4410DB-FT
1000-
60 1.0 230-3-60 ZW4410DG-FT 75 2.5 120
5000
460-3-60 ZW4410DJ-FT
115-1-60 ZW5410DB-FT
120 1.5 230-3-60 ZW5410DG-FT 1000- 75 2.5 130
5000
460-3-60 ZW5410DJ-FT

122 ®
 Dimensions & options ZW series
Operation – pallet coupling pump Flow: 40-120 in3/min

Manual mode Pressure: 5000 psi max

Motor and pump operate only when operator presses and holds the up (or down) arrow on the
Motor: 1.0 or 1.5 hp
pendant. When button is released, pressure in the hoses is relieved.
Reservoir: 2.0-10.0 gal
AUTO mode
With DWELL timer set equal to zero, operator starts the motor by pressing and holding the up (or
down) arrow on the pendant. Pump builds to pressure on the clamp (or unclamp) circuit until it
reaches customer programmed setting. The motor immediately turns off and pressure in the hoses
is relieved.

With DWELL timer set greater than zero, operator starts the motor by pressing the up (or down)
arrow on the pendant. Once the pump reaches the programmed setting, the DWELL timer starts.
When the timer runs out, the motor stops and pressure in the hoses is relieved.

Output oil flow and current draw

ZW3 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure ZW4 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure ZW5 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure
250 12 1000 25 1000 25
Two Stage Single Stage Single Stage
Two Stage Two Stage
Current (A) 10 Current draw @ 115 VAC 20
200 800 Current draw @ 115 VAC 20 800
Current Draw (A) u

Oil flow (in3/min) u

Current draw (A) u

Oil flow (in3/min) u

Oil flow (in3/min) u

Current draw (A) u

8
150 600 15 600 15
6
100 400 10 400 10
4
50 200 5 200 5
2

Power Sources
0 0 0 0 0 0
100 1250 2500 3750 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Pressure (psi) u Pressure (psi) u Pressure (psi) u

2.5, 5, 10 gallon 2 gallon Important

Enerpac recommends
27.9 D1 25.8 12.7 a pressure differential of no

Valves
less than 200 psi for most
applications. If you believe
2.56 your application requires a
tighter differential, please
.
22.4 Max

contact us directly.
17.3 Max
25.0

H
H

Pallet Components
B A

A A For complete ordering matrix

of all factory-installed options
12.0 E see page 117.
B C 9.0 3.75
4.80 17.60 5.20 D B C
16.3 9.45
4 x ø .34 19.0 10.50

System Components
Mounting holes 25.0
M8 x 1.25 Options
.25" deep

Heat
exchanger
119 ▸

Level switch
Product dimensions in inches [ ]
Yellow pages

120 ▸
Usable Modelo A B C D D1 E H
oil number
capacity lbs Pressure
transducer
gal ZW3 ZW4 ZW5 120 ▸
2.0 ZWxx08xx 8.1 11.0 8.1 — — — 22.6 93 93 103
2.5 ZWxx10xx 6.1 16.5 12.0 15.1 14.6 11.0 23.6 107 107 115
Return line
filter
5.0 ZWxx20xx 7.1 16.5 16.6 19.7 19.2 15.6 24.6 134 134 142
10.0 ZWxx40xx 10.6 15.7 19.9 22.7 22.5 18.9 28.1 184 184 192 118 ▸

www.enerpacwh.com ® 123
 Continuous connection pumps Application & selection
Shown: ZW4420FB-FT
Automatic pressure control
for continuous connection fixtures
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Programmable pressure setting allows pump to maintain

system pressure continuously
• Includes pilot operated check valve ensuring pressure is
maintained in circuit
Swing clamps

• Z-Class high-efficiency pump design; featuring higher oil

flow and by-pass pressure than comparable pumps
• High-strength, molded electrical enclosure protects
electronics, power supplies and LCD readout from harsh
industrial environments
Work supports

Example Circuits
he new Enerpac Continuous Connection Pump
T • Double-acting circuit
provides two modes of operation: ZW4410FB-FT
Manual mode
Linear clamps

Pump runs continuously, building pressure as long as SLLD-201

a
operator holds down pendant button.

AUTO mode
Pump runs continuously, maintaining user-set pressure

T
A B
window on clamp circuit as long as necessary.

P
T
P
Power sources

b
ACL-201A

• Single-acting circuit

ZW4410FB-FT
a

SLLS-51
X
A B

P T

T
P
b

ACL-21A

z ZW5410FB-FT used to control clamping cycle on a

horizontal machining center.
Product selection
Output Motor Motor Model Pressure Sound Usable oil
flow rate size voltage number range level capacity
@ max.
pressure

in3/min hp psi dBA gal lbs

115-1-60 ZW3408FB-FT 75 2 115
115-1-60 ZW3410FB-FT
1000- 75 2.5 134
40 1.0
230-1-60 ZW3408FI-FT 5000
75 2 115
230-1-60 ZW3410FI-FT 75 2.5 134
115-1-60 ZW4410FB-FT
1000-
60 1.0 230-3-60 ZW4410FG-FT 75 2.5 120
5000
460-3-60 ZW4410FJ-FT
115-1-60 ZW5410FB-FT
1000-
120 1.5 230-3-60 ZW5410FG-FT 75 2.5 130
5000
460-3-60 ZW5410FJ-FT

124 ®
 Dimensions & options ZW series
Operation – continuous connection pump Flow: 40-120 in3/min
Manual mode Pressure: 5000 psi max
The operator turns the pump motor on, and then presses and holds the up arrow on the pendant.
When the button is released, the valve shifts to neutral, but pressure is maintained in the clamp Motor: 1.0 or 1.5 hp
circuit by the pilot-operated check valve. When the operator presses and holds the down arrow on
Reservoir: 2.0-10.0 gal
the pendant, pressure in the clamp circuit will release, and the fixture will unclamp.

AUTO mode
The operator turns the pump motor on, and then presses and holds the up arrow on the pendant.
When the customer-programmed HI PRESS setting is reached, the valve shifts to neutral, but
pressure is maintained in the clamp circuit by the pilot-operated check valve. If pressure drops
below the LO PRESS setting, the valve will re-activate and build pressure in the clamp circuit again.
The pump will maintain this cycle until the operator presses and holds the down arrow on the
pendant. When the down arrow is pressed, pressure in the clamp circuit will release, and the fixture
will unclamp.

Output oil flow and current draw

ZW3 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure ZW4 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure ZW5 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure
250 12 1000 25 1000 25
Two Stage Single Stage Single Stage
Current (A) Two Stage Two Stage
200 10 800 Current draw @ 115 VAC 20 Current draw @ 115 VAC 20
800
Current Draw (A) u
Oil flow (in3/min) u

Oil flow (in3/min) u

Current draw (A) u

Oil flow (in3/min) u

Current draw (A) u

8
150 600 15 600 15
6
100 400 10 400 10
4
50 200 5 200 5

Power Sources
2

0 0 0 0 0 0
100 1250 2500 3750 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Pressure (psi) u Pressure (psi) u Pressure (psi) u

Important
Enerpac recommends
27.9 D1 25.8 12.7 a pressure differential of no

Valves
less than 200 psi for most
applications. If you believe
2.56 your application requires a
tighter differential, please
.
22.4 Max

contact us directly.
17.3 Max
25.0

H
H

Pallet Components
B A

A A For complete ordering matrix

of all factory-installed options
12.0 E see page 117.
B C 9.0 3.75
4.80 17.60 5.20 D B C
16.3 9.45
4 x ø .34 19.0 10.50

System Components
Mounting holes 25.0
M8 x 1.25 Options
.25" deep

Heat
exchanger
119 ▸

Level switch
Product dimensions in inches [ ]
Yellow pages

120 ▸
Usable Modelo A B C D D1 E H
oil number
capacity lbs Pressure
transducer
gal ZW3 ZW4 ZW5 120 ▸
2.0 ZWxx08xx 8.1 11.0 8.1 — — — 22.6 93 93 103
2.5 ZWxx10xx 6.1 16.5 12.0 15.1 14.6 11.0 23.6 107 107 115
Return line
filter
5.0 ZWxx20xx 7.1 16.5 16.6 19.7 19.2 15.6 24.6 134 134 142
10.0 ZWxx40xx 10.6 15.7 19.9 22.7 22.5 18.9 28.1 184 184 192 118 ▸

www.enerpacwh.com ® 125
 Single station D03 pumps Application & selection
Shown: ZW4010GB-11
Industry standard mounting for electric
product line
Collet-Lok®

or manual valves
• Highly efficient design provides increased flow rates,
reduced heat generation and a decrease in power
consumption
• Extensive list of accessories including
Swing clamps

– Heat exchanger
– Roll-bars
– Pressure transducer
– Level and temperature switches
• Replaceable piston check-valves increase service life
of major pump components
Work supports

• Optional backlit LCD provides pump usage information,

hour and cycle counts
Pump accepts any industry standard D03 style • Also available with 2 station and 4 station manifolds
directional valve. Also available with 2 station and 4
station manifolds.
Linear clamps
Power sources

Important
Be aware of leakage rates of any valve installed
on an Enerpac pump. Many standard spool valves
have excessive leakage rates at higher pressures
that can limit the performance of the
electric pump. Be sure to consult Enerpac if
you are unsure of your choice of valve.

z ZW5020HB-F11 with customer installed valve used to

provide pressure to a clamping fixture.
Product selection
Output Motor Motor Model Pressure Sound Usable oil
flow rate size voltage number range level capacity
@ max.
pressure

in3/min hp psi dBA gal lbs

115-1-60 ZW3008GB-11 75 2 115
115-1-60 ZW3010GB-11
1000- 75 2.5 134
40 1.0
230-1-60 ZW3008GI-11 5000
75 2 115
230-1-60 ZW3010GI-11 75 2.5 134
115-1-60 ZW4010GB-11
60 1.0 230-3-60 ZW4010GG-11 1000- 75 2.5 120
5000
460-3-60 ZW4010GJ-11
115-1-60 ZW5010GB-11
120 1.5 230-3-60 ZW5010GG-11 1000-
75 2.5 130
5000
460-3-60 ZW5010GJ-11

126 ®
 Dimensions & options ZW series
Operation – single station D03 pumps Flow: 40-120 in3/min

The Single Station D03 pumps are supplied without the standard LCD electrical control. This Pressure: 5000 psi max
configuration is intended to be used with user supplied controls. Control requirements include: Motor: 1.0 or 1.5 hp
Motor Starter or Contactor, and remote control of the pump mounted valve. Typical applications
include: Special Machines and CNC Machines where the control of the pump and valve will be Reservoir: 2.0-10.0 gal
done by PLC or machine control.

The use of the ZPF Return Line Filter is recommended. If the pump is to be run at pressure at a
relief valve setting, the ZHE-E10 Heat Exchanger is also recommended. For monitoring of the
oil level and temperature, use the ZLS-U4 Level/Temp Switch. For pump shutdown at pressure,
the ZPS-W4 Pressure Switch Kit can provide an input to the customer supplied controls. As
these accessories are designed to be used with the standard Enerpac LCD control, the customer Important
assumes responsibility to adapt the standard leads to their controls.
Enerpac recommends
a pressure differential of no
less than 200 psi for most
applications. If you believe
your application requires a
tighter differential, please
contact us directly.

For complete ordering matrix

of all factory-installed options
see page 117.
Output oil flow and current draw
ZW3 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure ZW4 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure ZW5 Oil flow & current vs hydraulic pressure

Power Sources
250 12 1000 25 1000 25
Two Stage Single Stage Single Stage
Current (A) Two Stage Two Stage
200 10 800 Current draw @ 115 VAC 20 Current draw @ 115 VAC 20
800
Current Draw (A) u
Oil flow (in3/min) u

Oil flow (in3/min) u

Current draw (A) u

Oil flow (in3/min) u

Current draw (A) u

8
150 600 15 600 15
6
100 400 10 400 10
4
50 200 5 200 5
2

Valves
0 0 0 0 0 0
100 1250 2500 3750 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Pressure (psi) u Pressure (psi) u Pressure (psi) u

27.9 D1 25.8 12.7 Options

Pallet Components
Heat
2.56 exchanger
.
119 ▸
22.4 Max

17.3 Max
25.0

H
H
B A Level switch
A A

System Components
12.0 E 120 ▸
B C 9.0 3.75
4.80 17.60 5.20 D B C
16.3 9.45 Pressure
4 x ø .34 19.0 10.50 transducer
Mounting holes 25.0
M8 x 1.25 120 ▸
.25" deep
Return-line
Product dimensions in inches [ ] filter
Yellow pages

118 ▸
Usable Modelo A B C D D1 E H
oil number
capacity lbs VP03
solenoid valves
gal ZW3 ZW4 ZW5 141 ▸
2.0 ZWxx08xx 8.1 11.0 8.1 — — — 22.6 93 93 103
2.5 ZWxx10xx 6.1 16.5 12.0 15.1 14.6 11.0 23.6 107 107 115 VMM series
5.0 ZWxx20xx 7.1 16.5 16.6 19.7 19.2 15.6 24.6 134 134 142
manual valves
10.0 ZWxx40xx 10.6 15.7 19.9 22.7 22.5 18.9 28.1 184 184 192 143 ▸

www.enerpacwh.com ® 127
 Electric Driven Workholding Pumps Application & selection
Shown: ZW5111SWE100
Customize to your needs
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Various models including electric controls and

pressure switch
• Stackable to 8 VP-series valve stations high
• Customer adjustable relief valve
• Glycerine dampened pressure gauge G-2517L
Swing clamps

on pumps with VP-series valves

• 230/460/3/50/60 Hz 1.5 hp motor
Work supports

Enerpac’s workholding pump unit features an

innovative range of zero leakage, poppet design,
directional valves. With the modular valve design,
Linear clamps

various independent single-acting or double-

acting circuits can be realized.

Application
Power sources

These advanced workholding pumps, operating ZW5-Series Oil flow vs hydraulic pressure
at maximum 5000 psi hydraulic pressure, are 153
highly suitable for production tooling applications
– offering the optimum in terms of compact size 122
Oil flow (in3/min) u

for required oil flow and pressure rating and

92
customization to your specific needs.
61
Enerpac electric pump used in conjunction with
swing cylinders, work supports, directional valves, 31
control valves and sequence valves can provide a
complete clamping solution. The pressure switch 0
0 2175 2900 3625 4350 5075
allows the unit to be fully automated.
Pressure (psi) u

Product selection
Oil Pressure Voltage Usable Valve Model
flow range and oil models number
rate current capacity2) included
60Hz
in3/min psi V @ A gal. lbs
t With manifold for VP-series modular valves, no electric controls
120 1450-5000 230 @ 4.8 2.5 – ZW5VPSEE100 143
120 1450-5000 460 @ 2.4 2.5 – ZW5VPSJE100 143
t With manifold for CETOP 03 valves, no electric controls
120 1450-5000 230 @ 4.8 2.5 – ZW5C03SEE100 143
120 1450-5000 460 @ 2.4 2.5 – ZW5C03SJE100 143
t For 2x single-acting circuits
120 1450-5000 230 @ 4.8 2.5 1x VP-41 ZW5141SEE100 170
120 1450-5000 460 @ 2.4 2.5 1x VP-41 ZW5141SJE100 170
t For 1x double-acting circuits + isolating valve 1) for A-port
120 1450-5000 230 @ 4.8 2.5 1x VP-11 ZW5111SEE100 170
120 1450-5000 460 @ 2.4 2.5 1x VP-11 ZW5111SJE100 170
t For 2x double-acting circuits + isolating valves 1) for all A-ports
120 1450-5000 230 @ 4.8 2.5 2x VP-11 ZW5211SEE100 176
120 1450-5000 460 @ 2.4 2.5 2x VP-11 ZW5211SJE100 176
1)
Isolating valve is pressure switch PSCK-8.
2)
ZW5-series pumps comes standard with 2 gallon reservoir.
128 ®
(1, 2, 5 or 10 gallon reservoir is optional).
 Dimensions & options ZW5 series
Flow: 120 in³/min

ZW5-series Shown: ZW5211SEE100 with standard 10 litres reservoir Pressure: 1450-5000 psi

Motor: 1.5 hp
Electric Control Box
Adjustable relief valve Reservoir: 1-10 gallon
G-2517L
PSCK-8
E Bombas eléctricas
TRK-2 F Centrale hydraulique
VP-11
D Modulare Spannpumpe

21.85
20.98
11.42

6.10
5

6 16.50 (2.5 gal) 12.01

17.60 15.12 (2.5 gal)
Options
① Pressure gauge ④ Directional valve
② Pressure switch ⑤ Oil level glass
VP-series,
③ Tie Rod Kit ⑥ Oil drain
modular valves
136 ▸

Power Sources
VFC-3 flow
control valve
(VP series)
Product selection 137
Pump Voltage Phase Continuous Motor Motor Motor Sound
series operation capacity speed protection Level Pressure
at class switches
5000 psi
188 ▸

Valves
Volt hp RPM dBA
ZW5.... 230 1 50% 1.5 1725 IP54 75
Hoses
ZW5..... 460 3 50% 1.5 1725 IP54 75 and couplers
192 ▸

Pallet Components
High-pressure
Valve options filters
193 ▸
PSCK-8
PB-4
Fittings

System Components
VP03-11 194 ▸

VFC-4

PRV-6
Yellow pages

VD2P

MB-2

See page 136 for VP-series valves and available See page 141 for VP03-series valves
options. and available options.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 129
 Electric Driven Workholding Pumps Application & selection
Shown: ZW5111SWE100
ZW5VPSEE100 with manifold for VP-series or CETOP Basic pumps
product line
Collet-Lok®

03 valves, without electric controls and gauge Customize to your needs with
the Enerpac VP-series valves
and options or choose your
own D03 valve.
Swing clamps
Work supports

ZW5 series
These advanced workholding
pumps, operating at maximum
5000 psi hydraulic pressure, are
Linear clamps

highly suitable for production

tooling applications – offering the Isolating valves
ZW5111SEE100 For 1x Double-Acting circuit and
optimum in terms of compact size
Isolating Valve for A-port For applications where clamping
for required oil flow and pressure
rating and customization to your pressure has to be maintained,
specific needs. isolating valves are an economic
and safe solution.
Power sources

Application The pressure switch (PS 1)

Enerpac electric pump used in switches in the hydraulic line to
conjunction with swing cylinders, the cylinder actuates the valve
work supports, directional with a closed center position
valves, control valves and and isolates the circuit when
sequence valves can provide a the preset pressure has been
complete clamping solution. The reached. In case of pressure
pressure switch allows the unit drop the switch opens the valve
to be fully automated. to compensate.
For some particular applications,
i.e., when a workpiece has to
be positioned and clamped with
different forces, you can set
different isolating valve pressures
for the independent circuits.
Pressure switch (PS 0) switches
ZW5141SEE100 For 2x Single-Acting circuits
the motor off at maximum
pressure; in case of pressure
drop due to activating circuits,
z Enerpac VP-series valves the motor restarts.
stackbuilt on ZW5211SJE100. VP-41
The pressure switch PSCK-8
is mounted directly onto the
endplate of Tie Rod Kit TRK-2.

G-2517L
PS 0

130 ®
 Applications & Options ZW series
CSM-572 ZW5211SEE100 for 2x Double-Acting circuit and Flow: 120 in³/min
Isolating Valve for all A-ports
SLRD-92 SLRD-92 Pressure: 1450-5000 psi
PS 1 PS 2 Motor: 1.5 hp

VP-11 VP-11 Reservoir: 1-10 gallon

E Bombas eléctricas
F Centrale hydraulique
D Modulare Spannpumpe

MVPM-5 WFL-222
PS 0
G-2517L

ZW5211SEE100 Options
Application example Sequence
valves
Building the right workholding system for
a specific production tooling requirement 152 ▸
is best achieved by observing the Basic

Power Sources
System Set-up in our “Yellow Pages” Flow control
( 202 ▸). valves
155 ▸

Hoses
and couplers
192 ▸
Electric Scheme

Valves
Shown the electric scheme of the
High pressure
ZW5211SJE100 (460 volt) for two double- filters
acting circuits and isolating valves
(pressure switches) in both A-lines. 193 ▸

Pallet Components
ZW5211SJE100 Hydraulic oil

F1, 2A F3, 2A 193 ▸

~
+
460V~

27V~

– CRI
Fittings
~

System Components
F2, 2A – 1
1 3 5 T1
F1 194 ▸
21
SO
22
13 23 13 1 23
VP-series valve
1
S1 S2 options
2 4 6 14 2 24 14 2 24
136 ▸
PS2
Yellow pages

1 3 5 PS1
KO
6
5
4

2 4 6
3

2 4 5 6 8 10 12
2 4
PS0
L1 L2 L3 U V W

3 7 9 11 13
M 3~ K0
– – – –

www.enerpacwh.com ® 131
 Hand pumps P, SP series
Shown: SP-621, P-51, P-142
Exclusively from Enerpac Flow: .055-.25 in3/stroke
product line
Collet-Lok®

…to power single-acting cylinders Pressure: 3000-10,000 psi

• Internal pressure relief valve (except Reservoir: 6.2-55 in3

SP-621) prevents over-pressurization
• Two speed operation reduces handle E Bombas manuales
strokes by as much as 78% over
Swing clamps

F Pompes à main
single speed pumps
D Handpumpen
• Low handle effort minimizes
operator fatigue
• Compact size – enables easy conversion
of manual fixtures to hydraulic power
Work supports

99_103

Options
P series SP-621
Single and two-speed hand Fittings
operated pumps for operation 1/8"-27NPT
of single-acting cylinders.
Linear clamps

194 ▸
H C
SP-621 Screw pump Hoses
Single speed non-vented,
internally sealed screw pump to B 192 ▸
operate single-acting cylinders.
A
Can be mounted in any position Hydraulic oil
Power sources

and used to operate a single P-51

fixture. The piston is screwed
into the pump, forcing the oil in 3/8"-18NPT 193 ▸
the hydraulic system. 1/4"-18NPT 42˚
Important
180˚
P-141, P-142 and P-202
are designed for a maximum
C
operating pressure of
H 10,000 psi.

B A

P-141, -142, -202

1/4"-18NPT
38˚

H
B A

Product selection
Maximum Usable Model Pressure Oil volume Piston Maximum Dimensions (inches)
hydraulic oil number rating per stroke stroke handle
pressure capacity effort

psi in3
psi in3 1st stage 2nd stage 1st stage 2nd stage in lbs A B C H lbs
t Single speed
3000
6.2 SP-621 – 3000 – 1) 1)
60 2) 10.10 .41 12.40 2.81 7.0
3000 50 P-51 – 3000 – .25 1.00 61 26.00 3.63 6.31 2.25 12.0
10,000 20 P-141 – 10,000 – .055 .50 72 13.25 3.75 5.63 1.13 4.5
t Two speed
5000 20 P-142 200 10,000 .221 .055 .50 78 13.25 3.75 5.63 1.13 4.5
5000 20 P-142-5000 200 5,000 .221 .055 .50 78 13.25 3.75 5.63 1.13 4.5
10,000 55 P-202 200 10,000 .221 .055 .50 63 20.06 3.75 5.69 1.13 7.5
1) Handle travel of SP-621 is 2.50 inches; 25 handle rotations displace 6.2 in3 of oil.
2) Handle effort on SP-621 is 60 ft.lbs at 3000 psi.
132 ®
 Enerpac system solutions
Air Powered Pump with Manual Valve
This system uses a PASG5002SB Turbo II air powered pump
with a VMMD-001 manual valve to control a fixture circuit with
single acting swing clamps and work supports. A VDP-1 check
module in the valve stack locks the pressure in the system. WFT-71
A WVP-5 sequence valve delays the actuation of the works
WVP-5 VFC-1
support until the swing clamp is clamped. AB

VMMD-001

VD1P
P T

PASG-5002SB
3/8 NPT female for "air" connection

Air Powered Pump with

Dual Solenoid Valves
This system uses a PACG30S8S-MB2
Two gallon Turbo II air powered pump

Power Sources
with two VP03-11 solenoid valves to
control two independent fixture circuits
SULD-51 SURD-51 SURD-51 SULD-51
with double acting swing clamps and WFL-111 WFL-111

work supports. Flow controls in the valve WVP-5 WVP-5

stack provide control of the cylinder
actuation speed. Sequence valves delay

Valves
the actuation of the work supports until
P T P A B T P A B T
the swing clamps are clamped.
VFC-4 VFC-4

VPO3-11 VPO3-11

Pallet Components
PACG-30S8S-MB2 (24 VDC) (24 VDC)
(2-gallon steel reservoir)
3/8 NPT female for "air" connection

Electric Pump with Dual CAS-121 CAS-121

Solenoid Valves

System Components
This system uses a ZW3020HB-FT12 electric
pump and two VP-11 solenoid valves to control TRK2
WFL-221
two independent fixture circuits with double VP-11 VFC3 CAS-121 CAS-121
WVP-5
(24 VDC)
acting swing clamps and work supports. Flow VFC3
A
controls mounted in the valves provide control PSCK-8 B

of the cylinder actuation speed. Pressure VP-11

VFC3
Yellow pages

(24 VDC)
switches on the “clamp” circuit can provide VFC3
A
SURD-121 SULD-121
WFL-221
confirmation of clamping pressure. Sequence PSCK-8 T

P WVP-5
valves delay the actuation of the work supports
until the swing clamps are clamped.

ZW3020HB-FT12

www.enerpacwh.com ® 133
 ®

Valves

Technical support Controlling the operation of your clamping system

requires the use of many specialized directional,
Refer to the “Yellow Pages” of this
catalog for: pressure and flow control valves. Enerpac has the
complete line of valving components to complement
• Safety instructions
• Basic hydraulic information any hydraulic system. Choose from either manual
• Advanced hydraulic technology or electric directional valves, and a wide variety of
• FMS (Flexible Machining Systems) pressure control, flow control and specialty valves
technology
to provide the control and automation that your
• Conversion charts and
hydraulic symbols application needs.

197 ▸

134 ®
 t series t page

Solenoid modular poppet valve VP 136

PSCK
Pressure switches, Flow control valve 118
137
VFC

Pressure reducing valve PRV 138, 154

TRK 139
Tie rod kits, Remote/porting manifolds
WM/PB

VA,
Solenoid/Air operated 2-position poppet valves 140
VS, VD

Solenoid poppet, D03/CETOP3 VP03 141

Solenoid D03 spool valves and accessories VE 142

VMM 143
Manual, D03/CETOP3 valves
VMT

Valve manifolds MB 144

Solenoid modular valves VE 146 - 147

3-Way directional manual control valves V 148 - 149

4-Way directional manual control valves V 150 - 151

MVP
Sequence valves WVP, V 152

Pilot operated check valves MV, V 153

Flow control valves VFC 155

MH, HV
Accessory valves 156 - 157
PLV, V
V, VA,
Air valves and accessories VAS, VR, 158 - 159
RFL, QE

www.enerpacwh.com ® 135
 Solenoid modular poppet valves VP-series
Shown: VP-12
Solenoid directional valves Pressure: 5000 psi
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Dual poppet valve design for zero Max. Flow: 915 in3/min
internal leakage
• Inlet check-valve standard E Válvulas de control
• High cycle switching F Electrodistributeurs
• Stackable to 8 valve stations high D Wegesitzventile
Swing clamps

• 250-5000 psi operational pressure

• Oil flow capacity 427 in3/min @ 5000 psi
• Oil flow capacity 915 in3/min @ 0 psi
• G1/4" oil connections and
integrated filtration
Options
Work supports

99_017

• 24 VDC and 110 VAC available

WM-10 series
manifolds
VP-series
Solenoid directional valves control VP series 139 ▸
the direction of the oil flow to each
cylinder port. Tie rod kits
Linear clamps

Application
5.59

With the use of a -12 manifold,

Pressure 139 ▸
switch ports at
these valves allow quick and both sides for
easy assembly of hydraulic control PSCK-8, 9 Oil flow vs pressure drop
valves on your Enerpac
ZW-series pump. For remote
1.57

131
Power sources

mounting of these valves use Flow control ports at

both sides for VFC-3
a WM-10 manifold. 102

Oil pressure (psi)

G1/4"
A B
1.10
1.57

73
VP-series
2.36
.47

43
3.62
0
Valves

0 100 200 300 400 500

Oil flow (in3/min)
Product selection
Voltage @ current Model Flow path Used with cylinder(s)
number

at 50/60 Hz
t 4/3 Closed center
24 VDC @ 1.13 A VP-11 A B 1x Dbl-act.
110 VAC @ 500 mA VP-12 1x Dbl-act.
P T
t 4/3 Float center
24 VDC @ 1.13 A VP-21 A B 1x Dbl-act.
z Enerpac VP-series valves
mounted on -12 manifold, 110 VAC @ 500 mA VP-22 1x Dbl-act.
mounted on a ZW-series P T
workholding pump. t 3/2 Normally closed
24 VDC @ 1.13 A VP-31 1x Dbl-act. / 2x Sgl-act.
110 VAC @ 500 mA VP-32 1x Dbl-act. / 2x Sgl-act.

t 3/2 Normally open

24 VDC @ 1.13 A VP-41 1x Dbl-act. / 2x Sgl-act.
110 VAC @ 500 mA VP-42 1x Dbl-act. / 2x Sgl-act.

t 3/2 1 port normally closed, 1 port normally open

24 VDC @ 1.13 A VP-51 1x Dbl-act. / 2x Sgl-act.
110 VAC @ 500 mA VP-52 1x Dbl-act. / 2x Sgl-act.
99_030

Note: DIN 43650 electrical connector included. Valve weight 6.5 lbs (3,0 kg.).

136 ®
PSCK, VFC-series Pressure switches, Flow control valve
Shown: PSCK-8, VFC-3
Pressure: 5000 psi To control your hydraulic system
Flow: 427 in3/min @ 5000 psi • Mounts directly into VP-series
modular valves
Voltage: 115 VAC, 24 VDC
• In-line installation
E Presostatos • Cartridge type flow control valve and
pressure switches can be manifold
F Pressostats
mounted for remote use
D Druckschalter • Lockable adjustment screw on
PSCK models

A B

99_020
PSCK-8, 9 PSCK-8, 9 mounting dimensions
Hydraulic PSCK-8, 9
Options connection
Adjustable pressure switches will
PB-1 Auxiliary open or close electrical contacts
block when the desired pressure value is
139 ▸ reached.
Application
Pressure To open or close an electric circuit
reducing when a preset pressure value is
valves
138 ▸ reached. The electrical circuit is
used to control further working
cycles, such as actuating control
valves or to terminate a working
cycle. Directly mounted into
VFC-3 Back pressure vs flow return VFC-3 VFC-3 mounting dimensions Enerpac VP-series valves.
145
Flow direction B-A Protective cover 118°
116 ø.67-.70
Back pressure (psi) u

ø.39-.40
87 M8x1 .002 C VFC-3

Valves
M8x1
.04

32
.157 Hex. Adjustment screw Screw-in throttle type valve to
58
control the amount of oil flow to the
max. ø.20

.71-.75

hydraulic cylinder.
.55

min. .98
.59

29
0 Application
B

Pallet components
0 122 183 24 305 610 1.26
A Used to control cylinder speed in
Oil flow (in3/min) u .51 Hex. Lock nut
C ø.197-.200 hydraulic circuits. Directly mounted
into Enerpac VP-series valves or
custom made manifolds for remote
Product selection applications.

Solenoid Model Hydraulic Pressure Deadband Maximum

System components
voltage @ current number scheme range oil flow

at 50/60 Hz psi psi in3/min z PSCK-8 and VFC-3 directly

t Pressure switch mounted on VP-valves.
24 VDC @ 2 A
PSCK-8
115 VAC @ 2 A 1450 - 5000 261 - 501 427
Yellow pages

t Pressure switch
24 VDC @ 2 A
PSCK-9
115 VAC @ 2 A 290 - 3045 87 - 218 427

t Flow control valve

screw-in
A B
throttle VFC-3 0-5000 – 427
99_028

valve

www.enerpacwh.com ® 137
 Pressure reducing valves PRV-series
Shown: PRV-1
Precise control of Pressure: 5000 psi
hydraulic pressure
product line
Collet-Lok®

Flow: 417 in3/min

• Stackbuilding with VP series
modular valves E Válv. reguladora de presión
• Stackable for multiple pressures on one F Valve de pression réglable
valve stack assembly
D Druckreduzierventil
Swing clamps

• Tool adjustable knob can be locked

• Precise control of pressure
A P
Work supports

Options
99-021

VP-Modular
PRV series valves
These valves regulates system
pressure for all subsequent 136 ▸
valves, according to the adjusted
Linear clamps

pressure. Maintains a constant Pressure

pressure in a secondary circuit. switches
Includes a check valve that
188 ▸
prevents pressure drop on
secondary side.
Tie rod kits
Application
Power sources

Used when a hydraulic supply with 139 ▸

a higher pressure (primary side)
must also be used for another
circuit with a lower pressure
(secondary circuit). PRV-1
can be stack built between
VP-series valves.
PRV-1, PRV-5 Valve stacking example
Valves

TRK-2
X X

VP-21 (24 VDC) or VFC3

VP-22 (115 VAC)
7.60

VFC3
.47
1.57

PRV-1 Pressure
G1/4" Reducing Valve G2517L
3.62 R
P
1.57

WM-10
z PRV-1 connected with remote
manifold WM-10. 1.34 Gauge Port

Product selection
Mounting Adjustable Maximum Model Oil Maximum
style pressure pressure number ports oil flow
range

psi psi BSPP in3/min lbs

VP-series 435 - 4350 5000 PRV-1 G1/4" 427 3.5
99-024

VP-series 75 - 2000 5000 PRV-5 G1/4" 427 3.5

138 ®
TRK, WM/PB-series Tie rod kits, Remote/porting manifolds
Shown: WM-10, TRK-4, PB-1
Mounting: 1-8 VP valve stations Simplifies valve and
Pressure: 5000 psi max.
accessory mounting
TRK-series tie rods
Flow: 915 in3/min
• Connects 1 to 8 VP-series valves station high
E Pernos de montaje de válv. • Provide leak-free sealing valves
• G1/4" oil connection
F Vis de montage de distrib.
D Zugstangen WM-10 remote manifold
• Allows remote VP-series valve mounting
M4 • Adjustable relief valve incorporated
• G1/4" oil connection
M3 P
M5

99-005
P T
PB-1 porting manifold
• Provide 3 auxiliary pressure lines
Options • G1/4" oil connection
TRK-series
Tie Rod Kits mount Enerpac
Pressure VP-series modular valves to
switches
the WM-10 manifold and can
TRK accommodate one to eight VP-
188 ▸ Endplate
valve stations.
VP-series
directional Cap nut A
valves Seal washer M6
130 ▸
Mounting for Tie rod
PSCK-8, 9
Gauges
WM-10
189 ▸ A B Remote manifold allows mounting
WM-10 PB-1 of VP-series modular valves to a
remote location from the pumping
VP-series unit. This manifold has a built-in
Adjustable adjustable relief valve.
2.85

Relief valve

M6

Valves
1.57
1.57
.98

PB-1
.47

A 2.17B M8
G1/4" Porting manifold provides three
G1/4"(2x)
(3x) pressure ports for auxiliary lines or

Pallet components
accessories, such as a pressure
.38

gauge. Mounts between VP-series

1.57

1.57
.71

R
P modular valve stations using TRK-
.55 1.34 series tie rod kits.
1.81 3.62
3.62

System components
Product selection Product selection
Quantity Model Tie rod Mounting Oil Model Hydraulic Maximum z Tie rods mount VP-series valves
of stackable number length thread ports number schematic pressure and accessories to manifold,
VP-series A providing leak-free sealing.
directional
valves
inch mm BSPP psi
Yellow pages

t Tie rod kits t Remote manifold with pressure relief

1 TRK-1 3.45 M6
2 TRK-2 4.92 M6 2x G1/4" WM-10 5000
3 TRK-3 6.50 M6 P T

4 TRK-4 8.07 M6 t Porting manifold (P port connection)

5 TRK-5 9.65 M6 M4

6 TRK-6 11.22 M6 3x G1/4" PB-1 5000

M3 P
7 TRK-7 12.80 M6 M5
99_035

8 TRK-8 14.37 M6

www.enerpacwh.com ® 139
 2-position poppet valves VA, VS, VD-series
Shown: VST-1401D, VSS-2210D
Zero leakage poppet valves Pressure: 0-5000 psi
increase efficiency
product line
Collet-Lok®

Flow: 690 in3/min max.

• Poppet valve design for zero leakage Voltage: 115 VAC, 24 VDC
• 4-way, 2-position float offset or normally open
• D03 or CETOP3 mounting pattern E Electroválvulas
• DIN-standard rectifier plugs for easy connection F Electrodistributeurs
Swing clamps

to power source
D Elektromagnetische Ventile
• Air operated models eliminate need for electricity
• Including O-rings and mounting bolts A B A B PTBA
G
• SAE manifold ports simplify plumbing P T PTBA
P T
• Inline check valve provides positive load holding
Work supports

99_111

Options
D03 Manifolds
VSS, VST-series
MB-series
Solenoid and air piloted VAS/VAT
directional control valves. Poppet 144 ▸
5.25
design for zero leakage promote .25
Linear clamps

system efficiency. Increases the .81 2.25 Fittings

life of your workholding pump by

1.30
1.00
decreasing internal valve leakage.
194 ▸
Application

2.06
2.00
Advance and retract for single- Important
and double-acting cylinders.
2.00
Power sources

The valves require check valves For multiple circuit

VSS applications, the VD1P inline
for positive load holding and
can be installed for the same check valve is recommended
to prevent pressure drop on
independent operation with
3.04

the holding circuit.

single-acting cylinders by
2.00

blocking the B port. Order bolt kit BKD-71 to

mount VD1P with VAS/VSS/
T P MB-1 manifold. VST valves.
To be ordered
Valves

separately.
5.93
VST VD1P
3.04
2.00

MB-1 manifold.
1.58

To be ordered separately. B
Inline check valve
A

5.93
A B

Product selection
Valve flow path Solenoid Model Hydr. Pressure Pressure Max.
z VSS-2210D mounted directly voltage number symbol range drop 1) oil flow
@ current
on a Turbo II air pump for use on
positive clamping fixture. at 50/60 Hz psi psi in3/min
t Solenoid poppet valves – Normally open
4-way, 2 position 60-100 psi max. VAS-0710D A B 0-5000 180 690
4-way, 2 position 24VDC @ 1.60 A VSS-1410D 0-5000 180 690
P T
4-way, 2 position 115VAC @ .40 A VSS-2210D 0-5000 180 690
t Solenoid poppet valves – Normally closed
4-way, 2 position 60-100 psi max. VAT-0710D A B 0-5000 180 690
4-way, 2 position 24VDC @ 1.60 A VST-1410D 0-5000 180 690
P T
4-way, 2 position 115VAC @ .40 A VST-2210D 0-5000 180 690
t Inline check valve
PTBA
– – VD1P G 0-5000 0 690
99_121

PTBA
1)
Pressure drop from P-A or P-B at maximum oil flow of 690 in3/min.

140 ®
VP03-series Solenoid poppet valves
Shown: VP03
Pressure: 0-5000 psi VP03 Directional Valves and
Flow: 3-15 gpm
accessories
Voltage: 24 VDC, 110 VAC • D03/CETOP 3 mounting pattern
• Directional valves
E Electrovávulas • Pilot operated check valve
F Electrodistributeurs • Dual flow control
D Elektromagnetische Ventile • Pressure reducing valve

Options
D03 Manifolds
MB-series

144 ▸

Fittings
VP03-series
VP03 valves are zero leakage,
194 ▸ solenoid operated poppet valves.

Application
VPO3-11, 12, 21, 22 VPO3-51, 52
Used to control the advance and
.96 retract of single acting and double
acting cylinders.
1.58
1.58

1.58 1.37 1.58 1.37

3.01 3.01

VFC-4 VD2P PRV-6, PRV-7

3.63 1.77 0.47
Closed .33 1.18
1.67

0.64
Pin 8.00
2.02 4.88

Valves
Open
0.05

2.25
Spacer

Product selection Important

Pallet components
Valve flow path Solenoid Model Hydraulic Pressure Maximum VP03 series valves are zero
voltage number symbol range oil leakage and can be used
50/60 hz flow
with pressure shut down
psi gpm electric pumps and air driven
A B Turbo II pumps.
3-position/4 way, 24 VDC VP03-11 0-5000 5
Closed center
110 VAC VP03-12 0-5000 5

System components
P T
A B
3-position/4 way, 24 VDC VP03-21 0-5000 5
Float center
110 VAC VP03-22 0-5000 5
P T z VP03-11 valve on PASG-3002SB
2-position/4 way 24 VDC VP03-51 0-3626 4 Turbo pump.
110 VAC VP03-52 0-3626 4
Yellow pages

Dual flow control – VFC-4 0-5000 10

A P T B

Dual pilot operated – VD2P 0-5000 15

check valve

Pressure reducing valve – PRV-6 435-4350 3.2

– PRV-7 75-2000 1.6
A P T B

www.enerpacwh.com ® 141
 Solenoid spool valves, D03/CETOP3 VE-series
Shown: VEX-11 valve
D03 Direction Valve and Pressure: 0-5000 psi
accessories
product line
Collet-Lok®

Flow: 3-15 gpm

• D03 mounting pattern Voltage: 24 VDC
• Directional valves
E Electrovávulas
• Pilot operated check valve
• Dual flow control F Electrodistributeurs
Swing clamps

• Pressure reducing valve D Elektromagnetische Ventile

Options
VEW-11
D03 Manifolds
4.59 MB-series
Work supports

144 ▸
99_111

3.64
1.97

VE-series Fittings
Spool style solenoid valves and 3.02
control modules are used in 6.25 194 ▸
circuits that do not require zero
Important
Linear clamps

leakage. VET-11, VEX-11

Application 4.59 To hold the pressure in a

Used to control the advance clamping circuit, use the
and retract of single acting and VEX11 valve with the VD2P
3.64

double acting cylinders. The dual check module. Do not use D03
1.97

check valve can be used to lock spool valves with pressure

shutdown pumps.
Power sources

pressure in a group of cylinders. 3.23 3.02

The dual flow control offers 9.47
independent control of cylinder
advance and retract speeds. The
pressure reducing valve sets a VFC-4 VD2P PRV-6, PRV-7
circuit pressure lower than the
main pump pressure. 3.63 0.47
1.77 .33 1.18
1.67
Closed 0.64
Valves

4.88
Pin 8.00
2.02
0.05

Open 2.25
Spacer

Product selection
Valve flow path Solenoid Model Hydraulic Pressure Pressure Maximum
voltage number symbol range drop oil flow
50/60 hz

psi psi gpm

2-position/4 way 24 VDC VEW-11 A B
0-5000 125 8
1.32 Amps
z VEX-11 valve on ZW5020HG-
P T

FT21 pump.
3-position/4 way, 24 VDC VET-11 A B 0-5000 150 8
Closed center 1.32 Amps P T

3-position/4 way, 24 VDC VEX-11 A B 0-5000 165 8

Float center 1.32 Amps P P

Dual flow control – VFC-4 0-5000 – 10

A P T B

Dual pilot operated – VD2P 0-5000 200 15

check valve

A P T B
Pressure reducing valve – PRV-6 / 435-4350
– 3
PRV-7 75-2000

142 ®
VMM, VMT-serie Manual valves, D03/CETOP3
Shown: VMMD-001, VMTD-001
Pressure: 5000 psi Manual control of single and
double-acting cylinders
Flow: 1040 in3/min
• Near zero leakage pressure seal design
E Válvulas de control de 4 vias • 4-way, 3-position
F Distributeurs à 4 voies • Detented handle positions
D 4-Wege-Ventiler • Low handle effort 12 lbs, even at
full pressure

A B AB • Handle can be repositioned for side

by side valve mounting
P T PT • Compact size for directly mounting on fixture
for individual circuit control
• D03/CETOP 3 mounting pattern
Options

99_102
VD1P, Inline check valve
VMM and VMT-series
Manual directional control valves
◂ 140
for single- and double-acting
cylinder control. Lapped pressure
D03 Manifolds seal surface provide near
zero leakage.
144 ▸ The VMTD series has threaded
port connections and removable
Hoses and holding bracket for panel
couplers mounting.
192 ▸ Application
Panel mounting on fixtures for
Fittings control of individual circuits. The
blocked pressure port in the
center position allows demand
194 ▸ VMTD-001, 003 VMMD-001, -003 style pumps to stall out, saving
1.75
energy.
Important .28 1.59 The valves require check valves

Valves
for positive load holding.
For multiple circuit
applications, the VD1P inline
1.38

2.03

2.03

1.22

check valve is recommended

to prevent pressure drop on
2.00 .98 3.13
the holding circuit.

Pallet components
3.13 1.96
See page 145 for mounting
bolt information. 1.375-14UN
4.44

3.88
2.34

System components
Pressure on return side (tank)
.44

1.78

should not exceed 250 psi.

1.14

z Several VMTD-001 valves

.38

SAE #4
7/16"-20UN (4x) mounted on fixture waiting to be
#10-24UNC transferred to machine.
Product selection
Valve Mounting Oil Model Hydraulic Pressure Pressure Max.
Yellow pages

mounting bolts ports number symbol range drop 1) oil flow

pattern included

psi psi in3/min

t 4-way, 3-position control valves
AB
Panel mtg. – SAE #4 VMTD-001 0-5000 70 1040
D03/CETOP 3 #10-24un – VMMD-001 PT 0-5000 70 1040
A B
Panel mtg. - SAE #4 VMTD-003 0-5000 70 1040
99_122a

D03/CETOP 3 #10-24un – VMMD-003 P T 0-5000 70 1040

Pressure drop from P-A or P-B at maximum oil flow of 1040 in3/min.
1)

Seal material: Buna-N, Polyurethane.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 143
 Valve manifolds MB-series
Shown: MB-4, MB-1
When independent control of Mounting: 1-4 valves
multiple cylinders is required
product line
Collet-Lok®

Pressure: 5000 psi max.

• Multi-station manifolds with SAE or CETOP 3
porting – minimizes plumbing E Colectores
• Mounting patterns for: VSS/VST Valves (D03 or F Manifolds
CETOP 3); VE Valves (D03 or CETOP 3); VP03
D Verkettungsblöcke
Valves (D03 or CETOP 3); VMMD Valves (D03 or
Swing clamps

CETOP 3) A B
T T

• Manifolds allow use of accessories, such as

P P
pressure switches and gauges A B

Options
Work supports

99_101

VSS, VST-
series valves
MB-series
Single or multiple station
MB-1 140 ▸
manifolds allow installation of Valve mounting pattern
VSS and VST-series positive Pressure
G
Linear clamps

seal control valves or other switches

D03/CETOP 3 valves. Ideal in

.43
1.57

A 188 ▸

1.93
P
3.07

applications where independent P T

3.50
3.00

A
control of multiple cylinders is B
required. B T Gauges and
accessories
1.00 .34 1.00
2.50 1.50 190 ▸
Power sources

3.00
Fittings

MB-2, -4
194 ▸
L
4.00
.38 Important
Important
Valves

1.38

Use MC-1 / MC-3 cover

plates to seal unused
Use MC-1 (D03) / MC-3
manifold stations.
(CETOP 3) cover plates to seal
non-used manifold stations.
Standard mounting hole for .312 Socket Head Cap Screw
2.75
2.13 G
G .63
B B B B
T P
2.75
2.06

2.15

A A A A
1.35

2.19 .28 2.00 1.38

.65
.31

.312-18 UNC

z Each non-used valve station on Product selection

manifolds must be sealed with Valve mounting pattern Number Model Oil ports Coverplate Manifold
MC-1 cover plate. of valve number cover plate model
stations number*

G L
in lbs
t Single station manifold
D03 1 MB-1 SAE #4 – – 1.0
CETOP 3 1 MB-12 G1/4" – – 1.0
t Multiple station manifolds
D03 2 MB-2 SAE #8 MC-1 4.75 3.3
CETOP 3 2 MB-22 G3/8" MC-3 4.75 3.3
D03 4 MB-4 SAE #8 MC-1 8.75 6.1
CETOP 3 4 MB-42 G3/8" MC-3 8.75 6.1
*Note: - MC-1 manifold cover plate must be ordered separately. Includes gasket and mounting bolts.

144 ®
BKD-series Valve mounting bolt kits
Shown: BKD71, BKD72
E Kits de fijación para válvulas Use Stud Bolt Kits to assure the
F Kits de montage robinet
correct bolt length
• Studs are easily cut to length
D Zugstangen-Satz
• Stud nuts make installation easier
• Pre-mount the studs into the manifold to help
Options guide the valve components into place
VD1P, Inline check valve

◂ 140

D03 Manifolds

◂ 144

Hoses and BKD-series

couplers Always have the right bolt length
192 ▸ required to mount the components
in your valve stack by using these
stud bolt kits.
Fittings
Refer to chart to determine the
required bolt length
194 ▸

Important
The mounting stud must
project into the manifold a
minimum of .375" (9,5 mm).
After installation, torque the
stud nuts to 45 in-lbs (5 Nm)

Example

Valves
To calculate the required stud
length, add the stud length Description Model Stud Length
for the directional valve number
in mm
and each accessory module
used in the valve stack. Add .78" Directional valve VP03-11 1.87 47,49
(19,81 mm) to this length. Dual flow control VFC-4 1.57 39,88

Pallet components
The mounting studs should be Dual P.O. check VD2P 1.57 39,88
cut to this total length.
Stud nut VD2P 0.40 10,16
Manifold V-19 0.38 9,65
Total length: 5.79 147,06

Product selection
System components
Description Model Stud Length
number
in mm
Imperial stud kit (#10-24)* BKD71 7.00 —
Metric stud kit (M5)* BKD72 — 177,80
t Valve mounting bolt lengths using stud kits
Stud Nut BKD71, BKD72 0.40 10,16
Yellow pages

Manifold MB1, MB2, MB3 0.38 9,65

Solenoid valve VAS/VSS/VST 1.63 41,40
Solenoid valve VEW/VET/VEX 1.25 31,75
Solenoid valve VP03 1.87 47,49
Manual valve VMMD001/VMMD003 1.13 28,70
Pressure Reducing Valve PRV6/PRV7 1.57 39,88
Check valve, on "P" VD1P 1.57 39,88
Dual P.O. check valve VD2P 1.57 39,88
Dual flow control VFC-4 1.57 39,88
*Note: Stud kit includes 4 studs and 4 stud nuts

www.enerpacwh.com ® 145
 Solenoid modular valves Application & selection
Shown: VEC-15600D, VEC-15000B, VEK-15000B
Unmatched combination of possibilities
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Relief valve and pilot-operated check accessory valves are

stackable eliminating external plumbing
• Remote and pump mounting
• Mounting bolts included with each modular valve
Swing clamps
Work supports

Select the required valve flow path

Valve flow path For cylinder Valve Hydraulic
code symbol
99-137

VE-series
Linear clamps

Solenoid modular valves are especially well suited

for workholding and production applications. With t 2-way, 2-position (2/2)
11 possible flowpaths and 2 manifolds, for either Normally closed Unloading * VEH A

Enerpac’s submerged pump or a remote NPT P

mount, you can “custom build” a valve for B
Normally open Unloading * VEK
almost any application.
P

Application
Power sources

t 3-way, 2-position (3/2)

A
Ideal when mounted on remote manifold for Normally open Single-acting VEP
applications where independent control of P T
multiple cylinders is required. t 3-way, 3-position (3/3)
A
Tandem center Single-acting VEF
P T
A
Closed center Single-acting VEG
P T
Valves

t 4-way, 2-position (4/2)

A B
Crossover offset Double-acting VEE
P T
A B
Float offset Double-acting VEM
P T

t 4-way, 3-position (4/3)

A B
Open center Double-acting VEA
P T
A B
Closed center Double-acting VEB
P T
A B
Tandem center Double-acting VEC
P T
A B
Float center Double-acting VED
P T
* VEH and VEK valve models require the use of tank port for dump or unloading.

Product spefications
Pressure Maximum Voltage @ Hz Amperage draw
range oil flow

Amps
psi in3/min inrush holding
0-10,000 920 24 VDC @ 50/60 Hz – 2.5
0-10,000 920 115 VAC @ 60 Hz 3.6 1.0
0-10,000 920 220/240 VAC @ 50 Hz 1.3/1.4 .45/.53
0-10,000 920 230 VAC @ 60 Hz 1.8 .50 A
Note: Seal material: Buna-N, Polyurethane.
DIN43650 Valve plug included on remote mounted valves.
146 ®
 Dimensions & options VE-series
Custom build your modular valves Pressure: 0-10,000 psi

▾ This is how a Solenoid Modular Valve Model Number is built up: Flow max.: 920 in3/min

Voltage: 24, 115, 230 V

VEA - 1 5 6 00 - D E Válvulas de control

F Electrodistributeurs
1 2 3 4 5
Valve Flow Flow Voltage Accessory Manifold
D Wegesitzventile
Path Capacity Valves

A AB

1 Modular valve code 4 Accessory valves PT PT

A = 4/3 Open center 000 = No accessory valves

B = 4/3 Closed center 100 = VS-11 Relief valve only
C = 4/3 Tandem center 150 = VS-11 Relief valve and Options
D = 4/3 Float center VS-51 3-way pilot operated
E = 4/2 Crossover offset check valve VEF/VEG only Gauges and
accessories
F = 3/3 Tandem center 160 = VS-11 Relief valve and
G = 3/3 Closed center VS-61 4-way pilot operated 190 ▸
H = 2/2 Normally closed check valve
K = 2/2 Normally open VEA/VEB/VEC/VED only Fittings
M = 4/2 Float offset 500 = VS-51 3-way pilot operated
P = 3/2 Normally open check valve VEF/VEG only 194 ▸
600 = VS-61 4-way pilot operated
2 Oil flow capacity
check valve
1 = 920 in3 per minute Accessory Valves
VEA/VEB/VEC/VED only
3 Solenoid voltage and Bolt Kits
5 Manifold
1 = 24 VDC, 50 / 60 Hz
A = No manifold Use VS-11 relief valve to add
2 = 230 V, 1 ph, 50 Hz
B = Remote mounted manifold system pressure control
5 = 115 V, 1 ph, 60 Hz
D = Pump mounted manifold to VE-series valves.
6 = 230 V, 1 ph, 60 Hz
VEA/VEC/VEF only
Use VS-51 3-way pilot

Valves
operated check valve to
convert 3-way VE-valve into
Example load-holding valve.

The VEA-15600-D is a modular valve Use VS-61 4-way pilot

with a 4-way, 3-position open center

Pallet components
operated check valve to
flowpath, 115 VAC, and an integrated convert 4-way VE-valve into
pilot-operated check valve, for load-holding valve.
mounting on an Enerpac pump.
To install accessory valves to
Bolt Kit BK-2 is included.
stack build modular valves
use bolt kits:

System components
BK-2 for 1 VS valve;
VE series Modular Valve Modular Valve BK-3 for 2 VS valves.
Pump Mounted Remote Mounted

Position 0 Relief Valve 3.50

Pressure drop vs oil flow
2.46 7.47 3.00
400
.279-.288 (4x)

T P
Diferential pressure drop (psi) u

P-A/B
Yellow pages

Tank port P-T

300
3/8"-18NPT
3.50
3.00

A/B-T
Gauge port
6.40 1)

1/4"-18NPT 2.09
200
A B
1.15

B A 1.12 T 3/8"-18NPT (4x) 100

.38 .75 3.50 1.98 .62
2.08 .38
1.75

3/8"-18NPT (2x)
1.00

3.48 5.39 0
0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0
1.75 Oil flow (gal/min) u
add 1.85 inch for each Accessory Valve.
1)

Note: BK-1 Bolt Kit is included with each modular valve.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 147
 3-way directional manual control valves Application & selection
Shown: VM-2, VM-3
Reliable control of
single-acting cylinders
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Directional control valves provide advance/hold/retract

operation for use with single-acting cylinders
• Remote or pump mounting on most Enerpac pumps
• Return line kit included with remote valves
Swing clamps

• Available “locking” option on VC and VM-series

valves for load-holding applications
Work supports

Select the required center position

Non-locking Closed center
• Use in simple clamping • For multiple valve
99-138

circuits. Has interflow and cylinder operation.

V-series between ports All ports blocked in the
when shifted. center position.
Linear clamps

Manual operated 3-way, 2-position and 3-way,

3-position directional control valves for operation
of single-acting cylinders. Remote mount valves
Locking center Tandem center
include return line kit for connecting the valves
to pump reservoir. • For positive load holding • For one or multiple
without loss of pressure. cylinder operation. Pump
Application Cylinder travel can only flow is directed back to
Power sources

resume by shifting valve tank in the center position.

Pump mounted valves provide centralized control of
pump output for cylinder cycling. Remote mounted at from hold position.
any convenient point along the system where control
of cylinders is needed. Product selection
Valve type Valve Model Hydraulic
mounting number symbol
location
Valves

t Manual 3-way, 2-position (3/2)

– Pump VM-2
A

P T

t Manual 3-way, 3-position (3/3)

Tandem center Pump VM-3
z Four VC-15 Enerpac manual valves mounted A

on fixture to give independent control of several Tandem center Remote VC-3

hydraulic circuits. P T

t Manual 3-way, 3-position (3/3)

Tandem center, Pump VM-3L A

locking

Tandem center, Remote VC-3L

locking P T
Closed center Remote VC-15
A

P T

A
Closed center, Remote VC-15L
locking
99-123

P T

148 ®
 Dimensions & options V-series
VM-2 Pressure: 0-10,000 psi
5.12 Flow max.: 1040 in3/min

E Vàlvulas de control
3/8"-18NPT
F Distributeurs à 3 voies
5.25

ø.34 (6x)
1.12 .62 D 3-Wege-Ventile

.81
1.44 1.88 1.12 A
.38 5.00 2.50 A
5.75 3.25
P T
PT

VM-3, VM-3L VC-3, VC-3L

VC-15, VC-15L
5.12 5.12

3/8"-

7.19 1)
7.25 1)

18NPT 5.69
5.75

1.58
1.50 1)
1)
1.50

.87

.75
Options
2.50 1.75 1.88 .69 1.38 Gauges and
3.00 3.00 accessories
3.56 5.00
.50 ø .34 (5x) 5.75 1/4"-20UN (2x) 4.49 1)
190 ▸
3/8"-18NPT
1)
VM-3L only 1)
VC-3L and VC-15L only
Hoses and
couplers
Product specifications 192 ▸
Model Pressure Used for Schematic flowpath
number range cylinder Fittings

Valves
Advance Hold Retract
psi lbs 194 ▸
t Manual 3-way, 2-position (3/2)
VM-2 0-10,000 Single-acting – 4.8
A A
Important

Pallet components
P P T

Locking Valves

t Manual 3-way, 3-position (3/3)

For applications that require
positive load holding, most
VM-3 0-10,000 Single-acting A 4.6
VM and VC valves are
P T available with pilot operated
VC-3 0-10,000 Single-acting 6.4 check valve. This option

System components
provides hydraulic locking of
t Manual 3-way, 3-position (3/3) the load until valve is shifted
VM-3L 0-10,000 Single-acting 8.6 into retract position.
A
To order this feature,
P T
place an “L” at the end
VC-3L 0-10,000 Single-acting 10.3 of the model number.
Yellow pages

VC-15 0-10,000 Single-acting A A A 6.4

P P P T

Valving help
VC-15L 0-10,000 Single-acting 10.3 See Basic System Set-up and
A A A
Valve information in
P P P T
our “Yellow Pages”.

197 ▸

www.enerpacwh.com ® 149
 4-way directional manual control valves Application & selection
Shown: VC-20, VM-4
Reliable control of
double-acting cylinders
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Directional control valves provide advance/hold/

retract operation for use with double-acting or two
single-acting cylinders
• Remote or pump mounting on most Enerpac pumps
Swing clamps

• Return line kit included with remote valves

• Available “locking” option on VC and VM-series
valves for load-holding applications
Work supports

Select the required center position

Non-locking Closed center
99-139

• Use in simple clamping • For multiple valve and

V-series circuits. Has interflow cylinder operation. All
Linear clamps

Manual operated 4-way, 3-position directional control between ports when ports blocked in the
valves for operation of double-acting or two single-
shifted. center position.
acting cylinders. Remote mount valves include return
line kit for connecting the valves to pump reservoir.

Application Locking center Tandem center

Power sources

Pump mounted valves provide centralized control of • For positive load holding • For one or multiple cylinder
pump output for cylinder cycling. Remote mounted at without loss of pressure. operation. Pump flow is
any convenient point along the system where control Cylinder travel can only directed back to tank in
of cylinders is needed.
resume by shifting valve the center position.
from hold position.
Valves

Product selection
Valve type Valve Model Hydraulic
mounting number symbol
location

t Manual 4-way, 3-position (4/3)

Tandem center Pump VM-4
AB

z Enerpac VC-4 manual valves mounted to control Tandem center Remote VC-4 PT
hydraulic circuit on pallet fixture
Tandem center, Pump VM-4L A B

locking

Tandem center, Remote VC-4L

locking PT
Closed center Remote VC-20
A B

P T

Closed center, Remote VC-20L A B

locking
99-120

PT

150 ®
 Dimensions & options V-series
Pressure: 0-10,000 psi

Flow max.: 1040 in3/min

E Vàlvulas de control
F Distributeurs à 4 voies
D 4-Wege-Ventile

A B
AB

PT
PT

VM-4, VM-4L VC-4, VC-3L

VC-20, VC-20L

5.12 3/8"-18NPT 5.12

Options
7.25 1)
5.75

Gauges and
7.19 1)

3/8"-
5.69

18NPT accessories
1.50 1)

1.50 1)

.87
190 ▸
1.58

.75 Hoses and

.50 2.50 1.75 1.88 .69 1.38 couplers
3.56 5.00 3.00 3.00
ø .34 (5x) 5.75 1/4"-20UNC (2x) 4.49 1) 192 ▸
1)
VM-4L only 1)
VC-4L and VC-20L only
Fittings

Valves
194 ▸

Product specifications
Important

Pallet components
Model Pressure Used for Schematic flowpath
number range cylinder
Locking Valves
For applications that require
psi Advance Hold Retract lbs positive load holding, most
t Manual 4-way, 3-position (4/3) VM and VC valves are
available with pilot operated
VM-4 0-10,000 Double-acting 4.6
check valve. This option

System components
provides hydraulic locking of
VC-4 0-10,000 Double-acting 6.4
the load until valve is shifted
into retract position.
VM-4L 0-10,000 Double-acting 8.6 To order this feature,
place an “L” at the end
of the model number.
VC-4L 0-10,000 Double-acting 10.3
Yellow pages

VC-20 0-10,000 Double-acting A A A 6.4

P T P T P T

B B
Valving help
B
See Basic System Set-up
VC-20L 0-10,000 Double-acting A A 10.3
A
and Valve information in
P T P T P T
our “Yellow Pages”.
B B B
197 ▸

www.enerpacwh.com ® 151
 Sequence valves MVP, WVP, V-series
Shown: WVP-5, MVPM-5
Pressure dependent Pressure: 5000 psi
sequence control
product line
Collet-Lok®

Flow: 250-366 in3/min max.

MVPM-5, WVP-5, MVPC-5
• Direct accurate pressure setting E Válvulas de secuencia
• Pressure setting between 500-5000 psi for F Valve de séquence
secondary circuit is secured with lock nut
• Mounting holes on WVP-5, manifold D Folgeventil
Swing clamps

mounting ports on MVPM-5

• MVPC-5 features cartridge body
P A
V-2000
• Direct accurate pressure setting
Work supports

• Pressure setting between 200-2000 psi for

99-107

secondary circuit Options

Sequence valves • Flag indicator appears everytime the valve Gauges and
is operated accessories
Sequence valves block the oil
to a secondary hydraulic circuit 190 ▸
V-2000 .28
until pressure in the primary
1/8"-27NPT
Linear clamps

circuit reaches a preset level. The MVPM-5, WVP-5 Pressure drop vs oil flow
sequence valves have a built-in A 505
check system to allow the oil to
1.38
.62

435 P-A
flow back without external piping. A-P
P

Pressure drop (psi) u

1/8" 360
Pressure settings for the V-2000
1.50 -27NPT 290
can be adjusted by screwing the
2.00
slotted pin in or out. The pressure 217
Power sources

1.34
settings for the other models is .75 145
adjusted by loosening the jam nut
72
and turn the set screw to reach
your setting. 0
1.50

0 120 240 360 490 610 730

Application A Oil flow (in3/min) u

The sequence valves can be 3.10

mounted in-line or fixture mounted 3.40
Valves

using mounting bolts.

.79 max
.50
A typical application for the MVPM-5/WVP-5 MVPC-5
sequence valve would be to build .87
pressure within work supports

1.52
before the swing cylinders are (MVPM-5 only) .94

2.72
applied to the supported part, to manifold ports .51
prevent deflection in the part. ø .19
.04
5.60
.26

.22
A Sealing edge
G1/4"
1.97

2.56

P
118°
1.04

+.004
Ø.945 -.000
.49

.55
z Two WVP-5 sequence valves used .02 min.
.001
32 32
.51 1.12
in conjunction with Enerpac WCA-
1.46 * Holes #2 and #3 are for model WVP-5 Ø.945 +.020
series Auto Coupler to provide 1.97 Holes #1 through #4 are for model
-.000
.51
system automation. 2.36 WVPM-5
Ø.39 max.
.55
Product selection
Pressure Maximum Maximum Model Oil ports Opening A
adjustment pressure oil flow number pressure
range check valve

psi psi in3/min psi in lbs

200-2000 5000 250 V-2000 1/8"-27 NPT — — 2.0
500-5000 5000 620 MVPC-5 — 10 — 0.35
500-5000 5000 366 MVPM-5 G 1/4" 20 1.12 2.9
99-119

500-5000 5000 366 WVP-5 SAE #4 20 0.98 1.8

Seal material: Buna-N.
Manifold O-rings included with MVPM-5. For manifold mounting installation information consult Enerpac for surface preparation.
152 ®
MV, V-series Pilot operated check valves
Shown: V-72
Pilot ratio: 7:1 To hold cylinder load and
Flow: 10 gpm max.
ensure remote unlocking
• Fast check-off response
E Válvulas antiretorno pilotada
• Hardened seats ensure long life
F Clapets antiretour piloté and positive pressure holding
D Rückschlagventile • Built-in accumulator to maintain
system pressure
• Mounting holes
• Manifold mount body MVM-72

99_021
Product selection
MV and V-series
Pilot Accumulator Maximum Maximum Model Oil ports Optional
ratio included oil flow pressure number charging Pilot operated check valves check
tool for
ACL the oil flow with a built-in pilot
GPM psi lbs
circuit providing fast, automatic
check-off for your workholding
7:1 – 10 5000 V-72 SAE #4 – 4.0
applications.
7:1 ACL-22 10 5000 MV-722B G 1/4" WAT-2 6.0
7:1 ACL-202 10 5000 MV-7202B G 1/4" WAT-2 7.5
The pilot operated check valves
with built-in accumulator help to
7:1 – 10 5000 MVM-72 G 1/4" – 3.0
maintain system pressure due to
For more information on ACL-series Accumulators see page 124.
minor oil loss.
MV-722B, -7202B V-72 MVM-72 Application
Top View Added capability to open
K E
with pilot pressure to allow
.50

G L F
1.12 cylinders to retract. By using
P A B a pilot operated check valve,
z .31 G C B cylinder retraction can be
accomplished automatically
B .63 without operator activity.

Valves
C F 1.76
B
A D A
C 1.13 A
D
A G F

Pallet components
L H A
K
M H P z Bottom View
2.88
G 2.00
manifold ports
ø .187-.194 1.13
Options
H B A

System components
G F Fittings
z A
E A = Cylinder advance B C
P
194 ▸
B = Cylinder retract
D E
P = Pressure
K
Z = Pilot L
Yellow pages

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Model A B C D E F G H K L M
number

V-72 3.50 2.50 2.19 .28 2.88 1.13 SAE #4 1.25 2.00 2.88 –
MV-722B 3.50 2.80 7.25 .28 2.88 1.12 G1/4" 1.25 2.88 2.00 5.71
MV-7202B 3.50 3.64 7.13 .28 2.88 1.12 G1/4" 1.25 2.88 2.00 7.28
MVM-72 3.50 2.50 1.50 .28 1.13 1.12 G1/4" 1.25 1.75 2.88 –
Seal material: Buna-N.
Manifold O-rings included with MVM-72. For manifold mounting installation information consult Enerpac for surface preparation.
www.enerpacwh.com ® 153
 Pressure reducing valves PRV-series
Shown: PRV-3
Precise control of hydraulic pressure Pressure: 5000 psi
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Tool adjustable knob can be locked Flow: 427 in3/min

• Precise control of pressure
• G1/4" oil connection E Válv. reguladora de presión

• Remote mount F Valve de pression réglable

• PRVM-2 manifold has both ¼" BSPP and D Druckreduzierventil
Swing clamps

manifold ports
– Gauge port- 1/8" NPT
A P

PRV-8 & PRV-9

Work supports
99_101

Options
PRV series 1/8-27
Gauges

8.00
2X Ø NPT
These valves regulates system gauge
.256 thru
pressure for all subsequent mounting port 190 ▸
valves, according to the adjusted hole
Linear clamps

2X Ø .24
pressure. Maintains a constant Manifold .30 A A Fittings
pressure in a secondary circuit.
2.00

port

.90
.65 .60

Includes a check valve that

1.32
prevents pressure drop on
P
194 ▸
.50 .80 .50
.75
secondary side. .25 1.00 1.56
1.75 2X G-.250-19 BSPP port
Application
Power sources

Used when a hydraulic supply with PRVM-2

2X Ø .256 thru 1/8-27 NPT gauge port
a higher pressure (primary side) 2X Ø .24
mounting hole
Manifold port
must also be used for another
A
circuit with a lower pressure .30 A
2.00

(secondary circuit).
.65 .60

.50 .90

1.32

The PRVM-2 manifold can be P

.50 .80 .75
manifold mounted or plumbed 1.00 1.56
.25 2X G-.250-19 BSPP port
with tubing. The PRV-8 and PRV-9
Valves

1.75
use this manifold to provide a Bottom view Side view Front view
pre-assembled valve. PRV-3 and
4 are for remote mounting. The PRV-3, -4 PRV-3T, -4T
cartridge from PRV-3 and 4 can
be removed from manifold for 1.18
direct integration into gundrilled
fixture. Order the cartridge Port for 1.18
Mounting
separately as PRV-3T or PRV-4T. pressure M24x1,5
6.02

hole
0.02

switch
0,001 F 63
6.02
0.51
.63

0.63

0.87

A
.63

1.50
.33

0.43

P
1.97

A
63
P
118˚
G1/4" .47 .63 0.63
F

1.38 1.97

Product selection
Mounting Adjustable Maximum Model Oil Maximum
style pressure pressure number ports oil flow
range
psi psi BSPP in3/min lbs
Remote 435 - 4350 5000 PRV-3 G1/4" 427 2.9
Cartridge 435 - 4350 5000 PRV-3T – 427 1.5
Remote 75 - 2000 5000 PRV-4 G1/4" 427 2.9
Cartridge 75 - 2000 5000 PRV-4T – 427 1.5
Remote 435 - 4350 5000 PRV-8 G1/4" 427 2.4
Remote 72 - 2000 5000 PRV-9 G1/4" 427 2.4
Remote – 5000 PRVM-2 G1/4" 427 1.3

154 ®
VFC-series Flow control valves
Shown: VFC-1

Max. Flow: 10 gpm Regulate the flow of oil

Pressure: 0-5000 psi • Poppet valve design for zero leakage
• Color coded flow indicator
E Válv. reguladoras de caudal • Free flow return
F Valves de control débit • Fine metering capability
D Stromregelventile • Lockable
• Standard Viton seals
A B

99-025
Options
Fittings VFC-1, -2 Pressure drop vs oil flow VFC-series
Flow setting (in turns) u Provide repeatable oil flow control.
194 ▸ 1500
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The internal check valve allows
1400 metered flow in one direction and
High pressure 1200
free flow in the opposite direction.
Precise control is achieved with a
Pressure drop (psi) u

filter 1000
micro-meter style adjustment knob,
193 ▸ 800 which can be locked with the set
600 screw.
400
Application
200
Flow direction A-B Use VFC-series flow control valves
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 15 in-line with the Enerpac WE-series
Oil flow (gal/min) u workholding pump to protect your
components from damage due to
high flow rates.
VFC-1, -2

ø 1.20

Valves
2.77
2.53

.35

Pallet components
.98
12.80 Flat

Hex

1.34
2.17

System components
VFC-1 = SAE #4
VFC-2 = G¼˝

Product selection z In-line installation of a VFC-1 flow

control valve.
Maximum Pressure Oil Model Flow path Maximum
oil flow range ports number pressure drop
Yellow pages

gpm psi psi lbs

t Flow control valves

A B
10 0-5000 SAE #4 VFC-1 1500 1.8

A B
10 0-5000 G 1/4" VFC-2 1500 1.8

Seal material: Viton

www.enerpacwh.com ® 155
 Accessory valves Application & selection
Shown: HV-1000A, V-17, V-10, V-12, V-152
Your hydraulic control solution
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Regulate oil flow or system pressure

• All valves feature NPT or SAE porting to
insure against leakage at rated pressure
• Can easily be installed in any system
• All valves are painted, coated or plated
Swing clamps

for corrosion resistance

Product selection
Valve type Maximum Model Oil
pressure number ports
Work supports

99-086

Accessory valves psi

Enerpac accessory valves are available in a wide Holding valve, air pilot 3000 HV-1000A 1/8" NPT
variety and many configurations to control hydraulic Holding valve, modular 3000 MHV-1 1/8" NPT
pressure or oil flow. These valves are used in Pressure limiting valve 3000 PLV-40013B 1/8" NPT
conjunction with other valves and system components
Linear clamps

Manual shut-off valve 5000 V-12 SAE #4

to provide full automation and control. Auto-damper valve 10,000 V-10 1/2" NPT

Application Safety check valve 10,000 V-17 3/8" NPT

Accessory valves are used to automate clamp cycles, Pressure relief valve 10,000 V-152 3/8" NPT
prevent pressure loss and provide additional operator
and component safety. Product specification
Power sources

HV-1000A
Air pilot holding valve P A
• Holds fluid under pressure
offering independent control
of different branches of the 4.34
same fixture 2.25
1/4"-18 NPT

• Valve can control the pilot

air and the booster in P
Valves

sequence
• Max. oil flow 305 in3/min 1/8"-
Air inlet
27NPT
• Works with the VA-42 four- .28
1.88
way air valve and a booster
A
2.00

1.00

MHV-1 P
Modular holding valve
A
z V-17 Safety check valve installed on a fixture. • Allows separate operation of clamping
fixtures with a single power source
• Ideal for applications
when fluid feed lines are 5.06
impractical. If system .75
.28
pressure is interrupted,
the MHV-1 will hold the
1.38
.92

pressure beyond the valve

1/8"-27NPT

• Max. oil flow 305 in3/min

• To release system pressure,
rotate valve handle in either
3.31

direction 90˚ to release and

A P
retract system pressure
1.38

1/8"- 27 NPT
1.38
99-122b

156 ®
 Dimensions & options MHV, HV, PLV, V-series
Pressure: 0-10,000 psi
PLV-40013B 3.50 Flow max.: 305-1830 in3/min
Pressure limiting valve .68
A P
• Allows precise control of pressures E Válvulas de control
P
reaching specific clamps

1.50
F Valves de contrôle
• When pressure build-up reaches
a preset level, the valve closes, D Regelventile
stabilizing pressure to that section of the fixture Adjustable pressure screw

• Pressure adjustment between 200 to 1500 psi 1.63

P
• Max. oil flow 305 in3/min

.28
1.50
.75
P A

A
1/8"-27NPT (2x) 1.20

V-12
5.10
Manual shut-off valve
• Ball type valve can be used for the
master system shut-off or for isolating

2.31
separate circuits on a fixture
• Viton seals standard
• Straight through design for easy system
plumbing and installation 1.38
.49
.98 2.66
• Fully open allows high flow return of oil SAE #4 .437-20UNF
• Max. oil flow 732 in3/min

V-10 Auto-damper valve

1.50
• To protect gauge during high 1.12
cycle applications
• Creates a flow resistance when 1.12
load is released suddenly Options
No adjustments are necessary 4.69 VA-42
• Fits directly into GA-series gauge adaptor 1/2" -14NPT Air valve

Valves
158 ▸

Gauges
V-17 Safety check valve 4.00 and adaptors

Pallet components
• Ruggedly built to resist shock and
190 ▸
1.25

operate with low pressure drop

• Closes smoothly without 3/8" -18NPT
pounding Hoses
and couplers
• Max. oil flow 1830 in /min
3

192 ▸

System components
Fittings
V-152 Pressure relief valve
7.62 max
• Limits pressure developed by the ø 1.50 1.53 194 ▸
pump in hydraulic circuit, thus
3.12

limiting the force imposed on

other components
• 800-10,000 psi adjustment range;
Yellow pages

± 3% repeatability 4.53
3/8" -18NPT (3x)
Important
• Valve opens whenever preset
pressure is reached. To increase pressure setting, Valving help
turn handle clockwise
See Basic System Set-up
• Max. oil flow 1830 in3/min and Valve information in our
• Includes 3 ft. return line hose kit “Yellow Pages”.

197 ▸

www.enerpacwh.com ® 157
 Air valves and accessories V, VA, VR, RFL, QE-series
Shown: VA-42, VAS-42
To control and regulate air supply Air Pressure: 0-150 psi
product line
Collet-Lok®

VA-42 Manual operated air valve

5-way, 2-position E Válvulas de aire
• For control of boosters F Valves à air
• Viton seals standard
D Luftventile
VAS-42 Solenoid operated air valve
5-way, 2-position
Swing clamps

• For control of pump and boosters air supply

• Viton seals standard
• Solenoid: 120 VAC, 50/60Hz
Amperage: inrush .11 Amps, holding .07 Amps
99-110

• Maximum cycle rate: 600 cycles per minute

VR-3 Rapid exhaust valve Options
Work supports

• Enables booster to advance and retract faster

Gauges
• Instantly exhausts air supply from booster to and adaptors
atmosphere
Air valves V-19 Air check valve A ▸
142190
Enerpac’s line of directional air • Prevent rapid drop of air pressure to the booster
valves and accessories complete in the event of sudden loss of input air
your workholding system. Used Hoses
RFL-102 Regulator-Filter-Lubricator and couplers
Linear clamps

to control air operated hydraulic

units, they increase your • Regulates air pressure
A ▸
141192
productivity and efficiency. • Filter air input
• Lubricates air motors with a fine oil vapor mist
Fittings
Application • Maximum air flow 48 scfm
VA-series directional air valves QE-375 Muffler
194 ▸
provide either manual or electric • Use with VR-3 or VAS/VA-42
Power sources

control to air operated hydraulic • Reduces noise level of exhaust air from pump
units. Accessories such as rapid
exhaust, check valves, silencers
and regulators complete the air
control system.
VA-42 VAS-42 VR-3
• Accessory valves provide 2.24
.25 2.24
1.00

greater safety and more .25 2X 3/8"NPT

Valves

1.00
efficient clamping cycles
2.00

1.78
2.37
2.70
2.00

• Recommended for use with

all air powered units 1.12 1.68
1.12 1.68 3.29
• Directional valves to control
1.00
1.00

booster and pump air supply 3/8"-18NPT (5x) 3/8"-18NPT (5x)

4.00

2.32

• Remote air valve permits either

hand or foot operation 1.12 1.12 1.12
1.12 1.12 1.12
6.83 6.62

QE-375 V-19

1.54 3.86
1.09
.69
1.25

.30

3/8" -18NPT
Product selection
1/4"-18NPT
Maximum Model RFL-102
pressure number
psi 3/8"-18 NPT

Important t Air valves

4.06

30-150 VA-42
Valving help 30-150 VAS-42
9.49

See Basic System Set-up 0-100 VR-3

and Valve information in our 0-100 V-19
“Yellow Pages”. t Accessories
0-125 RFL-102
223 ▸ 8.34
0-125 QE-375

158 ®
 WVP-5, V-72, PRV-3 Valves
Valve Cutaways
WVP-5
The opening point is set by the adjustment
spring. Incoming pressure is blocked by
the valve spindle in the orifice plate. When
opening pressure is reached, the spindle is
pushed up until fluid will pass. The system
pressure level is maintained as pressure
builds in the downstream circuit. Reverse
flow is through a reverse check valve.
Cylinder

System

V-72
System pressure enters through the
Clamps
"Pump" port, flows through the check seat Retract

and past the check valve into the cylinder

circuit. When system pressure drops, the Clamps

check ball closes off the seat, blocking

flow. To release the cylinder pressure, the
"Pilot" port is pressurized, and the pilot
piston pushes the check ball off of the seat,

Valves
allowing reverse flow.

Pumps Pilot

Pallet components
PRV-3
A check ball is held off of the check seat by

System components
a spring loaded spindle. The spring setting
determines the closing point of the valve.
As pressure builds in the cylinder side of the
circuit, the spindle is lifted, and the check
seats. Closing off further flow through the
Yellow pages

valve provides a reduced pressure to the

Clamps
cylinder.

Pump

www.enerpacwh.com ® 159
 ®

Palletized fixture
Enerpac provides a variety of solutions for use in
palletized fixtures:
• Manual and Automated Coupler Systems for
connecting/disconnecting to the fixture
• Rotary couplers for use with continuous
connection systems
• Pressure intensifiers to provide increased
pressure for clamping when used with
machine hydraulics
• Safe Link for remote wireless monitoring of
fixture pressure or clamp position

Technical support
• Safety instructions
• Basic hydraulic information
• Advanced hydraulic technology
• FMS (Flexible Machining Systems) technology
• Conversion charts and hydraulic symbols

197 ▸

160 ®
components

t series t page

AC
Accumulators 162 - 163
WA

AC, AP
Coupler Packages 164 - 165
MHV

MCR
Manual couplers 166 - 171
MCH

Activator wand & boosters B, RA 172 - 173

WCA, WPA
Auto-coupler systems ACCB 174 - 175

AMP, CR
Rotary couplers 176 - 177
CRV

Pressure intensifiers PID 178 - 179

SafeLink SL 180 - 185

www.enerpacwh.com ® 161
 Accumulators Application & selection
Shown: ACL-201A, WA-502, ACL-21A
Accumulators
…maintain circuit pressure
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Ideal for high frequency and rapid discharge applications

• ACL series are pre-charged to 1450 psi
• Corrosion resistant bodies on ACL series
• Spring actuated accumulator for ACM-1
Swing clamps

• High energy storage capacity in a compact package

• WA accumulators are piston type
• ACL accumulators are diaphragm type
• ACM accumultors use internal spring
Work supports

99-054

Enerpac accumulators supply auxiliary

pressure to dampen shock loads or to compensate
pressure drop in applications where system
pressure needs to be maintained.
Linear Clamps
Power sources

Accumulator applications:
- Energy storage
- Circuit pulsation dampening
- Thermal expansion compensation
Valves

Pulse dampening Thermal expansion

Pallet Components

z ACBS-202 Accumulator package used to

maintain pressure on a machine tool fixture

Product selection
Operating Model Max. Gas Pre-charged Usable
pressure number rated volume nitrogen oil
oil pressure capacity
volume
in3
psi in3
in 3
psi at 5000 psi
t Pre-charged accumulators
0-3000 ACM-1 .10 – – –
1500-5000 ACL-21A .90 1.22 1450 .53
1500-5000 ACL-201A 7.70 10.37 1450 4.51
1500-5000 ACL-502A 20.60 27.46 1450 12.0
t Uncharged accumulators
0-5000 1) WA-502 2.50 2.50 – 2.50
98056

0-5000 1) WA-5010 10.00 10.00 – 7.50

1)
See pre-charge chart on page 163 for hydraulic operating pressures.

162 ®
 Dimensions & options AC, WA-series
Recommended pre-charge Pressure: 0-5000 psi
Operating Model Nitrogen Usable oil
pressure number pressure capacity 1) Oil volume: .10-20.60 in3
psi psi in3
0-1000 WA-502 500 1.50 Gas volume: 1.22-27.46 in3
1000-3000 WA-502 1000 2.00
3000-5000 WA-502 1200 2.50 E Acumuladores
0-1000 WA-5010 500 5.50
F Accumulateurs
1000-3000 WA-5010 1000 6.50
3000-5000 WA-5010 1200 7.50 D Druckspeicher
1)
At maximum operating pressure.

WA
øD
G

Options
B
AW-50 Mounting block
For WA series accumulators.
3.62
1.00 2.750- .40
A
16 UN

3.50

1.62
4.50

øE
Charging valve Hydraulic oil

193 ▸
ACM-1 ACL-21A ACL-201A, 502A

Charging valve Fittings

Charging valve
C D D
194 ▸
D
G E

B
A

Pallet components
A A
C C
B B

System components
G
E

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Model A B C D E F G Recommended
number charging
Yellow pages

tool lbs
t Pre-charged accumulators
ACM-1 5.25 .75 .50 .265 1.75 – .125-27 NPT – 2.1
ACL-21A 4.14 1.46 .71 1.69 – – SAE #4 WAT-2 1.0
ACL-201A 5.39 2.72 1.14 3.33 1.14 – SAE #6 WAT-2 2.7
ACL-502A 6.73 3.50 1.38 4.49 1.57 – G3/8" WAT-2 6.2
t Uncharged accumulators
WA-502 4.69 1.19 – 2.750-16 UN 2.75 – SAE #8 WAT-1 7.0
WA-5010 7.13 1.19 – 2.750-16 UN 2.75 – SAE #8 WAT-1 11.5

www.enerpacwh.com ® 163
 Coupler Packages Application & selection
Shown: AP-500, MHV-1,ACBS-22A
Coupler packages
…compact design for easy use of accumulators
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Single design accommodates both single-acting

or double-acting circuit
• Relief valve fitted and ball check shut-off
• Glycerin-filled gauge included
Swing clamps

• Supplied standard with one male coupler (AH-652)

• Optional manifold mounting. O-ring seals located
on bottom of block only for single-acting circuit

MHV-1 Modular holding valve

Work supports

99-054

• Allows separate operation of clamping fixtures with a

single power source
Accumulator packages will help maintain
system pressure to your fixture when separated
• Ideal for applications when fluid feed lines are
impractical. If system pressure is interrupted,
from the hydraulic source. The gauge will display
the MHV-1 will hold the pressure beyond the valve
system pressure after the circuit is disconnected.
• Max. oil flow 305 in3/min
Linear Clamps

• To release system pressure, rotate valve handle in either

direction 90˚ to release and retract system pressure

Coupler package circuits

Power sources

ACBS series AP-500 MHV-1

Single-acting circuit Single-acting circuit Single-acting circuit

x A
x A

A
Valves

x x

P
P
P
Pallet Components

Double-acting circuit Double-acting circuit

R A
R A

z ACBS-202 Accumulator package used to

maintain pressure on a machine tool fixture

R P R P

Product selection
Operating Model Max. Gas Pre-charged Usable
pressure number rated volume nitrogen oil
oil pressure capacity
volume
in3
psi in3 in3 psi at 5000 psi
t Accumulator coupler packages
1500-5000 ACBS-22A 0.90 1.22 1450 .53
1500-5000 ACBS-202A 7.70 10.37 1450 4.51
0-5000 AP-500 AP-500 uses WA-502 or WA-50101)
0-3000 MHV-1 – – – –
98056

1)
See pre-charge chart on page 163 for hydraulic operating pressures.

164 ®
 Dimensions & options AC, AP, MHV-series
Pressure: 0-5000 psi

Oil volume: .10-7.70 in3

Gas volume: 1.22-10.37 in3

E Acopladores manuales
F Manuel coupleur
ACBS AP-500 D Manuelle kupplung

øB 2.68 P

A MHV-1
5.71
5.22

A
Options

1.62
.62
1.25

B
1.38 G1/4" (1) AH-652 included Couplers
.79 3.74 .79 1.12
.33 (3x) 3.00 192 ▸
3.50
.79
.71

High pressure
G 2.50 filters
2.50
1.81

193 ▸
B E
.56 1) G1/4"
(4x) D Hydraulic oil
2.38 2.38
G F
5.32
(1) AH-654 included 193 ▸
Manifold hole should not exceed
1)

Ø .30 inch when port is utilized.

Fittings

194 ▸

MHV-1
Important
5.06
.75

Pallet components
.28 Enerpac high pressure
in-line filters are required for
use with these control units to
1.38
.92

prevent damage that can be

1/8"-27NPT

caused by contaminants that

have penetrated your hydraulic
fluid system.

System components
3.31

A P
1.38

Order an additional male

1/8"- 27 NPT coupler for use in double-
1.38 acting hydraulic circuits.
ACBS-Series: AH-652
AP-500: AH-654
Yellow pages

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Model A B C D E F G Recommended
number charging
tool lbs
t Pre-charged accumulator coupler packages
ACBS-22A 2.69 1.65 – – – – G1/4" WAT-2 10.1
ACBS-202A 4.18 3.33 – – – – G1/4" WAT-2 11.8
AP-500 6.44 2.50 3.50 3.84 1.75 0.38 SAE #4 – 11.8
MHV-1 – – – – – – 1/8" npt – –

www.enerpacwh.com ® 165
 Manual Couplers Application & selection
Shown: MCH-31, MCRA-11, MCRC-21, MCH-21, MCR-21
Manual Couplers
…convenient connection
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Use on palletized fixtures

• Available with or without an internal pilot operated (P.O.)
check valve
• Optional coupler block available to add circuit for air
Swing clamps

part present sensing

• Manifold porting
• Porting for tubing connections
• Filtration to prevent contamination
• Removable front plate provides access to the front
Work supports

filters and check cartridge

• Top port accommodates an accumulator or gauge
The Enerpac manual coupler is available as a
dual connection model or dual connection with op-
tional air circuit for part present sensing.
The fixture side receiver is available with or with-
Linear Clamps

out an internal pilot operated check valve. Filtration

provides protection from contamination.

Manual Coupler Circuits

Power sources

With auxiliary Without auxiliary

air circuit air circuit

Manual coupler applications: With P.O.

check
• With P.O. check
- Use MCRC-21 for a complete,
unitized coupler receiver solution
Valves

• Without P.O. check:

- Use MCR-21 when using a remote mounted
Pilot Operated Check Valve
Pallet Components

Without
P.O. check

z Enerpac manual couplers simplify the process of

connecting and disconnecting to a palletized fixture.

Model Basic configurations Circuits

number

MCRC-21 Pallet receiver with P.O. check Two Hydraulic

MCR-21 Pallet receiver without P.O. check Two Hydraulic
MCRA-11 Auxiliary air circuit receiver block One Air
MCH-21 Operator handle Two Hydraulic
MCH-31 Operator handle Two Hydraulic, One Air
MCSB-21 Storage block N/A
MCPS-21 Proximity switch kit N/A

166 ®
 MC Series
Select your components Max. Flow: 4 GPM

MCRC-21 Pallet Receiver with P.O. Check Pressure: 0-5000 psi

An internal pilot operated check valve and multiple ports to

E Acopladores manuales
accommodate a gauge or accumulator make the MCRC-21 a
great choice of coupler receiver for use in a palletized fixture. F Manuel coupleur
Internal filtration protects the check from contamination. Use
D Manuelle kupplung
with the MCH-21 operator handle.

MCR-21 Pallet Receiver

For applications where the pilot operated check valve is
remote mounted in the fixture circuit, use the MCR-1. Internal
filtration protects the circuit from outside contamination.
Options
FZ Series
fittings

194 ▸
MCRA-11 Auxiliary air circuit receiver
The MCRA-11 is used to provide an additional connection Hoses
and couplers
for use with air part sensing circuits. Use with either the
MCRC-21 or the MCR-21. Use with the MCH-31 operator 192 ▸
handle.
Pilot operated
check valves

153 ▸
MCSB-21 Operator Handle Storage Block
Proper storage of the MCH-21 or MCH-31 handle prevents Accumulators
contamination of the couplers, and makes sure that the
handle is disconnected from the fixture. Use the MCPS-21
162 ▸
proximity switch to confirm proper storage as an input to the
machine control.

MCH-21 Two Coupler Operator Handle Important

Use the MCH-21 with either the MCRC-21 or the MCR-21
pallet receiver. Do not couple or uncouple

Pallet components
with the hydraulic nozzles
under pressure.
This can damage
the couplers.

MCH-31 Do not exceed maximum

System components
Use the MCH-31 when using the MCRA-11 with either the flow and pressure.
MCRC-21 or MCR-21 receivers.
Yellow pages

Operating Replacement Replacement Voltage Model

pressure hydraulic nozzle filter kit number
psi
100 - 5000 AH654 Fl2201K – MCRC-21
100 - 5000 AH654 Fl2201K – MCR-21
10 - 100* AH654 Fl2201K – MCRA-11
100 - 5000 AR650 – – MCH-21
100 - 5000 AR650 – – MCH-31
– AH654 – – MCSB-21
– – – 24 VDC MCPS-21
* Air pressure

www.enerpacwh.com ® 167
 Manual Couplers Dimensions & options
Shown: MCH-21, MCR-21
MCRC-21 Receiver with P.O. check
2.87
product line
Collet-Lok®

1.25 1.75
.59 1.44
(3) 5/16–18 x 1.50"

.56
Lg. SHCS (provided)

2.03
Swing clamps

4.50
Work supports

.64
AH-654 B A
1.86 3.50
Serie MCR e MCH
MCR-21 Receiver without P.O. check
The Enerpac MCH-21 two
passage operator handle 1.25
conveniently connects and .59
Ø.188 x .62 Lg. spring
Linear Clamps

disconnects to the MCR-21 two roll pin (provided) .31 1.75 1.47
passage receiver utilizing a simple
push-on, pull-off action. 5/16–18 x 1.50"

.56
Lg. SHCS (provided)

.37
2.25
Power sources

.64

AH-654 B 3.50 A
1.86

MCRA-11 Auxiliary air circuit receiver (2) #10-24 x 1.50" Lg.

SHCS (provided)
.94
1.25
Valves

.28
.47

.19
2.25
Pallet Components

.64

AIR
1.86 AH-654
1.50
MCR-21 with MCRA-11 Receiver with air passage and without P.O. check

(2) #10–24 x 1.50" Ø.188 x .62" Lg. spring

Lg. SHCS (provided) roll pin (provided)

.59 1.25
.94 2.53
.47 1.75 1.47
5/16–18 x 1.50"
.56

Lg. SHCS (provided)

.37

.37
2.25
.64

AH-654 AIR B A
Can mount air
1.86 1.50 3.50
passage on
either side

168 ®
 Dimensions & options MCR and MCH-series
MCRC-21 with MCRA-11 Max. Flow: 4 GPM
(2) #10–24 x 1.50"
Lg. SHCS (provided) 2.53 Pressure: 0-5000 psi
2.87
1.25 E Acopladores manuales
.59 1.75
.47 1.44 F Manuel coupleur

.56
D Manuelle kupplung
(3) 5/16–18 x 1.50"
Lg. SHCS .94

1.87

2.03
(provided)
4.50

2.25

Options
.64

AIR B A
AH-654
1.50 3.50 Can mount air FZ Series
1.86
passage on fittings
either side
194 ▸
MCSB-21 Storage block MCPS-21 Optional proximity switch
Hoses
and couplers
(2) 1/4–20 x .50" (2) M5–4.8 x 20mm Lg. SHCS
Lg. SHCS (provided) with jam nuts (provided) 192 ▸
.43 .75 2.00
Pilot operated
check valves

153 ▸
2.25
1.81

Accumulators

162 ▸
.57

1.86 3.50

① Optional proximity switch is available.

See MCPS-21

Important

Pallet components
MCH-21 Operator handle

12.00 Do not couple or uncouple with

ø1.50 the hydraulic nozzles under
Knurled gripping area Knurled gripping area pressure.
3.62 3.62 This can damage
the couplers.

System components
AR-650 Do not exceed maximum
.81 5.00 2.00 1/4–18 NPT Female flow and pressure.
Hex Thread

MCH-31 Operator handle

Yellow pages

13.00
ø1.50
Knurled gripping area Knurled gripping area
3.62 3.62

AR-650
4.50 2.00 2.00 1/4–18 NPT
.81
Female Thread
Hex

www.enerpacwh.com ® 169
 Manual Couplers Mounting patterns
Shown: MCR-21
MCRC-21 Receiver with P.O. check – MCR-21 Receiver without P.O. check –
Mtg. hole pattern Mtg. hole pattern
product line
Collet-Lok®

2.87
*1.75
1.44 (3) 5/16–18 x .62"
(2) Ø.25 feed holes
*1.75
5/16–18 x .62"
Swing clamps

1.00 (2) Ø.25 feed holes

(2) 2.03
2.00 1.47 Ø.188 x .31"

*3.94

.37
1.00
Work supports

*1.69
2.00

MCR series
The MCR-21 two passage receiver
features multiple SAE #4 ports
as well as manifold mount ports
Linear Clamps

for easy plumbing to a fixture.

MCRC-21 with MCRA-11 Receiver with air passage and with P.O check – Mtg. hole pattern
Internal filtration in all receiver
models protects the circuit from
external contamination. *3.75
2.53 (3) 5/16–18 x .62"
2.87
1.44 (2) Ø.25 feed holes
Power sources

.94 1.00

(2) 1.88

(2) 2.03
(2) #10–24 x .50"
2.00

*3.94
Valves

.31

.47
Ø.19 feed holes
Pallet Components

Can mount air passage

on either side.

MCR-21 with MCRA-11 Receiver with air passage and without P.O check – Mtg. hole pattern

*3.75 (3) 5/16–18 x .62"

.94 2.53 (2) Ø.25 feed holes
(2) #10–24 x .50 Ø.188 x .31"
1.47
.31

.37
.37

.47 1.00
Ø.19 feed holes
1.69

2.00

Can mount air passage

on either side.

* Minimum from edge of tool plate

170 ®
 Mounting patterns, dimensions & options MCR and MCS-series
MCSB-21 Storage Block – Mounting Hole Pattern Max. Flow: 4 GPM

Pressure: 0-5000 psi

2X Ø.04 x .62"
E Acopladores manuales
1/4–20 x .50"
.75 2.00 F Manuel coupleur
D Manuelle kupplung

1.81

Manifold and Port Dimensions

Options
(2) 1/16-27 NPTF dry FZ Series
seal taper pipe plugs 4.00 1/16-27 NPTF dry seal taper
fittings
(provided). Remove when
.75 2.00 pipe plugs (provided). Remove
manifold mounting.
when manifold mounting. 194 ▸

A B Hoses
and couplers
.63
.53

.53
.44

192 ▸
(2) O-rings (provided). Use O-ring (provided). Use
when manifold mounting when manifold mounting. Pilot operated
(2) Ø.25 feed holes (2) Ø.19 feed holes check valves

Rear view 153 ▸

Accumulators
(2) .56

(6) Port passages

SAE #4 plugs (provided) 162 ▸
Accumulator or gauge port only
SAE #4 plug (provided)
(4) Port passages
SAE #2 plugs (provided)
Bleeder port only
SAE #2 plug (provided)
Important

Pallet components
.51

Do not couple or uncouple with

the hydraulic nozzles under
pressure.
This can damage
the couplers.

System components
AIR
B A
Top view
Do not exceed maximum
flow and pressure. Yellow pages

www.enerpacwh.com ® 171
 Activator wand and booster
Shown: RA-1061, B-81
Contamination resistant closed hydraulic system
product line
Collet-Lok®

• No-leak palletized system, eliminates oil loss at connection point

• Closed design prevents machining chips and coolant from
entering the hydraulic circuit
• Booster can be mounted in either horizontal or vertical
position for flexible fixture design
Swing clamps
Work supports
99_078

B and RA series Hydraulic system schematics

Mechanical energy transfer
system uses external cylinder The Activator Wand RA-1061 is placed into the receiver booster B-81 or B-171.
to operate receiver booster. The mechanical transfer of force from the activator wand plunger to the booster
Linear Clamps

piston provides oil flow to the system.

Bleeder
Valve
RA-1061
ACL-21
Power sources

Activator Wand
Hydraulic Accumulator

G series
PED1001B
Pressure
Gauge
Bleeder
Valve

ACL-21
Valves

SURS-51

V-66

B-171
B-171
Pallet Components

FMS booster

V-66
Shut-off valve
RA-1061
SURS-51
Swing Cylinders

z A manually placed Wand

and Booster system is used "PED1001B"
to clamp the castings in this
machining fixture.

Product selection
Pressure Oil flow Oil Stroke Model Effective Operating
ratio ratio volume number area pressure
per
stroke

in3 in in2 psi lbs

t Receiver booster
2:1 1.75:1 8.10 2.04 B-81 3.98 400-5000 12.7
2:1 1.75:1 17.10 4.30 B-171 3.98 400-5000 15.7
t Activator wand
– – 9.90 4.44 RA-1061 2.23 800-10,000 11.3

172 ®
 Dimensions & Options B/RA series

Ratio: 2:1

Stroke: 2.04-4.44 inch

Activator wand input vs booster output pressure Pressure: 400-5000 psi
5000
B-81, -171 Output pressure (psi) u

E Multiplicadores
4000
F Multiplicateur
3000
D Betätigungszylinder und
2000 Druckverstärker

1000

0
0 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000
RA-1061 Input pressure (psi) u

Options
Fittings

194 ▸

B-81, -171 Hoses

and couplers
A
B E 192 ▸
H F
SAE#4
For 10,000 psi
pumps, refer
SAE#4

to the Enerpac
D E F
Industrial Tools
Catalog E327.

US
7
E 3 2
K1 L2 L K
L1

Existing fixtures with manual-

RA-1061 connect single-acting circuits
A D1 can be easily upgraded into
H J S the wand and booster.

Pallet components
J1
3/8"-18 NPT

D E F Important
C The activator wand has

System components
B a 2 to 1 ratio of
input pressure versus
output force.

The booster output flow

is 1.75 times the wand
input flow.
Yellow pages

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

odel
M A B C D D1 E F H J J1 K K1 L L1 L2 S
number
ø ø
t Receiver booster
B-81 6.86 2.74 1.74 3.00 – 4.00 3.25 1.12 – – .41 2.26 .41 .62 .42 –
B-171 9.12 2.74 1.74 3.00 – 4.00 3.25 1.12 – – .41 2.26 .41 .62 .42 –
t Activator wand
RA-1061 11.62 4.63 .19 2.25 3.00 .75 2.32 .75 3.02 1.53 – – – – – 2.75

www.enerpacwh.com ® 173
 Auto-coupler systems Application & selection
Shown: WCA-62, WPA-62
For automated coupling of hydraulic
circuits on palletized systems
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Sensing feedback of coupler position allows for fully

automated applications
• Horizontal or vertical mounting for flexible installation on
machine tools
Swing clamps

• Available as 2 or 4 port model to provide a solution to various

hydraulic circuit needs
• Adjustment stroke allows clearance for pallet indexing
• Coupler elements supplied with air blow-off nozzles to
prevent damage from contamination
Work supports

• Automatic coupler control box provides pre-programmed

99-064

safety features to insure proper sequencing of automatic

coupler and fixture operations
The automatic coupler system allows
connection and disconnection of palletized
hydraulic circuits. This system eliminates the direct
intervention of an operator, allowing hands free,
Linear Clamps

safe functioning of the process. Typical systems

include one base station located at the load/unload
station operating one or more pallet receivers.

ACCB-2, Automatic 175 ▸

coupler control box
Power sources

• Provides automatic or manual

control of your 2 or 4 port auto
coupler station.
z ACCB-2 Control shown with ZW4020HJ-FHLT12U300 Pump. • Panel view informs when auto
coupler is retracted or advanced
and whether fixture is unclamped
Valves

or clamped.
• Includes 2 pressure switches, 3 proximity switches.
• Pressure switches monitor clamping and unclamping
system pressure.
Pallet Components

• Proximity switches inform PLC when auto coupler is

advanced or retracted and when pallet is in position for
the auto coupling.
• Integrates with ZW4020HJ-FHLT12U300 and
ZW5020HJ-FHLT12U300 pumps.

z A 4-way auto coupler is connected to the receiver, mounted

on the side of a palletized fixture.
Product selection
Station Model Adjustable Oil Maximum
position number1) stroke capacity oil flow 2)

in3
in advance retract in3/min
t 2 port auto coupler
Base WCA-62 .20 - .59 .66 .66 60
Base WCA-82* 4.10 - 4.48 .66 .66 60
Pallet WPA-62 – – – –
t 4 port auto coupler
Base WCA-64* .20 - .59 .66 .66 60
Pallet WPA-64* – – – –
1)
For additional pallet clearance, WCA-82 long stroke model are available.
2)
Maximum oil flow of coupler elements is 4.3 GPM.
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before
174 ®
specifying in your design.
 Dimensions & options WCA, WPA, ACCB-series
Product specifications Connection: 2-4 ports

Model Required radial Operating Hydraulic nozzle Air blow-off Recommended Stroke: .20-4.48 inch
number alignment accuracy pressure model number fitting model No. alignment
in psi (included) (included) tool Pressure: 580-5000 psi
t 2 port auto coupler
WCA-62 ± .02 580 - 5000 CDF-6 FZ-2050 AT-1
E Acopladores automáticos
WCA-82 ± .02 580 - 5000 CDF-6 FZ-2050 AT-2
WPA-62 ± .02 580 - 5000 CDM-6 FZ-2050 AT-1 F Coupleurs automatiques
t 4 port auto coupler
D Automatische Kupplungen
WCA-64 ± .02 580 - 5000 CDF-6 FZ-2050 AT-1
WPA-64 ± .02 580 - 5000 CDM-6 FZ-2050 AT-1

WCA-62, -82 WPA-62 Model Voltage / Current Options

number

1.57 High pressure

tAutomatic Coupler Control Box
C filters
V V ACCB-2 115 VAC / 10 A
Note: Enclosure rating NEMA 12. 193 ▸
4.33
3.58
2.17

2.17
3.58
4.33 ACCB-2 AT series alignment tool
Use the AT series alignment
Operator Station
tool to adjust the position of the
D 3.65 W
1.18 pallet station in relation to the
A
E 2.17 base station.
SAE #4 SAE #4 3.04
SAE #4 A
.79
2.74

A B
1.77
1.73
.79

A1 F
B
Hoses
WCA-64 WPA-64 and couplers

C 192 ▸
V V
1.67 2.17 1.67
1.67 2.17 1.67

Important
7.68

3.58

3.58

7.05
7.68

Use high pressure filters

on pallet station outlet ports,
to avoid contamination

Pallet components
of pallet mounted valves
D 3.65 W and cylinders.
A 1.57
E 2.17
SAE #4 SAE #4 3.04
SAE #4 To guarantee leakage free
.79

connections, accurate
2.74

System components
A B positioning of the pallet and
1.73

1.77
.79

base stations is crucial.

A1 F Carefully read the
instruction manual
included with the product.
Product dimensions in inches [ ]
Model A A1 B C D E F V 1) W 2)
number max. for mounting bolts
thread x length lbs
t 2 port auto couplers Do not couple or uncouple
Yellow pages

with the hydraulic nozzles

WCA-62 8.86 7.48 – 5.42 .83 5.09 .394-.413 .312-18UN x 3.00 – 16.8 under pressure.
WCA-82* 15.67 14.03 – 9.36 3.94 8.20 3.70 .312-18UN x 3.00 – 28.8 This could damage the internal
WPA-62 – – – – – – – .375-16UN x 2.00 .23 4.0 coupler seals.
t 4 port auto couplers
WCA-64* 8.86 7.48 – 5.42 .83 5.09 .394-.413 .312-18UN x 3.00 – 29.1
WPA-64* – – – – – – – .375-16UN x 2.00 .23 6.6
Do not exceed maximum
t Automatic coupler control box 3)
flow and pressure.
ACCB-2 13.78 – 11.81 – – – – – – 30.0
1)
Mounting bolts are not included. 2) Drill dowel pin holes after installing WPA.
* This product is made to order. Please contact Enerpac for delivery information before specifying in your design.
www.enerpacwh.com ® 175
 Rotary couplers Application & selection
Shown: CRV-221, CR-111
Permanent hydraulic connection on
indexing and rotating work stations
product line
Collet-Lok®

• High rotation per minute

• Low starting torque
• Internal oil bearings for increased lifetime
• Manifold mounting adaptors available
Swing clamps

to reduce fixture plumbing

Starting torque and speed diagrams

Pressure vs starting torque

6000
Work supports

CR-111
98-067

5000

Pressure (psi) u
4000
Rotary couplers are specially designed unions 3000
to transfer pressurized fluid from a stationary 2000
1000
supply line to a rotating device. Used for
0
workholding or clamping device such as fixtures 0 2 4 6 8 10
Linear Clamps

installed on rotating index tables. Starting torque (in.lbs) u

Max. operating speed = 30 RPM.

Pressure vs starting torque Pressure vs speed

6000 6000
Rotary table Fixture 5000 5000

Pressure (psi) u
Pressure (psi) u

4000 4000
Power sources

3000 3000
2000 2000
CRV-221 CRV-221
1000 1000
CRV-441 CRV-441
0 0
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 90 80 70 60 50

Starting torque (in.lbs) u t Speed (RPM)

Oil loss CRV-221 = 1.22 in3/h, CRV-441 = 2.44 in3/h

Valves

Product selection
No. of Model Operating Maximum Starting
radial number 1) pressure speed torque
passages range
Pallet Components

Anti-rotation key CRV-221 RPM in.lbs

psi 1500 psi 5000 psi 1500 psi 5000 psi
1 CR-111 1500-5000 30 30 4.5 8
2 CRV-221 1500-5000 100 75 27 60
4 CRV-441 1500-5000 90 65 53 182
z In this application eight CRV-221 rotary couplers are 1)
Before selecting, note the starting torque and speed diagrams above.
installed to power the individual presses of an eight
station rotary press table.
Manifold mounting adaptor
Mounting adaptor AMP-2, AMP-4
Mounts onto end of two and four passage
rotary unions. Allows O-ring mounting
directly to fixture.

Product selection
Number Model Operating Used
of radial number pressure with
passages range

psi
2 AMP-2 1500-5000 CRV-221
98-070

4 AMP-4 1500-5000 CRV-441

176 ®
 Dimensions & options AMP, CR, CRV-series
Product dimensions in inches [ ] Passages: 1-4 lines

Speed: 30-100 RPM max.

CR-111
1.09
Pressure: 1500-5000 psi

3/8" Tube flare

E Acoplamientos giratorios

.562-18UN
ø.31
F Joints tournants
2.00

.85
D Drehdurchführungen
.79
.39

SAE#6

1.06
1.06

1.01

AMP-2 AMP-4
Ø 4.72
Ø 3.94
Ø 3.94 Ø 2.83
Ø 3.35 Ø 1.38

Options
Fittings
Ø 0.35 Ø 0.35
194 ▸

Couplers
1.00
192 ▸
1.00

Hoses and
1.38 couplers
CRV-221 CRV-441
A

Pallet components
192 ▸
.98 SAE #4
A (4x)
B D
D
Important
2.83

B A
B Before selecting, note the
1.97

C 45˚ pressure versus starting

System components
.312-18UN torque diagrams.
SAE #4 (4x)
C

2.68 3.45 Rotary couplers must be

SAE #4 2.36 .12 mounted in the center of
2.56
.312-18UN .24 (4x) rotation of the installation.
1.10
.39

.43

Yellow pages
1.22

Anti-rotation keys
.43

.63

B A A
1.26

should be utilized.
4.57
1.89

B
.63

3.54

2.52
1.26

A C
SAE #4 D For proper application, clamp
B
SAE #4 force, pressures and timing,
.63

consult Enerpac for support.

.312-18UN .24 SAE #4 .312-18UN (4x)
(2x) 2.56 (4x) 2.83

www.enerpacwh.com ® 177
 Oil/oil intensifiers
Shown: PID-401
High flow units intensify low inlet oil
pressure to high outlet pressure
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Internal bypass valving enables high output flow rates

• Wide range of intensification ratios allows for adapting
to various operating pressure requirements
• Compact and self-contained design allows for ease
Swing clamps

of installation
• Includes dump valve eliminating the need for an
external pilot check valve
• Select fit of all internal components provides
long operating life
Work supports
99_055

Intensifier principle
PID series • When oil is supplied to the inlet (IN) port • Free flow from the cylinder to tank
When hydraulic pressure from an it flows freely past the check valves (CV) occurs when the directional control
existing power source is limited, and the dump valve to the cylinder and valve is switched to supply the R-port.
Enerpac oil-to-oil intensifiers advances it. • 10 micron filtration is required on
Linear Clamps

serve to increase output pressure • As the inlet pressure increases the all ports in the circuit to ensure
to satisfy the required application. oscillating pump (OP) automatically trouble free operation. Filters and
increases the outlet pressure by the flow control included.
chosen intensification.
• Once the maximum pressure is reached,
the pump frequency lowers and balances
at the maximum pressure.
Power sources

PID Series
OS

CV2
OP

To cylinder
Valves

DV

CV1
IN

Low pressure High pressure

Pallet Components

PID-xxxF intensifier

z PID-Series intensifier utilizes low

pressure machine hydraulics to VFC-1
power clamping cylinders. FL2101
PIDxxx
FL2101

Product selection
Maximum Pressure Maximum Maximum Model Inlet
pressure intensification input flow output flow number pressure
ratio range
with
psi in3/min in3/min dump valve psi lbs
10,000 1 : 3.2 610 150 PID-321F 300 - 1560 2.6
10,000 1 : 4.0 580 120 PID-401F 300 - 1250 2.6
10,000 1 : 5.0 550 95 PID-501F 300 - 1000 2.6
10,000 1 : 6.6 530 75 PID-661F 300 - 750 2.6
* Operating pressures above 5000 psi require high pressure fittings or intensifier models with BSPP ports.
Contact Enerpac for details.
178 ®
 Dimensions & Options PID series
System set-up information: Ratio: 1:3.2-1:6.6

Flow: 75-150 in3/min

With dump valve
E
(PID models) R Pressure: 960-10,000 psi
PID
The intensifier with the dump IN
valve is used to achieve high E Multiplicadores
pressure on the advance side
of a double-acting cylinder. F Multiplicateur
D Öl-Öl Druckübersetzer
Low
pressure

With external dump valve

E
In a system where the pump’s
oil flow is higher than the
maximum inlet oil flow of the
intensifier, an external check IN
valve and flow control valve
R
PID Options
reduces the pump’s oil flow.
Low
FL-series,
This application can be set up high-pressure
pressure
when machines are equipped filters
with low pressure hydraulics 193 ▸
but the pressure to clamp the
workpiece must be higher. Directional
valves
135 ▸

FZ-series
fittings
194 ▸
R
FL2101
FL2101

IN Important
PIDxxx
Do not exceed maximum
VFC-1
allowable inlet pressure.

Pallet components
10 micron filtration
is included to ensure
trouble-free operation.

Applications above 5000 psi

System components
require high pressure fittings
or intensifier models with
Product dimensions in inches [ ] BSPP ports. Contact Enerpac
for details.
PID series

0.74-0.76 PID models with dump valve

0.09-0.11 SAE #4 provide an economical means
Yellow pages

of relieving pressure from

the system.

R
ø1.17-1.18

1.97-1.97

1.09-1.10
M24x1,5
SAE #6

IN
Can be panel mounted into
machine (M24x1,5 thread).
3.34-3.35 1.61
4.32-4.34

www.enerpacwh.com ® 179
 SafeLink Application & selection
Shown: SLS-2
WIRELESS communication between a
fixture circuit and the machine control
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Fixture mounted “SEND” unit uses radio communication

to monitor pressure and/or clamp position
• 2.4 GHz Frequency Band for global acceptance
• “Frequency Hopping” used to for signal stability,
Swing clamps

even in busy production environments

• “SEND” units are easily reassigned to a different
“RECEIVE” unit so fixtures can be moved
between machines
• No limit to the number of systems used in a
production area
Work supports

• “SEND” units are internally powered by a replaceable

SafeLink provides wireless communication
3.6 VDC Lithium battery – provides up to 3-year
battery life
between the fixture mounted SEND unit and the
• “SEND” units are sealed to IP-67 for protection from
machine control interfaced RECEIVE unit.
contamination and coolant
Linear Clamps

• LED lights for visual status indication

A pressure switch is used on the fixture to monitor
the circuit pressure. If the pressure switch on the • LCD Display window for set-up and status display
fixture goes open, the RECEIVE unit communicates
the changed status to the machine control through
either 24 VDC, Modbus RTU RS485 or Ethernet IP
Power sources

protocol or Modbus TCP/IP.

The machine control would interrupt the

machining process. The SEND unit can also be
used with limit switch based position sensing
Model Description
clamps to verify clamped or unclamped status for Number
robotically loaded systems.
Valves

SLS-1 “SEND” Unit with Internal Antenna

SLS-2 “SEND” Unit with External Antenna
SLS-3 “SEND” Unit with External Antenna, 3 Inputs
SLR-1 “RECEIVE” Unit with External Antenna
Pallet Components

SLR-2 “RECEIVE” Unit with External Antenna, 3 Inputs

SLS-2AC .2m Antenna Cable
SLEM-1 Expansion Module for SLR
SLEB-1 Ethernet Bridge for SLR-1
SLSC-1 Power and Communication Splitter Cable for SLEB-1
SLDB-1 DIN Rail Mounting Bracket

Product specifications
IP Radio Transmit Input Outputs FCC Receiver Additional
Rating Frequency Power Power Rating Commun- Outputs
for ication available
RECEIVE Protocols from
Unit Receiver

IP 67 2.4 GHz 21 dBm +10 VDC +24 VDC FCC Modbus 24 VDC
conducted to Part 15, RTU RS485
+30 VDC Subpart C,
15.247 Ethernet IP
Dust tight, Global Supplied NMOS Max
immersion Standard by machine Sinking Modbus from
up to 1 control TCP/IP Receiver:
meter 6

180 ®
 Dimensions SafeLink
SLR-1 / SLR-2 RECEIVE UNIT Radio Frequency: 2.4 GHz
3.18
IP Rating: 67
2.56 2.23
.22 ommunication protocols:
C
(4X) Modbus RTU RS485
Ethernet TCP IP

2.56
3.16

4.20
E Monitoreo Inalámbrico
F Contrôle sans fil
D Drahtlose Überwachung

SLS-1 SEND UNIT

3.18
2.56 .22 2.23
(4X)

Important

3.16
2.56 A Pressure Switch is required

3.67
to monitor the pressure in the
fixture circuit. For a convenient
manifold mount model, use the
PSCK-8 or PSCK-9
from Enerpac.
SLS-2 /SLS-3 SEND UNIT
3.18
2.56 .22 2.23
(4X)

Manifold Mount Pressure Switch

2.56
3.16

3.67

IP Rating: 65 (Dust and Water Jet)

PSCK–8: Range 1450–5000 psi
(100-345 bar)
PSCK–9: Range 290–3045 psi
(20-210 bar)

SLEM-1 EXPANSION MODULE

3.18

Pallet components
2.56 2.23
.22
(4X)
4.20
3.16
2.56

System components
Mounting Dimensions
SLEB-1 ETHERNET BRIDGE
3.18 Hydraulic Connection
2.56 2.23
.22
(4X)
Yellow pages
2.56
3.16

4.20

www.enerpacwh.com ® 181
 SafeLink Systems using 24 VDC output
Shown: SLS-1
Basic System with I/O Machine Interface
product line
Collet-Lok®

PALLET #1 PALLET #1
correct pressure correct pressure

m a c h i n e c o n t r o l l e r
Output to ma c hine c ontroller: 24 V DC from R ECEIV E unit.
cylinder retracted cylinder retracted
SEND/RECEIVE connected
Swing clamps

SLS-2 “SEND” unit

Work supports

SafeLink can provide a discrete SLR-1

24VDC output signal for systems “RECEIVE”
unit
of up to 4 fixtures. Each SEND unit
can provide up to three outputs to
Linear Clamps

the RECEIVE unit. The RECEIVE

unit has 6 terminal stations , which
are assigned to SEND units in PALLET #2 PALLET #2
groups of 3. So each RECEIVE unit correct pressure correct pressure
can be paired with 2 SEND units cylinder retracted cylinder retracted
when using the 24VDC output. For SEND/RECEIVE connected
extra capacity, an EXPANSION SLS-2 “SEND” unit
Power sources

MODULE provides an additional

terminal strip, adding 2 more sets
of three terminal stations.

Larger System with I/O Machine Interface

Valves

PALLET #1 PALLET #1
Pallet Components

correct pressure correct pressure

m a c h i n e c o n t r o l l e r
Ou tpu t to m ac h in e con tro lle r : 2 4 VD C fro m R E CE IV E u n it a nd
cylinder retracted cylinder retracted
SEND/RECEIVE connected
SLS-2 “SEND” unit

SLCS-1 SLCS-1
PALLET #2 “SPLITTER PALLET #2
Splitter Cable correct pressure CABLE” correct pressure
The SLSC-1 cylinder retracted cylinder retracted
Splitter Cable SEND/RECEIVE connected
is used with the SLS-2 “SEND” unit
SLEM-1 Expansion Module and
the SLEB-1 Ethernet Bridge to
connect to the SLR-1 RECEIVE unit PALLET #3 PALLET #3
and the machine control circuit.
correct pressure correct pressure
cylinder retracted cylinder retracted
E XPA N SIO N M OD UL E .

SEND/RECEIVE connected
SLS-2 “SEND” unit SLR-1 SLEM-1
“RECEIVE” “EXPANSION
unit MODULE”
PALLET #4 PALLET #4
correct pressure correct pressure
cylinder retracted cylinder retracted
SEND/RECEIVE connected
SLS-2 “SEND” unit

182 ®
 Systems using Modbus or Ethernet Protocols SafeLink
Shown: SLR-1
Larger System with Modbus RTU Machine Interface

PALLET #1
correct pressure

m a c h i n e c o n t r o l l e r
cylinder retracted

SLS-1 “SEND” unit

Output to ma c hine c ont roller: Modbus RTU R S -485.

PALLET #2
correct pressure
cylinder retracted

SLS-1 “SEND” unit

SLR-1 SafeLink RECEIVE units can

PALLET #3 “RECEIVE” supply the outputs by using the
unit standard Modbus RTU RS-485
correct pressure
cylinder retracted protocol. This output uses the 5 pin
connector on the RECEIVE unit. If
SLS-1 “SEND” unit Ethernet protocol is preferred, an
ETHERNET BRIDGE is available to
convert the Modbus RTU R-485 to
PALLET #4 ETHERNET IP or Modbus TCP/IP.
correct pressure
cylinder retracted

SLS-1 “SEND” unit

Shown: SLEB-1

Larger System with Ethernet IP Machine Interface

PALLET #1

Pallet components
correct pressure
m a c h i n e c o n t r o l l e r
Ou tpu t to m ac h in e con tro lle r : E h ter n et IP or Modb us TCP/ IP.

cylinder retracted

SLS-2 “SEND” unit

SLCS-1
PALLET #2 “SPLITTER

System components
correct pressure CABLE”
cylinder retracted

SLS-2 “SEND” unit

The SLEB-1 Ethernet Bridge
is used with the SLR-1 Receiver
when Ethernet connection is
PALLET #3
available in the machine control.
correct pressure
Use of the SLEB-1 will allow the
Yellow pages

cylinder retracted
SLR-1 SLEB-1 monitoring of more fixtures in a
SLS-2 “SEND” unit “RECEIVE” “ETHERNET large pallet pool system.
unit BRIDGE”

PALLET #4
correct pressure
cylinder retracted

SLS-2 “SEND” unit

www.enerpacwh.com ® 183
 SafeLink FAQ
Shown: SLR-1

▶ what is safELink?
product line
Collet-Lok®

SafeLink is a wireless way to communicate between a palletized fixture and a

machine control.

▶ why usE safELink?

Swing clamps

SafeLink can monitor the fixture pressure and clamp position in real time- even
when parts are being machined. The system can also be used to verify that the
operator has properly pressurized the fixture before it is sent in to be machined. If
there is a pressure deficiency, the signal between the Send and Receive units is
interrupted, and the machine control can respond before expensive damage occurs.
Work supports

▶ how doEs safELink work?

SafeLink provides wireless SafeLink uses 2.4 GHz radios to allow the SEND unit on the fixture to communicate
communication between with the RECEIVE unit that is interfaced with the machine control. The RECEIVE
the fixture mounted SEND unit provides both 24 VDC outputs and a standard Modbus RTU RS485
unit and the machine control communication protocol. An optional Ethernet Bridge will convert this to an Ethernet
Linear Clamps

interfaced RECEIVE unit. If the TCP IP protocol. The machine control must be set up to respond to this protocol to
pressure switch on the fixture initiate a Feed Hold command, turn on a warning light, or even activate a Machine
goes open, the RECEIVE unit Stop command.
communicates the changed A pressure switch for pressure monitoring or a limit switch for position sensing is
status to the machine control used with the SEND unit. If the pressure or position is lost, the switch goes open
through either 24 VDC Modbus and the signal to the RECEIVE unit is interrupted.
Power sources

RTU RS485 or Ethernet TCP IP

protocol. The machine control
would interrupt the machining ▶ what powErs thE sEnd unit?
process. The SEND unit can also The SEND unit uses a 3.6 VDC size D Lithium battery that is supplied with
be used with limit switch based the unit.
position sensing clamps to verify
Projected battery life is 3 years.
clamped or unclamped status for
Valves

robotically loaded systems.

▶ what powErs thE rECEiVE unit?
The receive unit requires 24 VDC power, usually from the power supply in the
Pallet Components

machine control.

▶ wiLL thE maChinEfauLt if thE paLLEt is in thE Loading station and

thE CLamps arE unCLampEd?
The Receive unit is just an input source for the machine control. The machine
control must be able to identify which fixture is in the machine being run and which
one is in the loading station. When in the loading station, the machine control must
be able to ignore the signal loss when the clamps are unclamped
to remove the completed parts.

▶ how many fixturEs Can bE monitorEd by onE rECEiVE unit?

By using either Modbus RTU RS485 or Ethernet TCP IP, up to 56 SLS-1 or SLS-2
Send Units on fixtures can be monitored by a single SLR-1Receive Unit.

▶ is instaLLation aVaiLabLE from EnErpaC?

Enerpac has partnered with a CNC control specialist that can quote custom
installation services. Contact your Enerpac Territory Manager for details.

184 ®
 SafeLink Monitoring System Worksheet

safELink paLLEt monitoring systEm

for CustomErs who rEquirE Custom instaLLation of thE EnErpaC safELink paLLEt monitoring
systEm, pLEasE proVidE thE foLLowing information for EaCh maChinE tooL to bE EVaLuatEd:

company: ________________________________________________ city, state, zip: _______________________________________

contact: ________________________________________________ contact phone (ext): __________________________________

address: ________________________________________________ contact email: _______________________________________

budgEt

budgEt for Custom instaLLation of safELink systEm on this maChinE tooL:

$500 $1000 $2500 $5000+

maChinE information

machine make

machine model

machine serial number

machine type

single bed horizontal machining center

pallet pool cell with horizontal machining centers

number of machines in cell

single bed vertical machining center

two pallet vertical machining center

slide by

vertical turret lathe (vtl)

other/describe

number of fixtures associated with this machine

total number of circuits in fixture group

Pallet components
maChinE ControL information

machine control / make

System components
machine control / model number

machine control / serial number

machine control interface available modbus ethernet devicenet relay

serial rs-232 other/describe

machine control ip address

Yellow pages

action if fault is detected feedhold activate a light

machine stop other/describe

contact enerpac: info@enerpac.com • phone 414-747-8315 • fax 414-769-9247

www.enerpacwh.com ® 185
 ®

System

System Components
From the simplest to the most complex hydraulic
system, Enerpac’s system components help you
complete your design. Gauges, pressure switches,
couplers and hoses are simple but necessary items
for any hydraulic system, and Enerpac can provide
the full range.

Technical support
• Safety instructions
• Basic hydraulic information
• Advanced hydraulic technology
• FMS (Flexible Machining Systems) technology
• Conversion charts and hydraulic symbols

197 ▸

186 ®
components
t series t page

IC, PB
Pressure switches 188
PSCK

Digital pressure gauges DG 189

Pressure gauges G 190

GA, GS
Gauge accessories NV, FM 191

A, AH/R
Manifolds, couplers, hoses, tubing HLS, H, T 192

High pressure filters, hydraulic oil FL, HF 193

High pressure fittings BFZ, FZ 194-196

www.enerpacwh.com ® 187
 Pressure switches IC, PSCK-series
Shown: PSCK-8, IC-51
Reliable electrical control Pressure: 500-7500 psi
of hydraulic power
product line
Collet-Lok®

Accuracy: 2%

• Compact design minimizes space

requirements on fixture E Presostatos

• Switch is easily adjustable to meet F Pressostats

system requirements D Druckschalter
Swing clamps

IC series
Work supports

PSCK2

Enerpac remote mounted Options

pressure switches monitor the
Fittings
hydraulic system to determine
any change of pressure. The
Linear clamps

194 ▸
signal can then be used to
control the pump, or other Gauges
peripheral devices. PSCK-8, 9

190 ▸
IC-series
Power sources

The IC-series electrical

pressure switches provide Important
pressure readings for
monitoring and/or control of Do not exceed the
hydraulic system pressure in maximum pressure.
workholding systems.
Valves

mounting dimensions PB-4

Hydraulic
connection
Pallet components
components
System

z Integrated in your hydraulic

G1/4" Male
system, the pressure switch
can be used to automate Product selection
your clamping cycles.
Adjustable Electrical Model Deadband Switch Oil
pressure specifications number point port
range repeatability

psi at 50/60 Hz psi % of range lb

t Electrical pressure switches
500-3500 125 VAC @ 5 A IC-30 100 - 500 + /-2 SAE #4 1.0
500-3500 125 VAC @ 5 A IC-31 100 - 500 + /-2 .250-18 NPT 1.0
3000-7500 125 VAC @ 5 A IC-50 250 - 800 + /-2 SAE #4 1.0
3000-7500 125 VAC @ 5 A IC-51 250 - 800 + /-2 .250-18 NPT 1.0
1450-5000 115 VAC @ 2 A PSCK-8 250 - 800 + /-2 Manifold mount 0.8
290-3045 115 VAC @ 2 A PSCK-9 250 - 800 + /-2 Manifold mount 0.8
99034

– – PB-4 – – G ¼" .25

188 ®
DGR-series Digital hydraulic pressure gauge
Shown: DGR-2
Pressure: 0-20,000 psi Easy and precise
pressure monitoring
Accuracy: ± 0.25%
DGR-2
Voltage: 3 VDC (battery)
• Rated for system pressure up to 20,000 psi
E Manómetros digitales • Displays in multiple units: psi, bar, mPA,
kg/cm2 (user selectable)
F Manomètres digitaux
• Zero reset – ensures that gauge reads actual
D Digitale Manometer system pressure
• Batteries included, condition indicator
Options on readout

Fittings • IP65 rated case design

• Shut off selectable – menu driven

DGR-1B
194 ▸ • UL listed, CE and RoHS compliant
Enerpac digital pressure
Gauge
adaptors gauges offer greater accuracy and
are easier to read than conventional
190 ▸
dial gauges, greatly enhancing
your ability to monitor and control
hydraulic system pressure.
Important
Do not exceed the DGR-2 Remote Operation
maximum pressure.
Battery operated for additional
flexibility. Includes maximum and
minimum pressure capture.
Gauges can be easily
installed into the hydraulic Back-lit Readout
system using GA-3 Back-lit readout allows easy
gauge adaptor.
reading in less than ideal lighting.
191 ▸

Protective cover included

Fits over face of gauge for
protection in harsh environments.

components
System
Yellow pages

Product selection
Pressure Model Pressure Pressure Pressure
rating rating rating rating

psi bar MPa Kg/cm2

Range Resolution Range Resolution Range Resolution Range Resolution lbs
0-20,000 1 DGR-2 0-1380 0.1 0-140 0.01 0-1400 0.1 0.5

www.enerpacwh.com ® 189
 Pressure gauges and accessories Application & selection
Shown: GS-2, G-2512L, GS-3
Enerpac gauges provide a safe and
inexpensive monitoring system for
product line
Collet-Lok®

your hydraulic circuit

Highly reliable and accurate pressure sensing
• ± 1.5% accuracy of full scale
• All pressure sensing parts sealed and dampened by
glycerine for long life
Swing clamps

• Includes safety blow-out disk and pressure equalizing

membrane to prevent overpressurization
• Copper alloy, coiled safety Bourdon tube for 1000 psi
and higher
• Dual psi and bar scale readings, 2.5 inch gauge face
Work supports

99-079

Gauge accessories for easy installation

• Needle valves providing positive shut-off

• 303 stainless steel stem (NV-251)
Linear clamps

• Snubber valves to control pressure surges

between gauge and hydraulic system
• Gauge adaptors – male end screws into pump
or cylinder, female port accepts hose or coupler,
the third port is for gauge connection
• FM-25NG for panel mounting of 2.50 inch
Power sources

diameter gauges

Product selection
Pressure gauge Pressure Model PSI Bar A B D G
mounting style range number graduation graduation
Major Minor Major Minor
psi bar psi psi bar bar in in in
Valves

t Pressure gauge – Lower mount

0-100 0-7 G-2509L 10 2 1 0,01 3.31 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT

0-160 0-11 G-2510L 10 2 1 0,02 3.31 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT
0-200 0-14 G-2511L 50 5 1 0,02 3.31 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT
0-300 0-20 G-2512L 50 5 5 0,05 3.31 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT
Pallet components

0-600 0-40 G-2513L 100 10 10 1 3.31 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT

0-1000 0-70 G-2514L 100 20 10 1 3.31 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT
0-2000 0-140 G-2515L 500 50 10 2 3.31 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT
0-3000 0-200 G-2516L 500 50 50 5 3.31 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT
0-6000 0-400 G-2517L 1000 100 100 10 3.31 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT
0-10,000 0-700 G-2535L 2000 200 100 10 3.31 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT
0-1000 0-70 G-2514SL 100 20 10 1 3.66 1.23 2.50 SAE#4
components
System

0-3000 0-200 G-2516SL 500 50 50 5 3.66 1.23 2.50 SAE#4

0-6000 0-400 G-2517SL 1000 100 100 10 3.66 1.23 2.50 SAE#4
0-10,000 0-700 G-2535SL 2000 200 100 10 3.66 1.23 2.50 SAE#4
t Pressure gauge – Rear mount
0-1000 0-70 G-2531R 100 20 10 1 2.48 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT
0-6000 0-400 G-2534R 1000 100 100 10 2.48 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT
0-10,000 0-700 G-2537R 2000 200 100 10 2.48 1.46 2.50 1/4" NPT
0-1000 0-70 G-2531SR 100 20 10 1 2.46 1.23 2.50 SAE #4
0-3000 0-200 G-2533SR 500 50 50 5 2.46 1.23 2.50 SAE #4
0-6000 0-400 G-2534SR 1000 100 100 10 2.46 1.23 2.50 SAE #4
0-10,000 0-700 G-2537SR 2000 200 100 10 2.46 1.23 2.50 SAE #4
0-1000 0-70 1531R 100 20 10 1 1.99 0.98 1.50 1/8" NPT
0-3000 0-200 1533R 500 100 50 10 1.99 0.98 1.50 1/8" NPT
0-6000 0-400 1534R 1000 100 100 10 1.99 0.98 1.50 1/8" NPT
99-057

0-10,000 0-700 1537R 2000 200 100 10 1.99 0.98 1.50 1/8" NPT

190 ®
 Dimensions & options G, GA, GS, NV, FM, V-series
Pressure: 0-10,000 psi

Accuracy: 1.5% /full scale

Gauge face: ø 2.5 inch

GA-1 GA-2, -3, -4 E Manómetros

F Manomètres
D Manometer

GA-918 GS-2, -3

Options
Hoses and
couplers

192 ▸

Digital gauges
NV-251, V-91 FM-25NG
189 ▸

Pressure
switches
188 ▸

V-10 Auto
Damper® valve
157 ▸

Important
Do not exceed
maximum pressure.

Product dimensions in inches [ ]

Gauge Max. Model Dimensions
port pressure number Gauge snubbers or needle
NPT psi A B C D E F S S1 valves are recommended for
components
high cycle applications.
System
t Gauge adaptors
1/2" 10,000 GA-1 2.81 1.24 1/2"NPT 3/8"NPT 3/8"NPT 1.25 – –
1/2" 10,000 GA-2 6.10 1.38 1/2"NPT 3/8"NPT 3/8"NPT 1.25 – –
1/4" 10,000 GA-3 5.25 1.38 1/4"NPT 3/8"NPT 3/8"NPT 1.25 – –
Do not keep gauges
1/2" 10,000 GA-4 4.38 1.38 1/2"NPT 1/4"NPT 3/8"NPT 1.25 – –
under permanent pressure.
t Swivel gauge adaptor The use of shut-off valves
Yellow pages

1/2" 10,000 GA-918 2.25 1.72 1/2"NPT 1/2"NPT 1.30 – 1.13 1.50 is recommended.
t Gauge shut-off valves
1/4" 10,000 NV-251 2.25 1.14 1/4"NPT 1/4"NPT .17 .75 2.25 2.50
1/2" 10,000 V-91 3.50 1.25 1/2"NPT 1/2"NPT .19 1.25 2.50 2.50
t Gauge snubber valves For basic system set-up
1/4" 5000 GS-2 1.63 .018 1/4"NPT SAE #4 – – .75 – information, refer to our
1/4" 5000 GS-3 1.63 .018 1/4"NPT G1/4" – – .75 – “Yellow Pages” section.
t Flange mounting for panel mounting of G series gauges
– – FM-25NG 2.95 .17 2.51 .07 3.35 .14 – – 202 ▸

www.enerpacwh.com ® 191
 Manifolds, couplers, hoses, tubing
Shown: HLS, HF, AH, AR, FL, T, A-series
Manifolds Important
• Easy to connect
product line
Collet-Lok®

Do not exceed the

• Mounting holes on all models maximum pressure.

Couplers
• Spee-D-Coupler® design allows cylinder to
Inspect hoses and tubing
be connected and disconnected in seconds
frequently and replace
Swing clamps

• For more safety: couplers cannot be as required.

connected or disconnected while under
hydraulic pressure
A-63
Hydraulic hoses and tubings
• Heavy-duty coating for abrasion resistance
99-105
Work supports

• Resistant against mineral based hydraulic

oil as well as water glycols
Use genuine Enerpac • High pressure steel tubing for
manifolds, couplers, hoses permanent installations
and tubings to connect your
workholding cylinders or
Linear clamps

A-66
A-60, -61, -64, -65
fixtures to the hydraulic
power source.
A series, Manifolds
For multiple hydraulic line
connections at one central
Power sources

location directing oil to or

from a pressure source.

AH/AR series, Couplers

Manifolds dimensions in inches [ ]
Quick disconnect low leakage
couplers for easy connection Number Model A B C D D1 D2 E F F1 F2
of ports number
of hydraulic circuits. lbs
2x4 A-63 3.00 3.00 2.00 .25 – – SAE #4 – – – 2.0
Valves

HLS series, Hoses

5 A-60 3.50 1.25 1.25 .28 1.50 1.00 SAE #4 1.50 1.00 1.75 1.0
High pressure hydraulic hoses, 7 A-61 6.50 1.25 1.25 .28 1.50 1.25 SAE #4 1.00 1.25 3.25 1.4
featuring a heavy-duty protective
7 A-64 7.00 1.25 1.25 .25 3.00 1.25 .375-18 NPT 1.50 1.25 3.50 3.3
plastic coating.
7 A-65 14.5 1.25 1.25 .25 8.00 1.25 .375-18 NPT 4.00 1.25 7.25 6.1
Pallet components

T-series, Tubing 6 A-66 2.30 1.63 2.00 .52 1.50 – .375-18 NPT – – – 1.8

High pressure steel tubing,

available in 5 ft. lengths.
Couplers Hoses
Length Model Internal Maximum
AH-650 number diameter pressure
Male coupler half ft in psi
.250-18 NPT t 1/4", 37° flare
1 HLS-512 .19 5000
components

AH-652
System

2 HLS-524 .19 5000

Male coupler half 3 HLS-536 .19 5000
G1/4” BSPP
4 HLS-548 .19 5000

AH-654 5 HLS-560 .19 5000

10 HLS-5120 .19 5000
Options Male coupler half
SAE #4 .437-20 UNF t 3/8" NPT
3 H-9203 .25 10,000
Fittings
6 H-9206 .25 10,000
AR-650
10 H-9210 .25 10,000
194 ▸ Female coupler half
.250-18 NPT

Tubing
Length Model Internal External Max.
number diameter diameter pressure
ft in in psi
5 T-2560 .152 .25 5000

192 ®
 High-pressure filters, hydraulic oil
High-pressure filters E Mangueras, Filtros
• Keep your hydraulic system clean Acoplamientos, Aceite
• Pleated stainless steel wire mesh screen construction F Flexibles, Filtres
provides large filter area in a compact size Raccords, Huile
• Rated for full system pressure up to 5000 psi D Schläuche, Filter
• Bi-directional design allows filtration of oil in either flow direction Kupplungen, Öl
• Two piece body construction for easy replacement of filter elements High-pressure filters
• High flow rates are obtainable with a minimum pressure drop Compact in line high pressure
• Threaded port connections on each end simplify installation filters prevent chips and debris
that have entered the hydraulic
Hydraulic oil fluid system from damaging
hydraulic system components.
• Ensures effective lubricity
• Protects essential parts Hydraulic oil
Use only genuine Enerpac
hydraulic oil to guarantee optimal
Filtration Pressure drop vs oil flow performance and long life of
your hydraulic equipment.
400
20 micron filter provides the longest FL-2101 (10 micron)
FL-2201 (20 micron)
service life before element replacement Pressure drop (psi) u
300

10 micron filter recommended for

200
more sensitive hydraulic components
100
Options
0
0 1 2 3 4 Fittings
Oil flow (gal/min) u
FL series
194 ▸

Important
Do not exceed the
maximum pressure.

High in line pressure filters

Model Filtration Filter element set
number
micron

components
Nominal Absolute lbs
System
FL-2101 10 25 FL-2101K .4 z Hydraulic power is distributed
FL-2201 20 40 FL-2201K .4 by manifolds and transported by
hoses and tubing.
Yellow pages

Hydraulic oil
Contents Model Specifications
number genuine Enerpac
hydraulic oil
Gal
.25 HF-100 0 °F <12,000 S.U.S
100 °F 150/165 S.U.S
1 HF-101 210 °F 42/45 S.U.S
99-047

5 HF-102 Flash, C.O.C. 400°F

Pour point -25°F
55 HF-104 Aniline point 210/220 °F
Note: Viscosity index: 100 min

www.enerpacwh.com ® 193
 High Pressure Fittings Selection & dimensions
Shown: FZ-2052, FZ-2054, FZ-2023
Proper connection for hydraulic components
product line
Collet-Lok®

• Male and female NPT, SAE, BSPP threaded fittings in common

sizes allow easy connection of all components.
• BFZ and FZ-1000 models are 10,000 psi maximum pressure
• FZ-2000 models are 5000 psi maximum pressure
Swing clamps
Work supports

99-036

Product selection
Fitting are used to connect From To Max. Model Dimensions in inches
pressure number
all cylinders, components,
A B C D
power sources, tubes, gauges psi
and hoses in a hydraulic t Adapters
Linear clamps

system. Enerpac fittings Female Male

provide flexible, safe and leak- 1/4" NPT 1/8" NPT 10,000 FZ-1642 1.21 3/4" 1/8"-27 NPT 1/4"-18 NPT
3/8" NPT 1/4" NPT 10,000 FZ-1055 1.44 7/8" 1/4"-18 NPT 3/8"-18 NPT
free connections.
1/2" NPT 1/4" NPT 10,000 FZ-1633 1.69 1-1/8" 1/4"-18 NPT 1/2"-14 NPT
1/2" NPT 3/8" NPT 10,000 FZ-1634 1.69 1-1/8" 3/8"-18 NPT 1/2"-14 NPT
Power sources

t Reducers
Female Male
1/4" NPT 3/8" NPT 10,000 FZ-1630 .86 3/4" 1/4"-18 NPT 3/8"-18 NPT
1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT 10,000 FZ-1661 1.11 7/8" 1/4"-18 NPT 1/2"-14 NPT
SAE #6 SAE #8 5000 FZ-2029 1.38 1-1/16" 9/16"-18 3/4"-16
t NPT Male Nipples
Valves

1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT 10,000 FZ-1608 1.45 5/8" 1/4"-18 NPT 1/4"-18 NPT
3/8" NPT 3/8" NPT 10,000 FZ-1617 1.45 3/4" 3/8"-18 NPT 3/8"-18 NPT
3/8" NPT 3/8" NPT 10,000 FZ-1619 2.00 3/4" 3/8"-18 NPT 3/8"-18 NPT
3/8" NPT G1/4" 10,000 BFZ-305 1.42 3/4" 3/8"-18 NPT G1/4"-19
Pallet components

t NPT Female Connectors

1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT 10,000 FZ-1605 1.13 3/4" 1/4"-18 NPT 1/4"-18 NPT
3/8 NPT 1/4" NPT 10,000 FZ-1615 1.13 7/8" 3/8"-18 NPT 1/4"-18 NPT
3/8" NPT 3/8" NPT 10,000 FZ-1614 1.13 7/8" 3/8"-18 NPT 3/8"-18 NPT
1/2" NPT 3/8" NPT 10,000 FZ-1625 1.50 1-1/8" 1/2"-14 NPT 3/8"-18 NPT

t NPT Elbows
components
System

1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT 10,000 FZ-1638 .88 3/4" 1/4"-18 NPT 1/4"-18 NPT
z Multiple hydraulic line connections 3/8" NPT 3/8" NPT 10,000 FZ-1610 1.02 7/8" 3/8"-18 NPT 3/8"-18 NPT
are easily installed with Enerpac
fittings and manifolds.

t NPT Tee
1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT 10,000 FZ-1637 1.76 3/4" 1/4"-18 NPT 1/4"-18 NPT
3/8" NPT 3/8" NPT 10,000 FZ-1612 2.04 7/8" 3/8"-18 NPT 3/8"-18 NPT

t NPT Cross
3/8" NPT 3/8" NPT 10,000 FZ-1613 2.04 7/8" 3/8"-18 NPT 3/8"-18 NPT
99-119

194 ®
 Selection, dimensions & options BFZ, FZ-series
Product selection Pressure: 0-10,000 psi
From To Max. Model Dimensions in inches Threads: NPT, SAE, BSPP
pressure number

psi A B C D For tubing: .25 in/.375 in/8mm

t Adapters
Male Female E Acoplamientos
1/8" NPT SAE #4 5000 FZ-2075 1.21 11/16" 1/8"-27 NPT 1/4"-18 NPT F Raccords
1/4" NPT SAE #4 5000 FZ-2042 1.31 11/16" 1/4"-18 NPT 7/16"-20
1/4" NPT G1/4" 10,000 BFZ-16411 1.38 3/4" 1/4"-18 NPT G1/4" D Verschraubungen
SAE #4 1/8" NPT 5000 FZ-2008 1.00 9/16" 7/16"-20 1/8"-27 NPT
SAE #4 1/4" NPT 5000 FZ-2007 1.16 3/4" 7/16"-20 1/4"-18 NPT
SAE #2 SAE #4 5000 FZ-2022 1.03 11/16" 5/16"-24 7/16"-20
SAE #6 1/4" NPT 5000 FZ-2056 1.16 3/4" 9/16"-18 1/4"-18 NPT
SAE #8 1/4" NPT 5000 FZ-2067 1.13 7/8" 3/4"-16 1/4"-18 NPT
SAE #8 3/8" NPT 5000 FZ-2069 1.28 7/8" 3/4"-16 3/8"-18 NPT
G 1/8" 1/8" NPT 5000 FZ-2055 .97 5/8" G 1/8"-28 1/8"-27 NPT
Options
G 1/8" 1/4" NPT 5000 FZ-2060 1.28 3/4" G 1/8"-28 1/4"-18 NPT Gauges
G 1/8" #4 SAE 5000 FZ-2066 1.00 11/16" G 1/8"-28 7/16"-20
G 1/4" 1/4" NPT 5000 FZ-2023 1.28 3/4" G 1/4"-19 1/4"-18 NPT
190 ▸
G 1/4" #4 SAE 5000 FZ-2065 1.11 3/4" G 1/4"-19 7/16"-20
t Straight union
Manifolds,
SAE #4 SAE #4 5000 FZ-2005 1.27 9/16" 7/16"-20 7/16"-20 couplers,
SAE #6 SAE #6 5000 FZ-2028 1.41 11/16" 9/16"-18 9/16"-18 hoses, tubing
SAE #8 SAE #8 5000 FZ-2040 1.56 7/8" 3/4"-16 3/4"-16
192 ▸
t Straight union to tube ends
ø.25 ø.25 5000 FZ-2033* 1.38 1/2" 7/16"-20 ø.25 Important
ø.25 ø.25 5000 FZ-2013** 2.03 1/2" 7/16"-20 ø.25
Do not exceed the
maximum pressure.
t Adaptors to tube end
Male Tube size
1/8" NPT ø.25 5000 R-1054* 1.22 1/2" 1/8"-27 NPT ø.25
1/4" NPT ø.25 5000 FZ-2020* 1.42 9/16" 1/4"-18 NPT ø.25 Use fittings and tubing in
high cycle applications and
1/4" NPT ø.375 5000 FZ-2072* 1.43 5/8" 1/4"-18 NPT ø.375
areas having excessive heat
1/4" NPT ø.25 5000 FZ-2012** 1.32 9/16" 1/4"-18 NPT ø.25 or weld splatter.
3/8" NPT ø.25 5000 FZ-2061* 1.44 3/4" 3/8"-18 NPT ø.25
3/8" NPT ø.375 5000 FZ-2068* 1.44 3/4" 3/8"-18 NPT ø.375
SAE #2 ø.25 5000 FZ-2025* 1.02 9/16" 5/16"-24 ø.25 To seal NPT threads use
SAE #4 ø.25 5000 FZ-2019* 1.23 9/16" 7/16"-20 ø.25 anaerobic thread sealers
SAE #4 ø.25 5000 FZ-2001** 1.13 9/16" 7/16"-20 ø.25 or Teflon paste.
SAE #6 ø.25 5000 FZ-2059* 1.28 11/16" 9/16"-18 ø.25
Apply Teflon tape one thread
from the end of
SAE #8 ø.25 5000 FZ-2039* 1.38 7/8" 3/4"-16 ø.25 the fitting, to prevent it
SAE #8 ø.375 5000 FZ-2070* 1.38 7/8" 3/4"-16 ø.375 from winding up in the
G1/8" ø.25 5000 FZ-2053* 1.18 14 mm G1/8"-28 ø.25 hydraulic system.
G1/4" ø.25 5000 FZ-2054* 1.37 19 mm G1/4"-19 ø.25
G1/4" ø.375 5000 FZ-2064* 1.38 19 mm G1/4"-19 ø.375
components
System
t Elbow to tube end
Male Tube size
z High presure hydraulic fittings
1/8" NPT ø.25 5000 FZ-2074* 0.78 7/16" 1/8"-27 NPT ø.25
allow connection of many
1/4" NPT ø.25 5000 FZ-2073* 1.09 9/16" 1/4"-18 NPT ø.25 components with minimum effort.
A 1/4" NPT ø.25 5000 FZ-2076** 1.09 9/16" 1/4"-18 NPT ø.25
1/4" NPT ø.375 5000 FZ-2081* 1.09 9/16" 1/4"-18 NPT ø.375
Yellow pages

C 3/8" NPT ø.25 5000 FZ-2082* 1.22 3/4" 3/8"-18 NPT ø.25
B 3/8" NPT ø.375 5000 FZ-2083* 1.22 3/4" 3/8"-18 NPT ø.375

D SAE #2 ø.25 5000 FZ-2024* 0.92 7/16" 5/16"-24 ø.25

SAE #4 ø.25 5000 FZ-2035* 1.03 9/16" 7/16"-20 ø.25
SAE #4 ø.25 5000 FZ-2002** 1.03 9/16" 7/16"-20 ø.25
SAE #8 ø.375 5000 FZ-2071* 1.45 7/8" 3/4"-16 ø.375
G1/8" ø.25 5000 FZ-2051* 1.03 14mm G1/8"-28 ø.25
G1/4" ø.25 5000 FZ-2052* 1.25 19mm G1/4"-19 ø.25
ø.25 ø.25 5000 FZ-2014** 0.89 9/16" ø.25 ø.25
*Flared
**Flareless
www.enerpacwh.com ® 195
 High pressure fittings Selection & dimensions BFZ, FZ-series
Pressure: 0-5000 psi
Product selection
product line
Collet-Lok®

Threads: NPT, SAE, BSPP From To Max. Model Dimensions in inches

pressure number
For tubing: .25 in/.375 in/8mm

E Acoplamientos psi A B C D
t Swivel banjo BSPP to tube
F Raccords
Swing clamps

Male Tube size

D Verschraubungen G1/4" ø 8mm 10,000 BFZ-307** 1.14 19mm G1/4"-19 ø 8mm

t Swivel T-banjo BSPP to tube

Male Tube size
Work supports

G 1/4" ø 8mm 10,000 BFZ-309** 1.14 19mm G 1/4"-19 ø 8mm

t Union tee
ø.25 ø.25 5000 FZ-2021* 1.78 9/16" 7/16"-20 ø.25
ø.25 ø.25 5000 FZ-2015** 1.78 9/16" 7/16"-20 ø.25
Linear clamps

Options t Branch tee

Male Tube size
Manifolds,
SAE #4 ø.25 5000 FZ-2036* 1.78 9/16" 7/16"-20 ø.25
Power sources

couplers,
hoses, tubing SAE #4 ø.25 5000 FZ-2004** 1.78 9/16" 7/16"-20 ø.25

192 ▸

Important t Union cross

ø.25 ø.25 5000 FZ-2034* 1.78 9/16" 7/16"-20 ø.25
Do not exceed ø.25 ø.25 5000 FZ-2016** 1.78 9/16" 7/16"-20 ø.25
maximum pressure.
Valves

Use fittings and tubing in t SAE Plug

high cycle applications and SAE #4 5000 FZ-2006 .11 .56 7/16"-20
Pallet components

areas having excessive heat SAE #6 5000 FZ-2003 .19 .69 9/16"-18
or weld splatter.

t SAE Hex Plug

SAE #8 5000 FZ-2041 .80 7/8" 3/4"-16
components
System

z High pressure fittings enable the

design of hydraulic systems to
meet a variety of applications. t Nut and Sleeve for Tubing
ø.25 5000 FZ-2037* .62 9/16" 37° ø.25

t Cap for Tubing

ø.25 5000 FZ-2038* .62 9/16" 37° ø.25
ø.25 5000 FZ-2017** .60 9/16" ø.25 ø.25
ø.375 5000 FZ-2011* .73 11/16" 37° ø.375
99-060

*Flared
**Flareless
196 ®
 The Enerpac Yellow Pages

Enerpac “Yellow Pages” Index t page

stand for
Hydraulic Information! Safety instructions 198 - 199
If selecting hydraulic equipment is not your daily
routine, then you will appreciate these pages. The Basic hydraulics 200 - 201
“Yellow Pages” are designed to help you work with
hydraulics. They will help you better understand the
basics of hydraulic system set-ups and the most Basic system set-up 202 - 205
commonly used hydraulic techniques. By making
an educated selection of equipment, you will receive
greater benefits from your hydraulic system. Clamping technology 206 - 209
Take the time to go through these “Yellow Pages”
and you will benefit even more from Enerpac
hydraulic workholding. Cutting tool technology 210 - 212

Conversion factors and

213 - 219
hydraulic symbols

Valving technology 220 - 223

Flexible machining systems 224 - 225

Converting from mechanical clamping

to hydraulic clamping
226 - 228

ENERPAC WARRANTY STATEMENT UL approved

All electrical components used on Enerpac
products carry the UL rating when possible.
Canadian Standards Association
www.enerpac.com Where specified, Enerpac electric pump
Visit our website for the complete Enerpac Global assemblies meet the design, assembly
Warranty or call your Enerpac representative or and test requirements of the Canadian
Enerpac Authorized Service Center. Standards Association.

Product Design Criteria

All hydraulic components are designed and tested
to be safe for use at maximum 350 bar/5,000 psi
pressure unless otherwise specifically noted.
Enerpac is certified for several quality standards.
Yellow Pages

These standards require compliance with standards EMC Directive 89/336/EEC

for management, administration, product development Where specified, Enerpac electric power pumps meet
and manufacturing. the requirements for Electromagnetic Compatibility
per EMC Directive 89/336/EEC.

Enerpac worked hard to earn CE Marking & Conformity

ISO 9001 the quality rating ISO 9001, Enerpac provides a Declaration of Conformity
REGISTERED in its ongoing pursuit and CE marking for products that conform with
of excellence. the European Community Directives.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 197
 Safety instructions Correct use of hydraulic power

Hydraulic clamping can increase your machine shop’s efficiency by reducing

Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

setup time. Power clamping can also maximize output by reducing employee
lost time due to the injuries that can occur with manual clamping.

Although hydraulic operation moves the Check to see if all safety measures have
control of the clamping fixture to an area of been taken to avoid the risk of injury and
Swing clamps

greater safety, operators must still be alert property damage from your application
to several common sense practices. And to or system.
that end we offer some DOs and DON’Ts, Enerpac can not be held responsible for
simple common sense points which apply damage or injury, caused by unsafe use,
to all Enerpac hydraulic products. maintenance or application of its products.
The line drawings and application photos Please contact the Enerpac office or a
Work supports

of Enerpac products throughout this representative for guidance when you are in
catalog are used to portray how some doubt as to the proper safety precautions
of our customers have used hydraulics to be taken in designing and setting up your
in industry. In designing similar systems, particular system.
care must be taken to select the proper In addition to these tips, every Enerpac
componentvs that provide safe operation product comes with instructions spelling
and fit your needs.
Linear clamps

out specific safety information. Please

read them carefully.

✗ ✓ ✗ ✓
Power sources

Prevent inadvertent activation of the control Clamping devices must be activated before main
units of power operated clamping systems. spindle can be started.
Valves

✗ ✓ ✗ ✓
Pallet Components
System components

Maintain a safe distance from clamping elements Do not apply off-center load. Clamping force
and workpiece to avoid personal injury. must be directly over the support point.

✗ ✓ ✗ ✓
Yellow Pages

Use mechanical devices and not fingers to hold Use check valves to maintain hydraulic pressure to
part until the hydraulics are activated. clamping devices in the event of a hydraulic line failure.

198 ®
 Correct use of hydraulic power Safety instructions

✗ ✓ ✗ ✓

100%

80%
Do not operate cylinders beyond limits of Use saddles or buttons to prevent mushrooming
rated stroke or pressure. Use only 80% of of plungers. Saddles distribute load evenly on
usable stroke. the plunger.

✗ ✓ ✗ MAX. ✓ MAX.

IL IL
CO CO
ULI ULI
RA RA
HYD HYD

Keep hydraulic equipment away from open fire Fill pump only to recommended level. Fill only
and temperatures above 150 °F / 65 °C. when connected cylinders are fully retracted.

✗ ✓ ✗ ✓

Do not override the factory setting of pressure Do not kink hoses. Bending radius must be at
relief valves. Always use a gauge to check least 4.5 inch (115 mm). Do not drive over or drop
system pressure. heavy objects on hoses. Use high pressure tubing
in high cycle applications.
✗ ✓

™
lly OIL
Wi id
DR
AU
LIC
Flu
e HY
Brak

Always use genuine Enerpac hydraulic oil.

✓
Yellow Pages

Always read instructions and safety warnings that

come with your Enerpac hydraulic equipment.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 199
 Basic hydraulics Things to know

Oil Flow
Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

A hydraulic pump produces

flow. Flow is the amount of fluid Oil Flow Pressure
coming out of the pump.

Pressure
Swing clamps

Pressure occurs when there is

resistance to flow.
Work supports

Pascal’s Law
Pressure applied at any point
upon a confined liquid is
transmitted undiminished in all
3
Linear clamps

directions (Fig.1). This means

that when more than one
hydraulic cylinder is being used, INCORRECT CORRECT
each cylinder will pull or push at
its own rate, depending on the
force required to move the load Figure 1
Power sources

at that point (Fig. 2). Load A

Cylinders with the lightest load

will move first and cylinders with
the heaviest load will move last Gauge
Load B
(Load A), if the cylinders have
the same capacity.
To have all cylinders operate
Valves

uniformly so that the load is

being pulled or pushed at the
same rate at each point, control Cylinder
valves (see Valve section) must Pump Manifold

be added to the system (Load B).

Pallet Components

Control valve to provide uniform

Figure 2 clamping of the work piece
System components

Force
The amount of force a hydraulic Force
(Load)
cylinder can generate is equal to
the hydraulic pressure times the
“effective area” of the cylinder
(see cylinder selection charts). Hydraulic
Yellow Pages

Plunger Stroke
Force = Working x Cylinder
Effective Area
Use the formula F = P x A to Pressure
determine either force, pressure
or effective area if two of the
variables are known.
Effective area F = P x A

200 ®
 Things to know Basic hydraulics

Cylinder Oil Capacity

The volume of oil required for a Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder
Stroke Stroke
Oil Effective
cylinder (cylinder oil capacity) is
equal to the effective area of the
Capacity
= Area
x
in3 in2 in
cylinder times the stroke. (cm)
(cm3) (cm2) Oil Capacity

Usable Oil Capacity

The amount of hydraulic oil in Pump Usable Cylinder
Oil Capacity Oil
the pump’s reservoir which Total
can be used to activate one or ÷ Capacity
= Number
of Cylinders
in3 in3
more cylinders. (cm3)
(cm3)

Cylinder Speed Cylinder

Pressure applied at any point Clamp
Pump Flow Rate in3/min (cm3/min) 10
Cylinder speed is determined Speed
= Cylinder Effective Area in2 (cm2)
x 60
by dividing the pump flow rate in/min
(mm/sec)
by the cylinder effective area.

Seals
Various seal types are used Heat is a crucial factor in seal life. Often Viton seals are an immediate
in our hydraulic equipment: Maximum temperature for good seal cure for coolant attack on standard
O-rings, U-cups, Quad-rings life is 150°F (65°C). This is also the Enerpac seals. When using Viton seals
maximum temperature of Enerpac in cylinders, seals in the power source
and T-rings for static and
hydraulic oil. Above 150°F, the use must also be replaced by Viton because
dynamic applications such as of Viton and high temperature oil is inevitably some coolant will enter the
rod-seal, piston-seal and wipers. necessary. Viton has a maximum hydraulic system. Consult the coolant
Buna-N (nitrile rubber) and temperature which is much higher than manufacturer to verify compatibility with
Polyurethane basic compounds nitrate or polyurethane. Viton is however any seal material. Cutting fluid suppliers
an extremely quick wearing material. In will provide an application book on the
are most frequently used - they
many cases Viton seals will have a short compatibility of their fluids. If problems
offer the best performance and arise after previous successful use, or if
working life due to abrasive wear.
durability for most applications. problems persist, contact Enerpac.
Not all machine tool coolants are
compatible with standard Enerpac seals.
While most are, there are coolants that
can harden or soften seals, which may
result in free entry of contamination
into the hydraulic cylinder. Using a high
water based coolant may cause severe
corrosive damage. This will often occur
Yellow Pages

on fixtures where coolant has been

allowed to pool for an extended period
of time and evaporation has allowed it
to concentrate. Drain and clean fixtures
after use.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 201
 Basic system set-up The four essential steps

Building the right workholding Step 1 Step 3

Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

system for a specific production Selecting the type of cylinders, Select the power source. The power
tooling requirement is best determined by shape and size of source for an automatic workholding
achieved by observing the workpiece and the machining process system can accurately be matched to
involved, is the critical factor in any the requirements. Enerpac pumps span
following basic steps – three
workholding system. For that reason, a wide range of sizes and capacities –
steps deal with equipment Enerpac offers an exceptionally broad in compressed air or electric-
Swing clamps

selection, one with range of production tooling cylinders – driven configurations.

system connection. in terms of type, stroke and force rating.
Positioning and push cylinders are
designed to position the workpiece and
Step 4
Connect the system. Getting your
to push-clamp it securely in that position.
workholding system together for
Down-holding cylinders are designed operation means connecting the
Work supports

to clamp the positioned workpiece firmly pump to the various control valves
to the fixture or worktable. The range and cylinders through a circuit of
of Enerpac swing cylinders and edge- hoses and/or piping, fittings, gauges
clamps meet virtually any down- and other accessories.
holding requirement.
WVP-5 For example, two swing cylinders and
SURS-51 Pull cylinders are used where the work support cylinders working in
Linear clamps

workpiece shape or fixture dictates sequence, powered by an electric-drive

clamping by pull forces, this type of hydraulic pump unit would require the
cylinder with hydraulic or spring following components:
return can be selected to match 1. ZW Workholding pump
WFL-111 particular needs.
2. GA Gauge adaptor
PAMG-3402NB Work support cylinders are designed 3. G Pressure gauge
Power sources

to maintain the workpiece accurately

4. H Hoses
on the prescribed plane throughout the
machining operation. These support 5. FZ Fittings
cylinders preclude both vibration and 6. SU Swing cylinders
distortion problems. 7. WFL Work aupport cylinders
8. WVP-5 Sequence valve
Select all these components from
Step 2
Valves

their respective catalog sections.

Select cylinder force and stroke,
and choose single- or double-acting
operation. The choice of force and stroke
is largely dependent on size and shape of
Pallet Components

the workpiece and machining operation

involved. Another factor to be considered
is working space or clearance around the
ZW-5420FG-FT job, fixture or worktable.
Where a machining operation requires
positive hydraulic return action, double-
System components

acting cylinders should be specified.

Where spring-return action is sufficient,
single-acting cylinders or a combination
of the two can be used.

WVP-5
Yellow Pages

SURS-51

WFL-111

202 ®
 Swing cylinders and work supports Basic system set-up

Swing cylinders and work supports Workpiece

The combined use of clamping cylinders and work
supports in fixturing has become indispensable. Swing cylinder

Swing cylinders have become important

clamping components for fixturing
applications where unrestricted loading
and unloading of the workpiece is required.
Enerpac offers the most complete,
comprehensively featured and compact
swing cylinder line.
Work supports are widely used to support
critical workpiece areas to prevent them
from bending and/or vibrating during the
machining process. This minimizes the Fixture

deflection of the workpiece, improving

Work Support
its quality and assuring a high degree
of repeatability.
The combination of swing cylinders and
work supports provides substantial time Figure 1
savings and quality improvements in the The combined use of clamping
machine tool industry. cylinders and work supports.

Support forces Clamping forces www.enerpac.com

When designing a fixture, several products In practice, as a rule of thumb, the
Download the
features of swing cylinders and work clamping force applied to the work Swing Clamp
supports have to be considered. The support should not exceed 50% of its Selection Tool.
determination of the necessary support capacity at a given operating pressure. The size of the swing cylinder
force and the size of the work support is For many applications this is sufficient to that can be used depends on
very critical. In principle the work support absorb additional forces like machining the required force and length
has to overcome two forces: forces. This 2 to 1 safety factor may of the clamping arm.

• clamping forces need to be increased to 4 to 1 if extreme With this tool you can
vibration or an interrupted cut is used. determine, based on above
• machining forces (including forces that mentioned input and type of
may be generated by vibrations) The pressure/force diagrams, provided clamp, which size of clamp
in the product selection pages of this can be used.
catalog, allow for quick selection of the
right combination of swing cylinder and
work support.
The recommended ratio between
clamping force and support force can
be achieved by selecting the right sizes
of the clamping components and/or by
operating the swing cylinder and the
work support with different operating
pressures, e.g. the work support will
Yellow Pages

be operated at maximum pressure

while the swing cylinder operates at
a reduced pressure.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 203
 Basic system set-up Swing cylinders and work supports

Point of contact Yes No

Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

No
No
Swing clamps
Work supports

Figure 2 Figure 3
The direction of the clamping force must An off-set load will cause bending of the
be axial at the centerline of the work workpiece and uncontrolled deflection
support's plunger for best results in (Figure 3).
clamping and repeatability of quality.
Side loading of the work support must
Linear clamps

be avoided in order to ensure reliable

and safe function (Figure 2).

Hydraulic
Swing cylinder Workpiece
requirements
Power sources

Swing cylinder
Valves

Work supports
Pallet Components

Figure 4
Swing cylinders and hydraulically advancing During the clamping sequence it must be
work supports are very sensitive regarding ensured that work supports will be operated
the oil flow rate applied. only after the workpiece is firmly positioned
System components

To ensure safe and reliable function of and held against locators and datums.
these elements the maximum oil flow rate However, if the cylinder is clamping directly
indicated in the catalog pages and in the over the work support, the work support
instruction literature must not be exceeded. should be brought to full pressure before the
If there is the risk of high oil flow rates it is cylinders clamp. This can be done by using
recommended to use flow control valves to a sequence valve.
adjust the flow rate.
Yellow Pages

204 ®
 Swing cylinders and work supports Basic system set-up

Hydraulic requirements (continued)

Positioning cylinders Work supports Swing cylinders

Solenoid
valve
Sequence Sequence
valve valve

750 psi 1500 psi

(50 bar) (100 bar)

Pump

Figure 5
For overhanging areas of the workpiece which have to be supported,
the recommended sequence should be as follows (Figure 5):
1. Positioning of the workpiece
2. Actuate work supports
3. Clamp the overhanging area against work support.

The hydraulic sequence can be controlled either by independently

controlled hydraulic circuits (Figure 6) or by sequence valves (Figure 7).

Swing cylinder Work support Work support Swing cylinder

Poppet Poppet
valves valves

Sequence valve
Yellow Pages

Pump Pump

Figure 6 Figure 7

www.enerpacwh.com ® 205
 Clamping technology

1 Basic principles 2 Assembly of hydraulic

Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

1.1 A simple hydraulic clamping clamping devices

mechanism (Figure 1). 2.1 Locating, clamping,
and supporting workpieces
1.2 Terms and definitions
2.1.1 Locating a Body
1.2.1 Clamping Plunger
A device that applies clamping The term “locating” refers to the process
Swing clamps

force to the workpiece. of positioning the workpiece inside

the clamping device, and holding it in
1.2.2 Workpiece position for the necessary machining.
The part or material that Only workpieces that are correctly held
is to be held in place. can be consistently machined within
1.2.3 Pressure Piston specified tolerances.
Work supports

A device used to apply pressure to 2.1.2 Limiting the degrees

a hydraulic medium. of freedom
Figure 1
Operating principle of a hydraulic 1.2.4 Hydraulic Medium The process of locating and holding a
clamping device A fluid used to transmit the workpiece may be referred to as “limiting
pressure created by applying a the degrees of freedom.” Any motion of
force to the pressure piston a workpiece in any possible direction is
Linear clamps

1.3 Hydraulic clamping process considered to represent one degree

of freedom.
The hydraulic clamping process consists
of properly applying the forces created by A three-dimensional workpiece therefore
a hydraulic clamping system to secure a possesses six degrees of freedom, as
workpiece. A hydraulic clamping system shown in Figure 2. These six degrees
consists of the components illustrated of freedom consist of the translational
Power sources

in Figure 1, which shows the basic motions “T” in x, y, and z direction, and
arrangement and operating principle of the rotational motions “R” turning about
the use of hydraulic media. the x, y, and z axes.
Figure 2 Any such process using hydraulic fluids The degrees of freedom that a given
Three-dimensional body for clamping purposes may be referred workpiece or body possesses may be
to as a hydraulic clamping system. The reduced by introducing reference planes
operating pressure provided by hydraulic that pass through any two axes.
Valves

fluids in clamping systems can reach a For example, the plane in Figure 3a limits
maximum of 5000 psi (350 bar), allowing movement to travel in x and z directions
the application of considerable clamping and rotation about the y-axis. By defining
forces even when using compact this fixed plane, the workpiece can thus
clamping cylinders.
Pallet Components

be limited or constrained to three degrees

When properly designed and controlled, of freedom.
Figure 3a
the hydraulic clamping mechanism will Another two degrees of freedom may
Three degrees of freedom
prevent the workpiece from moving be constrained by introducing a second
(sliding, twisting, etc.) when machining reference plane, as shown in Figure 3b.
or other forces are applied, yet will This reference plane limits movement to
not cause an unexpected permanent
System components

translational motion in the x direction.

distortion to occur in the workpiece.
Constraining the last degree of freedom
can be accomplished by defining a third
reference plane as shown in Figure 3c.
Figure 3b
One degree of freedom
Yellow Pages

Figure 3c
Zero degree of freedom

206 ®
 Clamping technology
2.1.3 Locating a workpiece If the workpiece to be machined must
The process of locating and holding a be supported to avoid deflection, then
necessarily require the elimination of all other bearing points must be defined
movement in all six degrees of freedom, as variables and must be determined
the following three locating techniques in relationship to the workpiece
are used in actual practice. being machined.

Figure 4a: Semi-constrained Workpiece. The location process is subject to Figure 4a

The workpiece is held in one plane only a number of design guidelines, but Semi-constrained Workpiece
(elimination of three degrees of freedom). exceptions are possible.

Figure 4b: Constrained Workpiece. • Always arrange the location points

The workpiece is held by two planes according to the pre-machined
(elimination of five degrees of freedom). condition of the workpiece. Previously
machined points have priority as
Figure 4c: Fully-constrained Workpiece. desirable locating points.
The workpiece is held by three planes
(elimination of six degrees of freedom). • The locating points on the locating
plane should be as far away from
2.1.4 Avoiding over-location each other as possible.
a. Workpiece with locating planes Figure 4b
• Arrange the clamping points such
b. Incorrectly located workpiece Constrained Workpiece
that the defined position is retained
c. Correctly located workpiece during clamping.
Over-location of the workpiece occurs • The locating points should be in line
when there is more than one locating with the clamping points to shorten
plane or point for any given degree the force vectors inside the workpiece.
of freedom. Three, two, or even one clamping point
To prevent bending the b-c rib while may be used to clamp a workpiece
machining the piece, a third reference against the locating plane.
plane (3) is introduced. Placing a • Precision surfaces should not be held
workpiece (6) inside the clamping device on a continuous surface, so that an
(4) causes over-location. Since the “infinite” number of contact points can Figure 4c
distance between the locating planes be avoided. Fully-constrained Workpiece
(1) and (3) is constant in this device, the
dimension c differs between individual 3 Clamping
workpieces. This over-location therefore
The term “clamping” refers to the
gives rise to machining error.
secure fastening of an already
Figure 5c: Shows how to locate a positioned workpiece in a clamping
workpiece correctly. To avoid tilting the device for machining purposes.
workpiece, the torque “M” transferred Locating and clamping may be
from the workpiece (5) to the body to viewed as a combined operation.
be machined (6) must be balanced by Figure 5a
Clamping is invariably associated with Workpiece with locating planes
an appropriate counter-torque. This
force transmission through the device.
counter-torque is created by the
The force vector should, as far as
clamping force “F.”
possible, describe a straight line from
Over-location may also occur if a the application point of the clamping
workpiece (Figure 5) is limited by too force through the workpiece to the
many locating points. The introduction of bearing points.
more than three locating points along the
bearing surface, or more than two points
Figure 5b
in the guide plane, or more than one
Inorrectly located workpiece
point in the supporting plane may lead
to undesirable workpiece motion, and
Yellow Pages

thus adversely affect the precision of the

resulting product. Any additional support
points must be adjustable.

Figure 5c
Correctly located workpiece

www.enerpacwh.com ® 207
 Clamping technology
As with clamping, locating is subject to Mechanical clamping elements are usually
Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

a number of design guidelines, although used for simple clamping devices.

exceptions are possible: However, mechanical clamping elements
may be converted to hydraulic ones by
• Keep the clamping force vector away
inserting cylinders between the clamping
from the critical tolerance zones on
element and the workpiece. In addition,
the workpiece.
Figure 6 mechanical elements may also be combined
• Workpiece deformation and marking with hydraulic clamping elements.
Swing clamps

Design guidelines for clamping

due to clamping forces should be avoided
Clamping may be subject to errors
or minimized.
that cause deformation of the clamped
• The clamping points on the workpiece workpiece. Since such deformations must
should be selected so that the piece not affect the function of the workpiece,
can be machined without reclamping or, all conceivable locating and supporting
if this is not feasible, with a minimum techniques, as well as the best possible
Work supports

of reclamping. directed transmission of the clamping force

• The required clamping forces should through the workpiece, should
be approximated by rough estimations. be considered.

• The clamping dimensions of the It is recommended that clamping forces

Figure 7 be estimated to prevent excessively high
Mechanical clamping workpiece may change due to
thermal expansion and vibration clamping forces and possible deformation
Linear clamps

resulting from machining. of the workpiece. Deformation of the

workpiece may also be avoided by selecting
• The workpiece should only be exposed a suitable shape (for example, a sphere) for
to a clamping force if it is appropriately the clamping points and the locating points.
supported by a solid bearing point, as
illustrated in Figure 6.
The dimensions of clamped workpieces
Power sources

may change due to vibrations and

the effects of thermal expansion. Two
types of clamping may compensate for
these changes.
Figure 8
Hydraulic clamping • Mechanical Clamping
• Hydraulic Clamping
The illustration in Figure 7 (mechanical
Valves

clamping) demonstrates that tension is

relieved as the dimensions of the workpiece
in the clamping area change.
In hydraulic clamping, the clamping
elements gripping the workpiece adjust
Pallet Components

to changes while maintaining a constant

clamping force. This is illustrated in Figure 8,
where the workpiece is elongated due
to temperature increases during machining.
Mechanical clamping is accomplished
by using the following mechanical
System components

clamping elements:
• Clamping Bars
• Clamping Springs
• Clamping Nuts
• Clamping Bolts (Figure 7)

Hydraulic clamping is achieved by:

Yellow Pages

• Elastometric media
• Clamping with air
(pneumatic clamping)
• Clamping with liquids
(hydraulic clamping)

208 ®
 Clamping technology

Figure 9
Supported workpieces.
Figure 10a
Deformation caused by
conventional clamping
4 Supporting the case the bearing surfaces, the close-
workpiece tolerance bolts, the limit stops, and the
vertically adjustable supporting and
4.1 Supported workpiece clamping elements must be equipped
The workpiece requires support to with spherical surfaces.
ensure functional force transmission The illustrations in Figure 10 illustrate
between the tool, the workpiece, and two different clamping methods. It
the clamping device, and/or to protect shows deformation of a workpiece
the workpiece from deformation (such caused by conventional clamping
as deflection at points with a thin (Figure 10a). As a result of this
cross-section) due to machining forces, deformation, the surface area of the
gravitational forces, and clamping workpiece exhibits a greater degree of
forces. Workpiece support also acts to deformation when unclamped.
eliminate the resulting machining errors This deformation, which is convex
(Figure 9). in shape, may be attributed to the
In addition, surface quality may be fact that the workpiece assumes its
improved and the service life of the original, deformed shape (c), as soon
tool prolonged with the use of an as the clamping pressure
optimum supporting mechanism. is released. Figure 10b
The three-dimensional position of a The clamping points illustrated Eliminate deformation using
workpiece, however, should not be in Figure 10b are spherically shaped, spherical ball supports
defined by its support. It is preceded and can therefore largely adapt to the
sequentially by the locating process workpiece curvatures (b). The machined
and also has a lower priority. surface is therefore flat, and the
workpiece is only exposed to possible
4.2 Supporting options for bent
internal stresses that may be released by
workpieces
machining.
a. Unclamped workpiece
4.3 Determination of the
b. Clamped workpiece
clamping force
c. Machined workpiece
A workpiece is considered to It is important to ensure that a
be supported even if it must be workpiece that is clamped inside
supported by frequently mobile and a device is not moved from its
variable elements surpassing the position by the clamping force and
theoretical maximum number of the subsequent action of the cutting
Yellow Pages

locating points. An example of this force. This risk of movement may be

would be an unstable workpiece that minimized by applying the clamping
force to the solid bearing surfaces of
easily vibrates.
the device (Figure 11).
When a deformed workpiece must be
held and clamped in all three planes
without altering its shape, it is possible Figure 11
to use a technique involving self- Approximation of the
adjusting spherical surfaces. In this clamping force

www.enerpacwh.com ® 209
 Cutting technology

Introduction Cutting force determinations

Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

This introduction will help you These cutting force examples involve
use information provided by tool face milling. The largest use of hydraulic
manufacturers in the application of workholding is by far for some sort of
their tools. Estimating cutting forces milling operations.
being transferred into the workpiece 1 Imperial system
Swing clamps

is just one tool to use in a competitive Cutting Force (Pounds) = Spindle

Drilling
workholding environment. Horsepower x 26400 (Horsepower to foot
pounds per minute at 80% efficiency)/
The information presented here is only to Cutting Speed (In tool surface feet per
be a guideline and not the final decision. minute) Spindle Horsepower = Unit Power
Use this information with a cutting tool (Horsepower per cubic inches of material
Work supports

brochure you get from your cutting tool removed per minute) x Material removal
supplier as an aid in determining your rate (Cubic Inches per Minute)
cutting forces. Much of the calculations Material removal rate (Cubic inches per
presented here are readily available from minute) = Width of the cut (Inches) x
many sources. Your cutting supplier may Depth of the Cut (Inches) x Feed per
Face milling even have a slide chart you can obtain to cutter tooth (Inches) x Number of cutter
do equations for you.
Linear clamps

teeth x Spindle RPM

The operations described here Example
include boring, drilling, end milling An 8-inch diameter cutter with 10
and face milling. teeth (inserts) is machining low silicon
Drilling involves using a multi-fluted tool aluminum at 3000 SFM (surface feet
with a helix spiral. The tool is driven in as per minute).
Power sources

it is rotated to create a round hole. First, you must convert surface feet/
End Milling uses a multi-fluted rotary minute into tool RPM/Solving
tool with or without removable (inserts) Tool RPM= SFM
End mill teeth to remove material along the edge Diameter (Inch) x .2618 = 1432 Tool RPM
of the workpiece. The cut is usually very
shallow and the depth is many times the Now you can determine your material
thickness of the cut. removal rate. An independent tool catalog
lists a feed per tooth of 0.008" maximum
Valves

Face Milling involves a very shallow at 3000 SFM at cut depth of 0.1".
depth, but a very wide cut. Cutters can
range up 12 inches (300 mm) or more in This gives 8" (diameter cutter) x 0.100"
diameter and can have many replaceable (cut depth) x 0.008" (feed per tooth)
teeth (inserts). x 10 (number of teeth) x 1432 (spindle
Pallet Components

RPM)= 91.6 cubic inches per minute

These examples are only a very small material removal rate.
Boring sample of operations that can use
hydraulic workholding. Next, spindle horsepower is found
using unit HP from the table Spindle
Horsepower = 91.6 x 0.4 (Unit
Horsepower for Aluminum with a dull
System components

tool) = 36.6 HP.

Note this Horsepower is for fixture
design and not for machine tool
horsepower requirements.
For example a true 40 HP machine can
remove aluminum well over 200 cubic
Yellow Pages

inches per minute.

210 ®
 Cutting force technology
Using the original formula: For example: 2
1 Spindle Hp x 26406
36.6 hp x 26,400/3000 SFM = 322 lbs. The coefficient of friction for lubricated Cutting Force =
3
Cu
aluminum is .12 (flooded with coolant) Cutting Speed
3000 SFM of force being transmitted 1 Cutting force in Pounds 1 C
into the work. this same 483 pounds of force becomes
2 Spindle Horsepower to foot-pounds 2 S
483/.12 = 4025 pounds. This uses at 80% efficiency a
Force is transmitted in the same direction clamp force only and does not take into 3 Cutting tool surface feet per minute 3 C
as the cutter movement. In other account any direct forces that may be
words, if the cutter moves right to left developed by the cylinders that located
in the diagram below, the cutter force is the workpiece against fixed locators.
transmitted from right to left.
Using a safety factor of 2 for rigid
clamping gives 644 pounds in line 1 2
parallel to the line force and 483 MRR = W x D x F x N x RPM MR
pounds using an elastic medium such 1 Material Removal Rate (in3/min)
as hydraulics with a safety factor of 2 W = Width of cut (in) 1 M
1.5. Note this force does not take into D = Depth of cut (in)
2 W
F = Feed per tooth (in)
account any sort of friction factors if you N = Number of cutter teeth D
plan on relying on friction force between RPM = Spindle speed F
N
a swing cylinder and the workpiece. R

Cutter travel

1
Cutter force SFM
Tool RPM = Too
Diameter x 0.2618
1 SFM = Surface Feet per Minute 1 M
2 T

Unit Power for dull tools [imperial system]

Material Unit Power hp/in3/min
Hardness Turning Drilling Milling
HSS & HSS &
Carbide HSS Carbide
Tools Drills Tools

STEELS 85-200 Bhn 1.4 1.3 1.4

Plain carbon 35-40 Rc 1.7 1.7 1.9
Alloy steels 40-50 Rc 1.9 2.1 2.2
Tool steels 50-55 Rc 2.5 2.6 2.6
55-58 Rc 4.2 3.2 3.2
CAST IRONS 110-190 Bhn 0.9 1.2 0.8
Gray, ductile 190-320 Bhn 1.7 2.0 1.4
Yellow Pages

and malleable
STAINLESS STEELS 135-275 Bhn 1.6 1.4 1.7
30-45 Rc 1.7 1.5 1.9
TITANIUM 250-375 Bhn 1.5 1.4 1.4
NICKEL ALLOYS 80-360 Bhn 2.5 2.2 2.4
ALUMINUM ALLOYS 30-150 Bhn 0.3 0.2 0.4
MAGNESIUM ALLOYS 40-90 Bhn 0.3 0.2 0.2
COPPER ALLOYS 10-80 Rb 0.8 0.6 0.8
80-100 Rb 1.2 1.0 1.2

www.enerpacwh.com ® 211
 Cutting technology
2 2 Metric System Using the original formula transposed is:
6 Spindle kW x 48000
Collet-Lok®

1
lroduct line

Cutting Force = Cutting Force (Newtons) = Spindle Power Cutting Force 1378 (Newtons) = 28.7 (kW)
3
Cutting Speed (kW) x 48000 (80% efficiency) / Cutting x 48000 (80% efficiency) / 1000 (MPM
1 Cutting force (N)
Speed (Meters per minute). cutting speed).
2 Spindle power (kW) required
at 80% efficiency Spindle Power = Unit Power (kilowatts Multiply by a safety factor of 2 for
3 Cutting tool surface speed (m/min) per cubic centimeters of material remove rigid clamping and by 1.5 for elastic
per minute) x Material removal rate (cubic clamping (hydraulic).
Swing clamps

centimeters per minute). This calculation does not take into

Material removal rate (Cubic centimeters account coefficients of friction when
per minute) = Width of cut (mm) x depth of using clamp cylinders. For example, if the
cut (mm) x feed per tooth (mm) x number of aluminum has a coefficient of .12 (flooded
1
MRR = W x D x F x N x RPM
2
teeth x spindle RPM/1000. with coolant), the clamping force becomes
1378/.12 = 11483 Newtons of force. This
1000
Work supports

calculation does not take into account

1 Material Removal Rate (cm3/min) Example: forces being generated by the fixture
2 W = Width of cut (mm) A 200 mm cutter with 10 teeth is machining positioning cylinders.
D = Depth of cut (mm) low silicon aluminum at 1000 MPM (meters
F = Feed per tooth (mm)
per minute). Use these numbers and set up your
N = Number of teeth
RPM = Spindle speed
hydraulic system to run at about 50 to
Solving Tool RPM = MPM x 1000 Diameter 75% of its rated pressure. This leaves
Linear clamps

(mm) x p (= 1592 Tool RPM) some reserve for a later date when the
The same tool catalog lists a feed per process is optimized and you need more
tooth of 0.2 mm at 1000 MPM and a holding/ clampforce for higher speeds
cutting depth of 2.5 mm. This gives an and feeds. If you design to the maximum
1 200 mm cutter x 2.5 mm depth x 0.2 mm now, you have nothing in reserve.
MPM x 1000
Tool RPM = feed x 10 teeth x 1592 Tool RPM/1000 =
Power sources

2
π x Tool diameter 1592 cm3/min.
1 MPM = Surface speed m/min Spindle power = 1592 x 0.018 = 28.7 kW
2 Tool diameter in millimeters This too is power from a fixture design
standpoint; the actual operation will use
less power than indicated here.
Valves

Unit Power for dull tools [metric system]

Material Hardness TURNING P1 DRILLING P MILLING P d
Pallet Components

HSS AND HSS DRILLS HSS AND

CARBIDE TOOLS CARBIDE TOOLS

feed feed feed

.12 - .50 mm/r .05 - .20 mm/r .12 - .30 mm/r

STEELS, WROUGHT
AND CAST 85-200 Bhn 0.064 0.059 0.064
System components

Plain Carbon 35-40 Rc .077 .077 .086

Alloy Steels 40-50 Rc .086 .096 .100
Tool Steels 50-55 Rc .114 .118 .118
55-58 Rc .191 .146 .146
CAST IRONS 110-190 Bhn .41 .055 .036
Gray, ductile and malleable 190-320 Bhn .077 .091 .064
STAINLESS STEELS,
Yellow Pages

WROUGHT AND CAST 135-275 Bhn .073 .064 .077

Ferritic, austenitic and
martensitic 30-45 Rc .077 .068 .086
TITANIUM 250-375 Bhn .068 .064 .064
NICKEL ALLOYS 80-360 Bhn .114 .100 .109
ALUMINUM ALLOYS 30-150 .014 .009 .018

MAGNESIUM ALLOYS 40-90 .009 .009 .009

COPPER ALLOYS 10-80 RB .036 .027 .036
80-100 RB .055 .046 .055

212 ®
 Conversion factors

Key to measurements
All capacities and measurements in the catalog are expressed in uniform values.
The conversion chart provides helpful information for their translation into
equivalent systems.

Pressure: Volume:
1 psi = .069 bar 1 in3 = 16.387 cm3
1 bar = 14.50 psi 1 cm3 = .061 in3
= 10 N/cm2 1 liter = 61.02 in3
1 MPa = 145 psi = .264 gal
1 US gal = 3,785 cm3
= 3.785 l
= 231 in3

Weight: Other measurements:

1 pound (lb) = .4536 kg 1 in = 25.4 mm
1 kg = 2.205 lbs 1 mm = .039 in
1 metric ton = 2205 lbs 1 in2 = 6.452 cm2
= 1000 kg 1 cm2 = .155 in2
1 ton (short) = 2000 lbs 1 hp = .746 kW
= 907.18 kg 1 kW = 1.340 hp
1 Nm = .738 Ft.lbs
1 Ft.lbs = 1.356 Nm
Temperature: 1 kN = 224.82 lbs
1 lb = 4.448 N
To Convert °C to °F:
T °F = (T °C x 1.8) + 32
To Convert °F to °C:
T °C = (T °F – 32) ÷ 1.8

Imperial to metric Metric to imperial

Inches Decimal Millimeters Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches

1/16 .0625 1.59 1 .039 14 .551

1/8 .125 3.18 2 .078 15 .591
3/16 .187 4.76 3 .118 16 .630
1/4 .250 6.35 4 .157 17 .670
5/16 .312 7.94 5 .197 18 .709
3/8 .375 9.53 6 .236 19 .748
7/16 .437 11.11
Yellow Pages

7 .275 20 .787
1/2 .500 12.70 8 .315 21 .827
9/16 .562 14.29 9 .354 22 .866
5/8 .625 15.88 10 .394 23 .906
11/16 .687 17.46 11 .433 24 .945
3/4 .750 19.05 12 .472 25 .983
13/16 .812 20.64 13 .512
7/8 .875 22.23
15/16 .937 23.81
1 1.000 25.40

www.enerpacwh.com ® 213
 Best practices in hydraulic system design
The following information consists of recommendations, advice and general rules regarding the design of
Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

hydraulic workholding systems. These tips apply to just about any system, and are a good starting point if
you have questions about what products to use and how to apply them properly.

General design Work supports

Double-acting cylinders should always be used in Work supports are rated based upon a somewhat
Swing clamps

applications where cycle time is critical. While the constant load. Sharp vibrations from an interrupted
cylinders are designed with strong return springs, they cut or a large impact load (such as dropping a part on
may not consistently overcome the effects of long runs the fixture) will cause the work support to slip.
of tubing, orifices, and other restrictions. Double-acting Because of the design, once the work support has
cylinders help eliminate these effects. been subjected to a high impact load, it may no
Many hydraulic pumps are rated for substantial longer function. Be aware of this fact and limit
Work supports

flow rates (10 gpm or more) that are far beyond the impact loading wherever possible.
requirements of a hydraulic workholding system. While Manifold mounting
these pumps can be used, it is not recommended in Manifold mounting of cylinders significantly decreases
general practice. Workholding cylinders are typically very the amount of space required on a fixture. It also makes
small in comparison to the types of cylinders that these installation and service much simpler. Be sure to clean
pumps were designed to operate. You will spend a great and de-burr all passages in the fixture manifold. Burrs
Linear clamps

deal of time and money reducing the flow through the can break loose over time and be ingested into the
use of valving and still may not have an ideal system. hydraulic cylinders, causing severe damage. If you have
Consider a separate hydraulic pump rated for less flow a long line of cylinders all in the same manifold, route the
whenever possible. passages from the center out and use large diameters
Spool valves are very common and inexpensive, but for the main feed line. The use of small passages
also have their share of issues regarding use in hydraulic everywhere in the manifold will cause drastic back-
pressures on single- acting circuits.
Power sources

workholding systems. Spool valves are designed for

use at much higher flow rates than those typically Be sure to include a passage for the breather vents
seen in workholding circuits. In fact the acceptable where necessary. This passage should be routed to a
internal leakage in these valves is typically equal to the large open area, not an enclosed cavity. Eventually, an
total amount of flow required for a small workholding enclosed cavity may fill up with chips and coolant and
circuit. And, the leakage will result in improper function begin to work into the cylinders.
and possible damage to many pumps designed for
workholding systems.
Valves

Breather vents on cylinders are often overlooked. When

you put oil into a single-acting cylinder and it begins
to advance, the opposite side of the cylinder is filled
with air. This air has to go somewhere. The breather
Pallet Components

vent provides this path. In turn, when the cylinder is

retracting, and oil is leaving the cylinder, a vacuum is
created and air needs to re-fill that opposite side of the
cylinder. If the breather vent is located in an area that is
subject to contamination from coolant, and chips, these
items will also get pulled into the cylinder. Make sure the
System components

breather vent is plumbed to a clean location at all times.

Swing cylinders
The swing cylinders turn on a mechanical concept
of a ball or a pin riding in a hardened groove. Trying
to turn this too fast with a large heavy arm will result
in enormous pressure on the ball or the pin, causing
damage and eventually failure. A large arm also
Yellow Pages

increases the amount of side load introduced into

the cylinder. As the length of the arm increases, the
allowable clamp load has to decrease accordingly.
Follow the one-second rule: it should take at least one
full second for the clamp arm to rotate and engage the
part. Anything faster can result in damage.

214 ®
 Most common system elements Hydraulic symbols

Power sources

Single-stage electric pump Turbo air pump

Example Example
ZW4010NB-S PATG-3102NB

Two-stage electric pump Turbo air pump

Example Example
ZW5020NG PASG-3002SB

Turbo air pump

Example
PAMG-3402NB

Reciprocating air pump

Example
PA-136

Turbo air pump

Example
PACG-3002NB
Single-acting booster
Example
B-3006

Hydraulic intensifier
Double-acting booster Example
PID-321
Example
AHB-34
Yellow Pages

Hand pump
Activator wand and booster Example
P-142
Example
B-171
RA-1061

www.enerpacwh.com ® 215
 Hydraulic symbols Most common system elements

Valves
Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

2-position manual 4-way, 3-position, Float center

Series Example
VE VED-15000A
VMM VMMD-001
Swing clamps

2-position solenoid

4-way, 2-position, Crossover offset

Series Example
VE VEE-15000A
Work supports

3-position manual

4-way, 2-position, Normally open

Series Example
3-position solenoid
Linear clamps

VSS/VAS VSS-1410D

4-way, 2-position, Normally closed

Power sources

3-way, 2-position, Normally open Series Example

Series Example VST/VAT VST-1410D
V VM-2

3-way, 2-position, Normally closed

3-way, 3-position, Tandem center
Valves

Series Example
Series Example VP VP-31
V VM-3, VC-3
VE VEF-15000D
Pallet Components

4-way, 2-position, Air valve

4-way, 3-position, Tandem center Series Example
Series Example VA VA-42
V VM-4, VC-4 VAS-42
VE VEC-15000D
System components

3-way, 3-position, Closed center Rapid air exhaust valve

Series Example Series Example
V VC-15 VR VR-3
VE VEG-15000A
Yellow Pages

4-way, 3-position, Closed center

Series Example Pressure relief valve
V VC-20 Series Example
VE VEB-15000A V V-152

216 ®
 Most common system elements Hydraulic symbols

Valves

Sequence valve 4-way, 3-position, Closed center

Series Example Example
MVP MVPM-5 VP-11, -12
WVP WVP-5

Pressure limiting valve

Series Example
PLV PLV-40013B 4-way, 3-position, Float center
Example
VP-21, -22

Pressure reducing valve

Series Example
PRV PRV-3

3-way, 2-position, Normally closed

Check valve Example
Series Example VP-31, -32
V V-17

Check valve, Pilot operated

Series Example
MV MV-72 3-way, 2-position, Normally open
V V-72 Example
VP-41, -42

Flow control valve, Free flow check

Series Example
VFC VFC-1

3-way, 2-position,
one port normally open and
one port normally closed
Example
Shut-off valve VP-51, -52
Series Example
V V-12
Yellow Pages

Auto-damper valve
Series Example
GS, V GS-2, V-10

www.enerpacwh.com ® 217
 Hydraulic symbols Most common system elements

Cylinders
Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

Single-acting cylinder, Push Fluid advance work support

Example Example
CSB-18252 WFL-111
Swing clamps

CST-5131
CSM-18131

Single-acting hollow plunger cylinder

Example
Single-acting cylinder, Pull CY-21295
Work supports

Example HCS-80
PLSS-51 RWH-202
PTSS-51
PUSS-51
Linear clamps

Pull down clamp

Example
Double-acting cylinder ECH-202
Example
CDB-18252
RD-96
Power sources

CDT-18131

Collet-Lok® work support

Example
WPFS-200
WPTS-200
Single-acting swing cylinder
Valves

Example
SLRS-92
STRS-92
SURS-92
Collet-Lok® swing cylinder
Pallet Components

Example
WPFR-100
WPTR-100
Double-acting swing cylinder
Example
System components

SLRD-92
STRD-92
SURD-92
Collet-Lock® push cylinder
Example
WPFS-100
WPTS-100
Yellow Pages

Spring advance work support

Example
WSL-111

218 ®
 Most common system elements Hydraulic symbols

System components

Pressure gauges Air regulator

Example Example
DGR-1 RFL-102
G-2534R

Hydraulic couplers, Uncoupled Accumulator, Gas charged

Example Example
AH-650 ACL-201
AH-652 WA-502
AH-654

Accumulator, Spring loaded

Hydraulic couplers, Coupled
Example
Example ACM-1
AH-650
AH-652
AH-654

Heat exchanger
Example
ZHE-1
Rotary coupler, Single passage
Example
CR-111

Return line filter,

high pressure filter, in line
Example
Rotary coupler, Double passage
PFK-25
Example FL-2101
CRV-221

Pressure switch
Rotary coupler, Four passage
Example
Example IC-50
CRV-441
Yellow Pages

www.enerpacwh.com ® 219
 Valving Technology How and when to use hydraulic valves

Valve types and functions

Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

Hydraulic valves can be divided

into 3 groups:
1. Directional Control
2. Pressure Control
3. Flow Control
Swing clamps

3-way valve used with 1 Directional control valves

single-acting cylinder
Ways – the (oil) ports on a valve Center configuration
Work supports

A 3-way valve has 3 ports: pressure (P), The center position of a valve is the
tank (T), and cylinder (A). position at which there is no movement
A 4-way valve has 4 ports: required of the hydraulic component,
pressure (P), tank (T), advance (A) and whether a tool or cylinder.
retract (B).
The most common is the
4-way valve used with Single-acting cylinders require at least Tandem Center. This
Linear clamps

double-acting cylinder a 3-way valve, and can, under certain configuration provides for no
instances, be operated with a 4-way valve. movement of the cylinder and the
Double-acting cylinders require a 4-way unloading of the pump. This provides for
valve, providing control of the flow to each minimum heat build-up.
cylinder port.
The next most common
Power sources

is the Closed Center

Positions – the number of control points configuration, which is used
a valve can provide mostly for independent control of multi-
Valves can be pump mounted cylinder applications. This configuration
A 2-position valve has the
ability to control only the again provides for no movement of the
advance or retraction of the cylinder, but also dead-heads the pump,
cylinder. To be able to control the cylinder isolating it from the circuit.
Valves

with a hold position, the valve requires a The use of this type of valve requires some
third position. means of unloading the pump to prevent
heat build-up.
Operation – the way to shift the valve Another commonly used
Valves can be remote mounted into position
Pallet Components

valve configuration is
The valve position can be Float Center. This type
manually operated with the of valve allows the cylinder ports to drain
use of the handle. pressure back to tank. Used with a pallet
mounted pilot operated check, it allows
The valve position can be
the hydraulics to be disconnected from
solenoid operated using
the pallet.
System components

power supply.
Valves can be manually operated
Yellow Pages

Valves can be solenoid operated

220 ®
 How and when to use hydraulic valves Valving Technology
Advance, hold and retract
The direction of the oil flow can be controlled
depending on valve type, valve positions and
port functions.

Single-acting cylinder
Controlled by a 3-way, 3-position valve.

P T

Advance Hold (tandem center) Retract

The oil flows from the pump The oil flows from the pump The oil flows from the pump
pressure port P to the pressure port P to the tank and cylinder port A to the
cylinder port A: the cylinder T. The cylinder port A is tank T: the cylinder plunger
plunger will extend. closed: the cylinder plunger will retract.
will maintain its position.

Double-acting cylinder
Controlled by a 4-way, 3-position valve.

Advance Hold (tandem center) Retract

The oil flows from the pump The oil flows from the The oil flows from the pump
pressure port P to the pump pressure port P to pressure port P to cylinder
cylinder port A and from the tank T. The cylinder port B and from cylinder
cylinder port B to tank T. ports A and B are closed: port A to tank T: the
the cylinder plunger will cylinder plunger will retract.
maintain its position.
Yellow Pages

www.enerpacwh.com ® 221
 Valving Technology How and when to use hydraulic valves

2 Pressure control Enerpac sequence valves have a free

Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

flow return check meaning that there is

no sequence action when the circuit is
Relief valve unclamping. There is however a small bias
spring that will open at about 30 psi (2 bar).
The most common type of This will ensure a positive seal when the
pressure control valve is the valve must provide sequence action in the
pressure relief valve. This
Swing clamps

forward direction. When multiple sequence

valve is used to limit the valves are used they should be used in
maximum pressure in the parallel and not in series. If used in series,
hydraulic circuit. This valve should always these 30 psi (2 bar) bias springs will restrict
be included in any hydraulic the flow in an accumulative effect.
system to limit the circuit to a maximum
safe pressure. When used in a system, For example, if three valves are used, there
Work supports

design considerations should be made would be about 3 x 30 psi = 90 psi (6 bar)

since the valve does not act instantly. As of backpressure on components after the
the pressure approaches the set point the sequence valve in the system. While on a
valve will at first only permit a very small 5000 psi (350 bar) system this pressure
amount of oil to pass. It is only when the may not seem like much, it is enough
valve opens farther that the full flow will to prevent a single-acting swing from
pass through the valve. unclamping all the way or possibly cause
Linear clamps

a work support to not fully release and not

From a practical standpoint, don’t set the properly readjust for the next part.
relief valve with a hand pump and then use
it with a power pump and vice versa. The
point of operation will vary. Also because Pressure reducing valve
of this action, when used in application
As the name implies, this valve
Power sources

with a pressure switch, the pressure setting

will reduce the
on the pressure switch should be set at
pressure to a lower value for a
least 500 psi (35 bar) lower than the point
secondary part of the circuit.
at which the relief valve opens. This will
This is useful, for example,
prevent rapid cycling of the motor on the
when you must reduce the capacity of a
pump because of the slight pressure loss
swing cylinder that might be clamping over
thorough the relief valve. If the pressure
a work support. The pressure reducing
settings must be closer than that the
Valves

valve will automatically make-up pressure

CST-4191 CST-4191 pressure switch should be monitoring the
loss after the valve by permitting a very
system pressure and a check valve should
small amount of oil to the secondary circuit.
be added between the pump and the
system. This will permit the pressure This pressure difference from when the
to bleed down on the pump through the valve first closes to the point it re-opens
Pallet Components

relief and yet the check holds the pressure for pressure make-up is referred as the
in the system, which is monitored by the “deadband” of the valve. For example,
pressure switch. on the Enerpac pressure reducing valve,
this deadband is about 5% of the system
pressure. If your system pressure is 3000 psi
Sequence valve (210 bar) and the reduced pressure is 2000
System components

This valve controls the order psi (140 bar), the pressure in the secondary
in which various branches of part of the circuit would need to drop 5% of
the hydraulic circuit operate. the system pressure, [3000 x .05 = 150 psi
It sequences the order of the (10 bar)] before the valve would open.
actions. In practice, one part In this case the secondary part of the circuit
ZW4010NB-S21 of the circuit will reach a preset pressure at would drop to 1850 psi (127.5 bar), before
which point the sequence valve will open the valve would open and permit oil to
Yellow Pages

and permit oil to flow to the secondary flow to the secondary part of the circuit to
part of the circuit. When the flow to the return the pressure to 2000 psi (140 bar).
secondary part of the circuit begins, the This valve provides this function in only
pressure in the first part of the circuit one direction with free flow in the reverse
will remain at the set point permitting for direction to allow cylinders to unclamp or
example a work support to stay at its rated work supports to unlock.
pressure as the swing cylinder clamps.

222 ®
 How and when to use hydraulic valves Valving Technology
Pressure limiting valve Pilot operated check valves
This valve, like the pressure- A check valve only
reducing valve, will limit the permits the flow of
pressure in a secondary oil in one direction.
part of the circuit to a The pilot operated
preset lower setting than check valve works
the system pressure. This valve functions the same as a regular check valve but
differently in that once the valve closes, also has an additional port for a pressure
the secondary part of the circuit will not signal. Pressure to this extra port will
receive any make-up oil for any pressure mechanically open the check valve to
loss. The system pressure must drop to permit the oil to flow in both directions.
zero pressure before the valve will open The pilot operated check is useful in
and permit oil to flow to the secondary part holding pressure over a period of time in
of the circuit. There is no pressure make-up a remote part of a circuit, but allowing the
capability with a pressure-limiting valve. pressure to be released using a pressure
signal to the extra port on the valve.
Usually this pressure is much lower than
3 Flow control the system pressure you are holding back.
Enerpac pilot operated check valves only
Flow control valves require 15% of the system pressure you
are clamping with to open the check valve,
Flow controls permit the
permitting the oil to return from the fixture
change of speed of a
and unclamp the part.
hydraulic component through
the use of an adjustable
orifice. Unlike a regular flow
control that provides the same flow
restriction in both directions, these flow
controls provide a free flow reverse
check. This allows restricted flow in one ZW4010NB-S21
direction and unrestricted flow in the
other. This is a very important feature
when using a flow control to regulate the
speed of a single-acting swing cylinder or
work support. The cylinder requires the
clamping speed be regulated to a safe
value through the use of a flow control
to prevent damage to the cylinder. When
unclamping, the spring in the cylinder
will develop only a small amount of
pressure. To ensure rapid unclamp time,
back pressure, or resistance, must be
minimized. Free flow reverse checks allow
you to minimize this resistance.

ZW4010NB-S21
Yellow Pages

www.enerpacwh.com ® 223
 Flexible machining systems
Oil connection One of the most important aspects of Enerpac offers swing cylinders, work
Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

machining cycle times is the speed supports and push cylinders with
and precision of the workpiece Collet-Lok® technology incorporated.
Used in conjunction with an automatic
positioning, clamping and release.
coupler, pressure switches and proximity
The speed of these actions is greatly sensors, this technology can provide a
Collet
improved through the use of hydraulic totally automated and accurate
Swing clamps

Wedge clamping cycle.

workholding components, leading
to increased efficiencies and On the next page is an example of how
this technology works. The Collet-Lok®
cost savings.
swing cylinder has four ports.
Use of palletized fixtures
Port #1 is first pressurized to apply the
Being able to load many parts onto
appropriate clamping force. Once this
palletized fixtures also greatly increases
Work supports

pressure is reached, a sequence valve

the productivity and efficiency of the
opens, sending pressure to Port #2,
Flange nut machining cycle. The use of palletized
which mechanically locks a wedge into
fixtures poses several problems however.
place. This wedge locks the plunger
The clamping cylinders must be
in place, preventing movement, and
repeatedly connected and disconnected
maintaining the clamping force on the
from the hydraulic power source to make
workpiece. The pressure should now
Linear clamps

use of the flexibility of the pallets.

be removed and machining can be
With conventional hydraulic cylinders, performed at any time. This lock can be
this also requires the use of load holding maintained for minutes, hours, even days,
valves and accumulators to maintain without the need for hydraulic pressure.
pressure. With proper maintenance, this
Once the machining cycle is complete,
system of hydraulic workholding is very
Power sources

and the workpiece needs to be changed,

effective. This type of clamping is also
the lock can be very easily removed.
very susceptible to contamination, and
Pressure should be applied to Port #3
additional care must be taken to maintain
to unlock the wedge system. Once the
the filtration and preventive maintenance
wedge is unlocked, and the plunger is
schedules required.
free, pressure can be applied to Port #4
z Fixture for machining Enerpac’s exclusive to allow the plunger to retract. With this
exhaust manifolds.
Collet-Lok® technology complete, the machined workpiece can
Valves

There is another solution to palletized be removed and a new piece can be

clamping. Enerpac’s exclusive loaded into the fixture to continue
Collet-Lok® technology eliminates the process.
the need for live hydraulics to be
This system is the ultimate in system
maintained on the pallet during the
Pallet Components

automation and positive control

machining cycle. Once the part is
in clamping technology. For more
hydraulically clamped in position for
information, be sure to consult Enerpac
machining, the cylinders are mechanically
to receive additional literature and
locked in place. This mechanical lock
installation instructions.
replaces the accumulators, load holding
valves and other requirements of live
System components

hydraulic palletized circuits. Once

the machining cycle is complete, the
mechanical lock is released, and the
cylinders can be retracted to allow for
the next piece to be loaded.
Yellow Pages

224 ®
 Flexible machining systems

Palletized machining

Hydraulic Clamping and Hydraulic Mechanical Locking

Step 1
2-way Auto coupler connects
external power source with pallet
part and the Collet-Lok® cylinder is
activated for hydraulic clamping.

Step 2
After reaching maximum clamping
pressure the sequence valve is
opened and actuates the internal
wedge hydraulically.

Step 3
The wedge system secures the
plunger position mechanically and
the hydraulic pressure is taken
off, then the auto coupler retracts.
The product on the pallet is now
securely clamped, without being
connected to a power source.

Step 4
After being in the center of the
machine the pallet returns to the
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 loading and unloading position
and the auto coupler is connected
Yellow Pages

again to release the wedge.

WPTR-100 Collet-Lok® swing cylinder WCA-62, WPA-62 Auto coupler Step 5

The hydraulic plunger is now
1 = 90˚ Rotation + Clamp A = Pressure line from pump to retracted and the pallet is free
2 = Lock swing cylinder for unloading and loading.
3 = Unlock B = Pressure line from pump to
4 = Unclamp + 90˚ Rotation swing cylinder
C = Auto coupler advance
D = Auto coupler retract

www.enerpacwh.com ® 225
 Mechanical clamping technology

Mechanical clamping versus Production quantity runs should also

Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

hydraulic clamping be taken into account along with time

savings and cost of materials when
Many factors should be taken into choosing between hydraulic and
account when deciding whether to use mechanical clamping.
mechanical or hydraulic workholding
products for clamping your parts. In Mechanical clamping is typically less
general, hydraulic clamping should be expensive but more time consuming
Swing clamps

used in high volume applications, or compared to hydraulic clamping.

when critical tolerances need to be held. See the examples below for ideal
Mechanical clamping products can situations in which to use hydraulic or
be used in shorter production runs, or mechanical clamping:
on rougher procedures where surface
Example 1
finishes and tight tolerances are optional.
Production quantity: 60,000 pieces
Work supports

For example, using hydraulic workholding Part material cost: $25

Figure 1 products will allow you to maintain within Machine time cost: $150 p/h
Simple hydraulic fixture with a 1% accuracy on your clamping force. Hydraulic fixture and
minimal workpiece deflection This is through the use of digital pressure component cost: $30,000
switches, electric powered pumps and
Parts per fixture: 4
hydraulic clamping and support cylinders.
Load/unload time: 20 seconds
Linear clamps

This type of accuracy may be necessary

Run time: 720 seconds
when machining a surface requiring tight
tolerances, less than .001 inch (0,025
mm). The slightest variation in clamping The run time and the load/unload time
force could result in part movement equate to 185 seconds of machine time
or deflection greater than the required per part. The machine costs money no
overall tolerance (Figure 1). In situations matter whether you are actually cutting
Power sources

Figure 2 like this, the investment in hydraulic chips or waiting to cut chips while you
Simple mechanical fixture with clamping is undeniable. are loading the parts. This is why you
larger workpiece deflection must take both the load and the run time
Mechanical clamping products are
into account.
sufficient when tight tolerances are not
required, or when the part is a large This 185 seconds per part equates to
casting for example, and no amount of being able to run 155 parts per 8 hour
clamping force will distort the part. A day, at an additional cost of $7.71 per
Valves

typical operator, for example, can tighten part due to machine time cost of
a stud over a clamp to a specific torque $150.00 per hour.
value with possibly only 10% accuracy The hydraulic fixture cost of $30,000
using a manual wrench. This could divided over 60,000 parts equates to an
Pallet Components

result in significant differences in part additional $0.50 per part. All together,
height and position on a fixture (Figure in this very simple example, you have
2). However with a rough casting where added only $8.21 to the cost of the part.
the required finish is not critical, this The $8.21 equates to only about a 33%
may be acceptable. And, for the cost increase in cost. Granted, there are more
of mechanical clamping compared to aspects which could be factored in, but
hydraulic clamping, the choice is easy.
System components

you can see the minimal cost added by

There are also situations where hydraulic hydraulics in this example.
clamping is not only not necessary for Assume that you were only running 3000
accuracy, but also, potentially dangerous. parts on a small run. The machine time is
A perfect example of this is a die casting the same, but now, the hydraulic fixture
machine. Heat is an enemy of hydraulic and components adds an additional $10
components, and die casting obviously to the cost of the part (30,000/3000 parts).
generates an enormous amount of heat.
Yellow Pages

This is a total of $17.71 additional cost,

Mechanical clamping is an excellent and or a 71% increase. Hydraulic clamping is
safe solution to the problem. much too expensive for such a short run.

226 ®
 Mechanical clamping technology
Example 2
Production quantity: 3000 pieces T = Torque on the clamping stud
(ft-lbs or N-m)
Part material cost: $25
D = Thread diameter and pitch
Machine time cost: $150 p/h
(for example, 3/8-16 or M8)
Mechanical fixture and
component cost: $5000 L1 = Distance from center of clamping
Parts per fixture: 4 stud to contact point on the
workpiece
Load/unload time: 240 seconds
L2 = Distance from center of clamping
Run time: 720 seconds
stud to reaction point (or contact
point on second workpiece)
In this example, the production quantity
T
is much lower, and mechanical clamping
F1 F2
is being used. The same part is being You will also need to know whether the
F
machined, on the same machine process. clamping stud and nut are lubricated or
The mechanical clamping fixture is much dry. This makes a difference in how much
less expensive, only adding $1.67 to the clamping force is generated.
cost of each part. However, the load/ ØD
unload time has increased significantly The first thing to know is how tight that nut
since the operator has to manually clamp is being applied to the clamping stud. This
each part. The machine is now only able is best measured using a torque wrench.
L1 L2
to produce 120 parts per 8 hour day. Even though the operator may not use a
This adds $10 to the cost of each part in torque wrench in the everyday use of the Figure 3
machine time cost. All together, $11.67 fixture, it is critical to be able to provide Typical mechanical
has been added to the cost of each a torque reading when converting to clamping set-up
part, a 47% increase. While this may hydraulic clamping.
seem significant, remember that the cost It may be necessary to use a torque
increase using hydraulic clamping was wrench on the part a few times in order to
71%. Mechanical clamping is a much get a good consistent value to be used in
better choice in the lower production calculating the clamping force.
runs, even though it may be slower.
Many factors must be taken into account
to decide on either mechanical clamping
or hydraulic clamping. For example,
taking labor into account can significantly
add to the cost of mechanical clamping,
since it is a much slower process. These
examples are very simple and do not
include all of the variable details that could
affect your decision. Be sure to account
for every situation in making your choice.

Replacing mechanical
clamping with
hydraulic clamping
In order to properly replace a mechanical
clamping set-up with hydraulic cylinders,
the most important thing to understand
is the amount of clamping force being
applied to the part. Figure 3 is an example
Yellow Pages

of a typical mechanical clamping set-up

for either one part or two parts. In this
situation, the operator tightens the nut
on the clamping stud, which in turn
applies a holding force to the work piece.
In order to convert this set-up to hydraulic
clamping, you will need to know some
values from Figure 3.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 227
 Mechanical clamping technology
Once you have determined the amount of
Collet-Lok®
lroduct line

torque being applied to the clamping stud, F1 = L2 / (L1 + L2) * FT

and you have measured the diameter of F2 = L1 / (L1 + L2) * FT
the stud, and the distances L1 and L2,
the clamping forces can be calculated.
It is important to understand that the When L1 = L2 (when the clamping stud
amount of clamping force being put into is exactly halfway between the clamping
Swing clamps

the clamping stud is not the same amount points), F1 = F2 = ½ FT

of force being applied to the part. In this
setup, much less force gets applied to the
Figure 4
part. You can calculate the force applied to
Center-hole cylinder used in
hydraulic clamping set-up the stud using the table. The force applied
to the part is based on the formula.
Work supports

SAE stud sizes

Dry Threads K = 0.20 Lubricated Threads K = 0.15

Stud Torque Applied Stud Torque Applied

size (ft-lbs) load (lbs) size (ft-lbs) load (lbs)

4 1190 4 1590
Linear clamps

1/4" - 20 6 1790 1/4" - 20 6 2380

8 2380 8 3180
10 2980 10 3970

14 3250 14 4330
5/16" - 18 16 3720 5/16" - 18 16 4950
Power sources

18 4180 18 5570
20 4640 20 6190

24 4580 24 6110
3/8" - 16 28 5350 3/8" - 16 28 7130
32 6110 32 8150
36 6880 36 9170
Valves

60 8470 60 11290
1/2" - 13 65 9180 1/2" - 13 65 12230
70 9880 70 13170
75 10590 75 14120
Pallet Components

125 13980 125 18640

5/8" - 11 135 15100 5/8" - 11 135 20130
145 16220 145 21620
155 17340 155 23120
System components

200 18390 200 24520

3/4" - 10 225 20690 3/4" - 10 225 27580
250 22990 250 30650
275 25280 275 33710

350 27390 350 36520

7/8" - 9 375 29340 7/8" - 9 375 39130
400 41730
Yellow Pages

400 31300
425 33260 425 44340

450 30740 450 40990

1" - 8 550 37580 1" - 8 550 50100
650 44410 650 59210
750 51240 750 68320

Note: Values in the charts above are based on theoretical values. The chart values are meant to be guidelines in
determining equivalent hydraulic cylinders for an application, but are by no means exact.
Factors such as lubrication, material, plating and method or torque application can affect the actual clamping
force. Please use proper engineering practices when designing a fixture.

228 ®
 About Enerpac
ENERPAC manufactures high-force hydraulics
(cylinders, pumps, valves, presses, pullers, tools,
accessories and system components) for industry
and construction and provides hydraulic workholding
and OEM solutions to industries worldwide.

With an 80-year history of quality and innovation,

the broadest line in the business, and more than
4,000 distributors and factory-trained service centers
around the world, Enerpac leads the industry by
setting new standards in design, strength, durability
and local support. Strict quality programs, zero www.enerpac.com Ordering Products
and Catalogs
for latest Enerpac
tolerance for defects, and ISO-9001 certification information To find the name of the
are your assurance of safe, trouble-free operation. Visit the Enerpac Web Site closest Enerpac distributor
and find out about: or service center, to request
literature or technical
Enerpac is ready to tackle your toughest challenge and • Learn more
about hydraulics application assistance,
provide the hydraulic advantage you need to increase • Promotions contact Enerpac at one of the
• New products addresses on the next page
productivity, labor efficiency and speed of operation. or pose your question through
• Electronic Catalogs
• Trade shows E-mail: info@enerpac.com
• Manuals (instruction and
repair sheets)
• Nearest Distributors &
Service Centers
• Enerpac products
in action
• Integrated Solutions

While every care has been taken in the preparation of

Enerpac catalogs/brochures to meet your needs:
To obtain your copy just give us a call, or visit our Internet site
this catalog and all data contained within is deemed
www.enerpac.com
accurate at the time of printing, Enerpac does reserve
the right to make changes to the specifications of any
product, or discontinue any product, contained within E327, The Full Enerpac Industrial Tool Line
this catalog without prior notice. Ask for your free copy of the Enerpac Industrial
Tools catalog for infomation about Enerpac
All illustrations, performance specifications, weights High Force Tools. The catalog contains our full
and dimensions reflect the nominal values and slight line of cylinders, pumps, tools, valves, bolting
US
E 3 2 7

variations may occur due to manufacturing tolerances. solutions, and accessories.

Please consult Enerpac if final dimensions are critical.
All information in this catalog can be changed due to
product improvements without prior notice.
E412, Bolting Solutions Catalog: Caters to
the complete bolting workflow, ensuring joint
© Copyright 2013, Enerpac.
integrity in a variety of applications throughout
All rights reserved. Any copying or other use of
industry, including: joint assembly, controlled
material in this catalog (text, illustrations,
tightening and joint separation.
drawings, photos) without express written
US
E 4 1 2

consent is prohibited.

www.enerpacwh.com ® 229
 Enerpac University

What do you think about...

Improved Accuracy? Cost Effective Solutions? Increased Safety?

Enerpac’s On-Line
School of Workholding

Monthly Feature Articles:

• ABC’s & 123’s of Hydraulic
Workholding
• Tool Selection and Usage
• Manufacturing Applications

Access to Our Library & Archives:

• Product Specifications
• CAD Drawings
• Instruction & Repair Sheets

PLUS You will receive: EU School of Workholding Newsletter via E-mail free.
Visit www.enerpac.com for more information.

Workholding CAD files ONLINE!

Try IT fOr yOurSELf

Visit WWW.Enerpacwh.com

Enerpac is proud to introduce a new way to view Workholding products and download CAD
files. From the Enerpac website you are able to quickly locate the right product for your specific
application and move to our download site to select from over 2,000 3D CAD files.
The shopping cart format makes downloading multiple files for transfer to your computer fast and easy.

3D Formats
• IGES
• STEP
Product index Section index
product description series page product description series page
▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ Collet Lok®
Collet Lok® clamps 8-19 Manual, D03/CETOP3.......................... VMMD/VMTD ..........143 Products

Collet-Lok®
Products
Collet Lok® Swing Clamp Arms..............................CA ............14 Manual, Pump Mount ............................................ VM .. 148-151 8-19
Collet Lok® Swing Clamps..WPFL, WPFR, WPTL, WPTR .....12 Manual, Remote Mount ..........................................VC .. 148-151
Collet Lok® Push Cylinders ..................WPFC, WPTC ............18 Mounting Bolt Kit for D03/CETOP3 ....................BKD ..........145
Collete Lok® Work Supports................ WPFS, WPTS ............16 Mounting Bolt Kit for Solenoid Modular Poppet .. TRK ..........139
Swing clamps 20-42 Mounting Bolt Kit for Solenoid Modular ...............BK ..........147
Pivoting T-Arms .........................................CAC/CAPT ............34 Pilot Operated Check for Solenoid Modular .........VS ..........147
Swing Clamps

Swing Clamps
Swing Clamp Arms ......................................CAS/CAL ............32 Pilot Operated Check, Dual, for D03/CETOP3... VD2P ..........142
Pilot Operated Check, Inline, Manifold ............. MV, V ..........153
20-42
Swing Clamps .........................................................SC ............38
Swing Clamps ......................................................ASC ............39 Pressure Reducing for D03/CETOP3.................. PRV ..141, 142
Swing Clamps, Cartridge Body..............................SC ............30 Pressure Reducing for Solenoid Modular Poppet....PRV ..........138
Swing Clamps, Lower Flange................................. SL ............26 Pressure Reducing, Inline, Cartridge................... PRV ..........154
Swing Clamps, Threaded Body ............................. ST ............28 Pressure Switch for Solenoid Modular Poppet ....PSCK ..........137
Swing Clamps, Upper Flange ................................SU ............23 Relief Valve for Solenoid Modular .........................VS ..........147
Work Supports

Work Supports
Three-Position Swing Clamp .............................. WTR ............40 Sequence, Inline, Manifold, Cartridge ...MVP, WVP, V ..........152
Solenoid/ Air Operated 2-Position Poppet, D03/CETOP3 43-51
Upreach Arms ......................................................CAU ............36
........................................................................... VA, VS ..........140
Work supports 43-51
Solenoid Modular .................................................... VE ..........146
Work Supports, Fluid Advance .............................WF ............46
Solenoid Modular Poppet .......................................VP ..........136
Work Supports, Spring Advance...........................WS ............48
Solenoid Poppet, D03/CETOP3 .........................VP03 ..........141
Linear cylinders 52-93 Solenoid Spool, D03/CETOP3 ........... VET/VEX/VEW ..........142
Cylinder Accessories, Contact Bolts .....................BS ............86 Linear

Linear Cylinders
Valve, Accessory ................................V/HV/MHV/PLV ..156, 157
Cylinder Accessories, Jam Nuts ............................FN ............86 Valve, Air Valve and Accessories ...RFL/QE/V/VA/VAS/VR ..........158 Cylinders
Cylinder Accessories, Mounting Flanges ......AW/MF ............87 52-93
Palletized fixture components 160-185
Cylinder Accessories, Yoke ...................................... Y ............86
Accumulators .......................................ACM/ACL/WA ..........162
Cylinders, Block ..........................................CSB/CDB ............72
Autocoupler ....................................ACCB/WCA/WPA ..........174
Cylinders, Hollow Plunger..CY/HCS/MRH/QDH/RWH ............78
Coupler Packages ..............................ACBS/AP/MHV ..........164
Cylinders, Manifold Mount.................................. CSM ............70
Intensifiers...............................................................PID ..........178
Cylinders, Positive Clamping .............................. MRS ............80
Manual Couplers ....................................................MC ..........166 Power

Power Sources
Cylinders, Pull Down .................................. ECH/ECM ............76
Rotary Unions.......................................AMP/CR/CRV ..........176
Sources
Cylinders, Threaded Body ...........................CST/CDT ............66 94-133
Safe Link Wireless Monitoring ................................ SL ..........180
Cylinders, Threaded Body .............CYDA/WMT/WRT ............68
Wand and Booster ..............................................B/RA ..........172
Cylinders, Tie Rod ...................................................TR ............88
System components 186-196
Cylinders, Tie Rod, Accessories..TRRC/TRRE/TRAC ............93
Coupler ............................................................. AH/AR ..........192
Cylinders, Universal Single Acting .............MRW/RW ............82
Filter, High Pressure, Inline.......................................FL ..........193 Valves
Cylinders, Universal, Double Acting ...................... RD ............84
Fittings ......................................................... BFZ/FZ/R ..........194
Link Clamp Arms......................................LCAS/LCAL ............56 134-159

Valves
Gauge, Digital .......................................................DGR ..........189
Link Clamps, Upper Flange ................... LUCD/LUCS ............54
Gauge ........................................................................G ..........190
Pull Cylinders, Lower Flange .................................. PL ............62
Gauge Accessories ......................... FM/GA/GS/NV/V ..........191
Pull Cylinders, Threaded Body ............................... PT ............64
Hose.................................................................. H/HLS ..........192
Pull Cylinders, Upper Flange ..................................PU ............60
Manifold, Multiport .................................................... A ..........192
Power sources 94-133
Oil, Hydraulic ...........................................................HF ..........193

Pallet Components
Air Hydraulic Boosters.............................................AHB/B............105
Pressure Switch.............................................IC/PSCK ..........188 Pallet
Air Hydraulic Pump......................................................... PA............103 Components
Pressure Switch Mounting Block ...........................PB ..........188
Air Powered Pump, Heavy-Duty.................................ZAJ............102 160-185
Tubing .........................................................................T ..........192
Air Powered Pump, Turbo........PAC/PAM/PAR/PAS/PAT..............98
Yellow pages 197-228
Air Valves and Accessories....HV/RFL/QE/V/VA/VAS/VR............106
Basic Hydraulics.............................................................. 200-201
Electric Pumps, Economy .........................................WUD............108
Basic System Set-up ...................................................... 202-205
Electric Pumps, Submerged ........................................WE............110
System Components
Best Practices..........................................................................214 System
Hand Pump .................................................................P, SP............132
ZW Electric Driven Pumps............................................ZW... 114, 128
Clamping Technology ..................................................... 206-209 Components
Conversion Factors ................................................................213 186-196
ZW Pump Filter Kit........................................................ZPF............118
Cutting Tool Technology ................................................. 210-212
ZW Pump Heat Exchanger ........................................ ZHE............119
FMS..........................................................................................224
ZW Pump Level/Temperature Switch ........................ZLS............120
Hydraulic Symbols ..................................................................215
ZW Pump Mounted Manifolds ....................................ZW............121
Mechanical Clamping .............................................................226
ZW Pump Pressure Switch/Transducer............ZPS/ZPT............120 Yellow Pages
Safety Instructions .......................................................... 198-199
ZW Pump, Continuous Connection............................ZW............124 197-228
Yellow Pages

Valving Technology..................................................................220
ZW Pump, Pallet Coupling ...........................................ZW............122
ZW Pump, Single Station .............................................ZW............126
Valves 134-159
Flow Control for Solenoid Modular Poppet .........VFC ..........137
Flow Control, Dual, for D03/CETOP3...................VFC ...141,142
Flow Control, Inline................................................VFC ..........155
Inlet Check Valve, D03/CETOP3 ....................... VD1P ..........140
Manifold, Porting, for Solenoid Modular Poppet ...PB ..........139
Manifold, Remote, for D03/CETOP3.....................MB ..........144
Manifold, Remote, for Solenoid Modular Poppet...WM ..........139

www.enerpacwh.com ®
 australia and new Zealand Germany and austria Southeast asia, Hong Kong enerpac integrated Solutions
Collet Lok® actuant australia ltd. ENERPAC GmbH and taiwan b.V.
Block V Unit 3 P.O. Box 300113 Actuant Asia Pte Ltd. Opaalstraat 44
Products Regents Park Estate D-40401 Düsseldorf 83 Joo Koon Circle 7554 TS Hengelo
391 Park Road Willstätterstrasse 13 Singapore 629109 P.O. Box 421
8-19 Regents Park NSW 2143 D-40549 Düsseldorf, Germany T +65 68 63 0611 7550 AK Hengelo
(P.O. Box 261) Australia T +49 211 471 490 F +65 64 84 5669 The Netherlands
T +61 297 438 988 F +49 211 471 49 28 Toll Free: +1800 363 7722 T +31 74 242 20 45
F +61 297 438 648 sales-de@enerpac.com sales-sg@enerpac.com F +31 74 243 03 38
sales-au@enerpac.com integratedsolutions@enerpac.com
india South Korea
Swing brazil
Power Packer do Brasil Ltda.
ENERPAC Hydraulics Pvt. Ltd. Actuant Korea Ltd.
3Ba 717, Shihwa Industrial
South africa and other
english Speaking african
No. 1A, Peenya Industrial Area
Clamps Rua Luiz Lawrie Reid, 548 IInd Phase, Bangalore, 560 058, Complex countries
09930-760 - Diadema (SP)-Brasil India Jungwang-Dong, Shihung-Shi, Enerpac Africa Pty Ltd
20-42 T +55 11 5525 2311
Toll Free: 0800 891 5770
T +91 80 40 792 777 Kyunggi-Do
Republic of Korea 429-450
No5 Bauhinia Avenue
Cambridge Office Park
F +91 80 40 792 792
vendasbrasil@enerpac.com sales-in@enerpac.com T +82 31 434 4506 Block E
F +82 31 434 4507 Highveld techno Park
canada italy sales-kr@enerpac.com Centurion 0157
Actuant Canada Corporation ENERPAC S.p.A. South Africa
6615 Ordan Drive, Unit 14-15 Spain and Portugal
Work Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1X2
Via Canova 4
20094 Corsico (Milano) ENERPAC SPAIN, S.L.
T: +0027 (0) 12 940 0656
sales-za@enerpac.com
T +1 905 564 5749 Avda. Los Frailes, 40 –
Supports F +1 905 564 0305
T +39 02 4861 111
Nave C & D united Kingdom and ireland
F +39 02 4860 1288
Toll Free: Pol. Ind. Los Frailes ENERPAC Ltd.,
43-51 T +1 800 268 4987
sales-it@enerpac.com
28814 Daganzo de Arriba Bentley Road South
F +1 800 461 2456 Japan (Madrid) Spain Darlaston, West Midlands
customer.service@actuant.com Applied Power Japan LTD KK T +34 91 884 86 06 WS10 8LQ
Besshocho 85-7 F +34 91 884 86 11 England
china Kita-ku, Saitama-shi 331-0821, sales-es@enerpac.com T +44 (0)121 50 50 787
Actuant (China) Industries Co. Ltd. Japan
Linear No. 6 Nanjing Road, T +81 48 662 4911 Sweden, Denmark, norway,
F +44 (0)121 50 50 799
sales-uk@enerpac.com
Cylinders Taicang Economic Dep Zone F +81 48 662 4955
Jiangsu, China
finland and iceland
Enerpac Scandinavia AB uSa, latin america and
sales-jp@enerpac.com
T +86 0512 5328 7500 Fabriksgatan 7 caribbean
52-93 F +86 0512 5335 9690 Middle east, egypt and libya 412 50 Gothenburg ENERPAC
Toll Free: +86 400 885 0369 ENERPAC Middle East FZE Sweden P.O. Box 3241
sales-cn@enerpac.com Office 423, LOB 15 T +46 (0) 31 799 0281 Milwaukee, WI 53201 USA
P.O. Box 18004, Jebel Ali, F +46 (0) 31 799 0010 T +1 262 293 1600
france, Switzerland, north Dubai scandinavianinquiries@enerpac.com F +1 262 293 7036
africa and french speaking United Arab Emirates
Power african countries T +971 (0)4 8872686 the netherlands, belgium,
User inquiries:
+1 800 433 2766
ENERPAC luxembourg, central and
Sources Une division d’ACTUANT
F +971 (0)4 8872687
eastern europe, baltic
Distributor inquiries/orders:
sales-ua@enerpac.com T +1 800 558 0530
France S.A.S. States, Greece, turkey and
94-133 ZA de Courtaboeuf russia ciS countries
F +1 800 628 0490
Technical inquiries:
32, avenue de la Baltique Rep. office Enerpac techservices@enerpac.com
91140 VILLEBON /YVETTE Russian Federation ENERPAC B.V.
Galvanistraat 115 sales-us@enerpac.com
France Admirala Makarova Street 8
T +33 1 60 13 68 68 125212 Moscow, Russia 6716 AE Ede 02/2013

F +33 1 69 20 37 50 T +7 495 98090 91 P.O. Box 8097

Valves sales-fr@enerpac.com F +7 495 98090 92 6710 AB Ede
sales-ru@enerpac.com The Netherlands
134-159 T +31 318 535 911
F +31 318 535 848
sales-nl@enerpac.com

Pallet
Components
160-185

System
Components
186-196

Yellow
Pages
197-228

e-mail: info@enerpac.com
internet: www.enerpacwh.com
Enerpac © 2013
800US